Pending: 32002D2367

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 285 thereof,Having regard to the proposal from the Commission(1),Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2),Following consultation of the Committee of the Regions,Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),Whereas:(1) In accordance with Council Regulation (EC) No 322/97 of 17 February 1997 on Community statistics(4), a Community statistical programme should be established.(2) Council Regulation (EC) No 322/97 establishes the principles for the production of Community statistics and applies to this Decision.(3) Economic and monetary union is imposing substantial demands on the supply of monetary, balance of payments and financial statistics for the Community.(4) In accordance with Regulation (EC) No 322/97, the Community must have timely access to statistical information comparable between the Member States which is up to date, reliable, pertinent and produced as efficiently as possible for the formulation, application, monitoring and assessment of its policies.(5) The availability of up-to-date comparable statistics of good quality is often a necessary condition for implementing Community policies.(6) In order to ensure the consistency and comparability of statistical information in the Community, there is a need to establish a five-year Community statistical programme which identifies the approaches, the main fields and the objectives of the actions envisaged in respect of these priorities.(7) To this effect, the Community authorities should ensure comparable and high quality statistics.(8) The specific method of drawing up Community statistics requires particularly close cooperation within a developing Community statistical system via the Statistical Programme Committee, set up by Council Decision 89/382/EEC, Euratom(5), as regards the adaptation of the system, notably via the introduction of legal instruments necessary to establish the said Community statistics. Account is to be taken of the burden on respondents, be they business, households or individuals.(9) The production of Community statistics within the legislative framework of the five-year programme is the responsibility of the national authorities at national level and of the Community authority (Eurostat) at Community level.(10) In order to achieve this objective, close, coordinated and coherent cooperation between Eurostat and the national authorities is necessary.(11) To this effect, Eurostat should ensure the coordination under various forms of the national authorities in a network representing the European Statistical System (ESS) to assure the timely provision of statistics in support of European Union policy needs.(12) Detailed implementing measures for individual statistical actions may be entrusted to the ESS by the Commission, which should decide the objectives and the measures concerned.(13) In addition, in the implementation of this Programme, in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 322/97, the Commission is entrusted to execute certain implementing or execution tasks as they are defined in acts concerning individual statistical actions.(14) Consideration may be given as to whether certain of these tasks currently performed at Commission level could be executed, for example, by a specialised implementing body.(15) In certain areas covered by various Community policies a breakdown of data by gender is important.(16) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial framework constituting the prime reference within the meaning of point 33 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 6 May 1999 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on the budgetary discipline and improvement of the budgetary procedure(6), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.(17) The guidelines for establishing this programme have been submitted in accordance with Article 3(1) of Regulation (EC) No 322/97 to the Statistical Programme Committee, the European Advisory Committee on Statistical Information in the Economic and Social Spheres set up by Council Decision 91/116/EEC(7) and the Committee on Monetary, Financial and Balance of Payment Statistics set up by Council Decision 91/115/EEC(8),HAVE ADOPTED THIS DECISION:Article 1Establishment of the statistical programmeThe Community statistical programme for the period from 2003 to 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the programme) is hereby established. The programme is included in the Annexes.Annex I defines the approaches, the main fields and the objectives of the actions envisaged during that period and also provides a summary of statistical requirements viewed from the perspective of the policy needs of the European Union. These needs are broken down by titles of the Treaty.Annex II provides a summary of the Eurostat work themes.Article 2Objectives and policy prioritiesTaking account of the available resources of the national authorities and the Commission, this programme shall be guided by the principal Community policy priorities of:- economic and monetary union,- European Union enlargement,- competitivity, sustainable development and the social agenda.It shall also ensure the continuation of existing statistical support for decisions in current policy areas and the additional requirements arising from new Community policy initiatives. It shall take account of the need for ongoing review of statistical priorities and of the necessity of the statistics produced, with a view to making best use of available resources and minimising response burdens.Furthermore, the Commission shall ensure comparable and high quality statistics.Article 3FinancingThe financial framework for the implementation of this programme for the period 2003 to 2007 is hereby set at EUR 192500000.EUR 150727000 shall be for the period 2003 to 2006. EUR 41773000 shall be for 2007. The amount of EUR 41773000 shall be deemed to be confirmed if it is consistent with the financial perspective in force for the period commencing in 2007.The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspectives.Article 4ReportsDuring the third year of implementation of the programme, the Commission shall prepare an intermediate report showing its stage of development and present it to the Statistical Programme Committee.At the end of the period covered by the programme, the Commission, after consulting the Statistical Programme Committee, shall present an appropriate evaluation report on the implementation of the programme, taking into account the views of independent experts. That report is to be completed by the end of 2008 and subsequently submitted to the European Parliament and the Council.Article 5Entry into forceThis Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.Article 6AddresseesThis Decision is addressed to the Member States.Done at Brussels, 16 December 2002.For the European ParliamentThe PresidentP. CoxFor the CouncilThe PresidentM. Fischer Boel(1) OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 274.(2) OJ C 125, 27.5.2002, p. 17.(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 30 September 2002 (OJ C 275 E, 12.11.2002, p. 1) and Decision of the European Parliament of 20 November 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal).(4) OJ L 52, 22.2.1997, p. 1.(5) OJ L 181, 28.6.1989, p. 47.(6) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.(7) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 21. Decision as amended by Council Decision 97/255/EC (OJ L 102, 19.4.1997, p. 32).(8) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 19. Decision as amended by Council Decision 96/174/EC (OJ L 51, 1.3.1996, p. 48).ANNEX IFIVE-YEAR STATISTICAL PROGRAMME: APPROACHESINTRODUCTION1. The need for statistical information for European Union PolicyEU Institutions and citizens need a factual means to assess the need for, and progress of, European policy initiatives. High quality statistical information is of primary importance in meeting this need. Eurostat (the Statistical Office of the European Communities) has as its main task the compilation and dissemination of relevant and timely information across a wide range of social, economic and environmental topics in support of existing and future policies of the EU. In an evolving e Europe, statistical information has to be made available in a form and at a time when the user needs it. Thus, during the period of this programme further efforts will need to be made to ensure that citizens have access to an increasing amount of basic information about economic, social and environmental developments in the EU. The ESS (European Statistical System) needs to develop further its structures and strategies to ensure that the system as whole maintains and develops the necessary quality and effectiveness to meet all user needs.Structure of the AnnexThis Annex concentrates on the policy determinants of the programme of work and provides a summary of European statistical requirements viewed from the perspective of the policy needs of the European Union. These needs are classified by the Titles identified in the Treaty establishing the European Community.For each of these policy Titles, this Annex provides:- the principal orientation of the statistical work to be carried out within this five-year period for each policy area and the specific action plans envisaged, including any foreseeable legal acts,- the areas of statistical work which support the policies of the Title according to the themes of statistical work as defined in the Activity-Based Management framework.2. Implementation strategies(a) ObjectivesThe objectives laid down in the Eurostat Corporate Plan will underpin the execution of the work programme, which shall be carried out taking into account the principle of cost-effectiveness established in Article 10 of Regulation (EC) No 322/97. These objectives are:- Eurostat at the service of the Commission,- Eurostat at the service of other European Institutions and the wider user community,- Contributing to the maintenance and development of the European Statistical System,- Boosting staff motivation and satisfaction,- Improving the quality of its products and services,- Increasing internal productivity.(b) Statistical productionIn association with its partners in the ESS, Eurostat will put into place production processes that assure that European Statistics achieve the level of quality required for EU policy management purposes. Particular emphasis will be given to statistics for the Euro-zone requirements.Eurostat and the ESS partners will undertake a permanent review of EU and National Statistical information to ensure that it meets the real requirements for both EU and National Policy purposes and that the two aspects are fully integrated.(c) Efficiency of implementationThe Commission will continue to assess its ways of working to ensure that the most efficient use is made of resources. Certain tasks in the field of statistics may be identified as being appropriate for implementation and follow-up by an executive agency. Establishment of such an executive agency would be preceded by a full analysis in conformity with Council and Commission provisions on such bodies. Partners in the ESS will be consulted through the Statistical Programme Committee and kept fully informed of this process.(d) Budgetary implementation of the programmeBudgetary resources made available for statistical information under this programme are subject to the annual budgetary procedure without prejudice to budgetary resources made available under other legal acts. The resources will be used:- for the production of statistics as defined in Regulation (EC) No 322/97, including the development and maintenance of statistical information systems and associated necessary infrastructure,- for grants made to partners in the ESS (Eurostat envisages concluding framework agreements with such partners),- for technical and administrative assistance as well as other support measures.3. PrioritiesThe priorities for statistical work are managed according to four different categories of activity.(a) Community policy requirementsThe statistical implications of the major Community policy areas are those currently identified by the Commission and can be summarised as follows:- Economic and Monetary Union: all of the statistics required for Phase III EMU and the pact on stability and growth,- EU enlargement: incorporating those areas of statistical indicators of primary importance for the accession negotiations and for the integration of candidate countries into the ESS,- competitivity, sustainable development and the social agenda: in particular, statistics on the labour market, environment, services, living conditions, migration and e Europe,- open coordination: the provision of indicators and related statistics, based on improved methodologies and harmonised outputs, in accordance with the mandates given by the European Council.(b) Major projectsThis covers primary areas of work necessary to assure the functioning of the system. These will be subject to a formal project management approach, as follows:- Infrastructure workConsolidate the functioning of the ESS in a deepened and enlarged Europe. Different instruments of cooperation between national statistical organisations and Eurostat will be put in place. These will be based mainly on the exchange of data between national statistical authorities, the specialisation of Member States in some specific domains and flexibility in the launching of statistical surveys to meet European and national needs.Develop a system capable of reacting to developing policy needs and, at the same time, promote dialogue between statisticians and policy makers to ensure flexibility of response and relevance of statistical products.The development of the technological infrastructure at Commission and Member State level will aim to ensure greater productivity, reduction in response burdens and easier user access to statistical information.Eurostat’s involvement in the e Commission and e Europe initiatives, as well as ESS access to research and development programmes and the interchange of data between administrations (IDA) programme will ensure cooperation and synergy between Community and national efforts.Quality assurance and the scientific basis of Community statistics will be the result of close cooperation between official and academic statisticians.- Specific projectsStatistics on the new economy, including domains such as the information society and innovation.Statistics on research and development, including benchmarking of national RTD policies.Short-term statistics.Indicators to support policies for sustainable development.Social exclusion and poverty indicators.(c) Statistical support to ongoing policiesThis covers the continuation of statistical activities, which support existing Community policy areas such as agriculture, regional policy and external trade.(d) Other areasOther areas of statistical data collection not covered above which are nevertheless required for policy purposes.For activities within this priority framework, the detailed range and extent of data collected have in general been developed by Eurostat with the Member States in the context of the SPC and CMFB. This follows the rules defined in the Council Regulation on Community statistics and is in conformity with agreed principles for such decisions concerning work management.4. SubsidiarityThe legislative context for this is:1. Decision 89/382/EEC, Euratom establishing a Committee on the statistical programmes of the European Communities (SPC)2. Council Regulation (EC) No 322/973. Commission Decision 97/281/EC of 21 April 1997 on the role of Eurostat as regards the production of Community statistics(1).Eurostat is responsible for ensuring the provision of Community statistics for EU policy purposes. Eurostat can only carry out this task in liaison with the statistical authorities in the Member States. Thus, activities are always based on a fundamental principle of subsidiarity. This involves a wide range of partner agencies but principally the national statistical institutes of the EU Member States.5. The balance of needs and resourcesThe ESS has to maintain a vigilant watch on the balance between the needs for information for Community policy purposes and the resources required at EU, national and regional levels to provide this information. The provision of adequate resources in the national context is of particular importance in pursuing the statistical information requirements of EU policy decisions. It is also, however, important to maintain sufficient flexibility to allow the national authorities to satisfy Community statistical information needs in the most cost-effective manner.To support a strategy based on balanced prioritisation, the yearly programming process should include ongoing review of the continuing necessity of existing Community statistics, identifying those which could be curtailed or discontinued. This must be conducted in close cooperation with the main users of statistics as an important consideration for the introduction of new statistical initiatives.This Annex identifies the set of statistical requirements necessary to support Community policies. In the context of overall resource management, the allocation of priorities across the various components of statistical work is defined according to the framework described above.FIVE-YEAR STATISTICAL PROGRAMME: OBJECTIVES AND ACTIONSENLARGEMENT OF THE EUROPEAN UNIONStatistical implicationsIt is expected that accession negotiations will be completed with an accession treaty for a number of candidate countries during the validity of the 2003 to 2007 programme. For the follow-up and potential completion of these negotiations, the Commission must be able to draw on a complete set of reliable statistics, methodologically comparable with those of the European Union countries. The Union will then face two somewhat different challenges:- to integrate the potential new members in all Community mechanisms, including e.g. own-resources budgets and structural funds and all other issues and programmes,- to continue to prepare the remaining candidates and help them to reach full compliance with current Community legislation.In both cases the high demands placed on the statistical production of the candidates, to be verified and communicated through Eurostat, should not be underestimated. Evidently, basic economic statistics are indispensable, including sectoral and regional distribution of GDP creation, population, and employment. Other key areas are those which measure the implementation of the single market, i.e. activities with a cross-border effect such as trade in goods, trade in services and freedom of establishment, balance of payments, capital flows, mobility of persons (migrant workers, migration, asylum seekers, etc.), industrial production and structure with a view to capacity, etc. In general, statistical production has to support the EU policy concerned, including monetary union-generated demands. In addition there are requirements for statistics in sectors which are sensitive for the accession negotiations, supporting primary EU policies such as agriculture, transport, regional and environment.SummaryDuring the five-year period work will concentrate on:- consolidating the collection of harmonised data for negotiations and internal EU purposes,- continuing assistance to candidate countries and new members to improve their statistical systems to meet Community requirements, including early information about any new Community legislation.TITLE IFree movement of goodsStatistical implicationsThe entry into force of the Single Market in 1993 led to the introduction of a system for the statistical measurement of trade in goods between Member States (Intrastat), a lessening of the burden on information providers and thus a more appropriate response to the needs of economic and monetary union. However, the lessening of the burden has been limited in view of the wishes of the national authorities and numerous professional federations to maintain a system of detailed statistics of intra-Community trade compatible with extra-Community statistics.In line with the strategic plan approved in 1999 by Eurostat and the Member States, new adaptations of the system will be examined and tested prior to any reform of the legislation. The new system should therefore be focused on the supply of results meeting Community needs in accordance with strict quality requirements in terms of coverage, reliability and availability. The content of the results should be defined in such a way as to simplify current requirements whilst taking account of how needs develop as European integration progresses. Action will also be taken to improve the reliability of import and export price statistics to allow the internal competitiveness of the Union’s products to be measured more effectively.In parallel, the possible consequences of the switch to a common VAT system will have been analysed by an evaluation of the sources of administrative or statistical information which can be used as a reference, priority being given to maintaining the link with the VAT system and the use of the general business register.SummaryAt the end of the five-year programme the Commission will have adapted and improved the systems of statistical measurement of the trade of goods between Member States and with third countries, taking into account the development of the information requirements and the economic and administrative environment.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IIAgricultureStatistical implicationsAgricultureThe Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) absorbs nearly half the Communities’ budget. The Commission thus has a major task with regard to the CAP, with the usual role of policy formulation, monitoring, evaluation and adaptation. The Commission has extensive delegated competence for current management. The main effort in the 2003 to 2007 five-year period will be, as in the programme 1998 to 2002, to operate this large set of statistics and to carry out essential maintenance. Particular attention will continue to be given to the environmental dimension, by developing statistics needed for analysing interlinkage between agriculture and the environment, including the improvement of statistics on the use of fertilisers and pesticides, on organic farming and on action to maintain biodiversity and rural habitats.The Technical Action Plan for Agricultural Statistics (Tapas) management framework provides a collective and transparent approach to steadily improving use of available national and Community resources for producing agricultural statistics. The statistics produced will be put to greater use (e.g. modelling, direct access by Member States and European institutions).Two tasks will be undertaken which look towards the future. Agricultural statistics will be formulated to meet the needs of the CAP seven to ten years hence, taking account of the way the CAP may change following the reforms resulting from the “Agenda 2000”. Work on agri-environmental data will be further developed. In particular, work will continue on indicators of the integration of environmental considerations into the CAP and on operational landscape indicators. Attention will also be paid to the growing need for information in the consumer/welfare aspects of agriculture and to statistical support for the rural development component of the CAP. The conclusions of the comprehensive independent review of the present system will be used to adapt the set of Community agriculture statistics to be in a position to meet identified new or changing needs. The second task is to establish a regular flow of comparable data, from official sources, for all candidate countries for accession to the EU.ForestryIn this area, particular attention has to be given to the maintenance and improvement of work with international organisations above all for the development of better quality forestry statistics, including specific criteria and indicators required for environmental management and sustainable forest management. Also, information on sustainable management of timber-derived industries needs to be developed in parallel. The consequences of the Bonn arrangements in the context of the Kyoto agreement will need to be taken into account for the developments in this work.FisheriesFuture developments within the Common Fisheries Policy (CFP) will concentrate on the integration of the various components, from biology to resources, through improved monitoring of the activities of fishing vessels. These measures are unlikely to result in additional demand for data and the main effort in the coming years will be on consolidating and improving data flows (completeness, timeliness, consistency, comparability and accessibility) on the basis of existing legislation.The social and economic consequences of limiting the activities of fishing vessels and reducing the size of the EU fishing fleet is producing an increased demand for data on parameters to assess the social and economic situation. These developments are likely to be important elements in the re-negotiation of the CFP in 2002. Eurostat will follow these negotiations closely to ensure that its programme of fishery statistics continues to reflect the data needs of the CFP.SummaryDuring the programme period the Commission will strive to:- apply the TAPAS scheme for progressive improvements to the existing set of agricultural statistics, mainly as far as quality, comparability, efficiency savings, simplification and timeliness are concerned,- plan the development of agricultural statistics with the aim of meeting the future needs of the CAP,- provide indicators for better integration of environmental considerations into the CAP and information on the consumer/welfare aspects of agriculture,- assist in the development of comparable data in candidate countries for accession to the EU,- consolidate, improve and extend (indicators) forestry statistics,- consolidate and improve the quality of fishery statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IIIFree movement of persons, services and capitalStatistical implicationsEU balance of payment statistics provide fairly detailed information on trade in services and direct investments. Statistics on the trade of foreign branches are currently being developed. Although all these statistics are being developed mainly in response to the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) and therefore to provide information on operations with countries outside the Community, the Member States consider it essential to continue to draw up a national balance of payments (therefore including intra-EU flows) even within economic and monetary union. Currently, the statistics produced cover both extra-EU and intra-EU trade and thus meet the needs of the single market. However, there is a risk of uncertainty regarding this information. Also, the systems for collecting balance of payment data are currently being restructured (see Title VII). The Commission’s needs in this area therefore need to be reassessed and redefined.A system of globalisation indicators will be put in place. New statistical tools based on the exchange of data between the National Statistical Institutes and on the collection of information on European level will be used as pillars for the development of this domain.The identification and monitoring of foreign affiliates (FATS) will allow the europeanisation and internationalisation of the production systems to be measured.Statistics will aim more and more to analyse sustainable tourism together with sustainable development by developing satellite accounts.The Council’s decision on audiovisual statistics will have to be implemented. Eurostat will thus continue to consolidate the work already undertaken since 1999 to establish a Community statistical information infrastructure relating to the industry and markets of the audiovisual and related sectors. Additionally, a legal basis for telecommunications statistics will need to be developed.A flexible and adaptable system for collecting information on information society indicators will gradually be established on the basis of existing or new surveys according to the priorities set by the Council.SummaryDuring the five-year period the Commission will strive to:- develop a stable and flexible set of indicators on globalisation,- develop a stable and flexible set of indicators on information society, including audiovisual services,- progress in the development of satellite accounts in the field of tourism.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IVVisas, asylum, immigration and other policies related to free movement of personsStatistical implicationsCommunity competence in the field of immigration and asylum was established by the entry into force of the Treaty of Amsterdam on 1 May 1999. At the request of the European Council, the Commission submitted in November 2000 two Communications to launch a debate in the Community on the long-term aspects of a common EU policy. Both Communications address the issue of statistics in this perspective. The Communication on a Community immigration policy(2) emphasises that more information is needed about migration flows and patterns of migration into and out of the EU. The Communication on asylum(3) states that establishing and implementing the common European asylum system requires an in-depth analysis on the scale of migratory flows, their origins, as well as analysis of the characteristics of applications for protection and the response to them. The Union’s enlargement and the development of cooperation with the countries of the Mediterranean Basin will only reinforce the needs for statistical information in these fields.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period the Commission will:- develop a more standardised nomenclature in the areas of migration and asylum in liaison with the national authorities,- enhance the range and quality of statistics in this field to meet the initial requirements contained in the Commission communications on the subject.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VTransportStatistical implicationsCommunity transport statistics are required to support the common transport policy (Articles 70 to 80) and the transport component of the Trans-European networks (TENs) (Articles 154 to 156).Transport is also an important part of Community regional and environmental policies (see Titles XVII and XIX) and particular attention will need to be accorded to sustainable development indicators.Community statistics should constitute a comprehensive transport information system, including data on flows of goods and passengers, as well as on infrastructure, equipment, traffic flows, personal mobility, safety, energy consumption and environmental impact, as well as data on transport costs and prices, and on transport enterprises. A key objective will be to shift the balance between modes of transport, favouring rail and short-sea shipping over road transport, and thereby removing the existing coupling of economic growth with increased road traffic. It will be necessary to provide better statistics on modal split, covering passengers as well as freight, taking account of all modes of transport and improving timeliness aspects.The opening up of transport markets to competition will require objective statistical data to monitor developments in these markets and to assess the impact of these developments on employment and working conditions in transport enterprises and on the economic viability of these businesses. It will also reinforce the demands for statistical indicators relating to safety and service quality. Market trends will require the collection of statistical data on freight transport which are less centred on single modes of transport, but which provide information on the complete inter-modal transport chain and on the transport of goods from a market perspective.Monitoring the relationship between transport and the environment will be a main driving force for improved quality and coverage across all areas of transport data. It will also generate some specific requirements for additional data, for example on personal mobility and on transport equipment. There will be a need to respond to the growing demand for traffic data expressed in vehicle-kilometres for all modes of transport, in view of their importance in monitoring congestion and gas emissions.The continued high level of investment in European transport infrastructure, and in particular the transport TEN, will generate specific needs for statistics on infrastructure and on market trends. The TEN, together with Community regional policies, will continue to generate demands for more spatially broken-down data on transport networks and flows, which should be considered an integral part of the overall transport information system.SummaryDuring the five-year period the Commission will strive to:- complete the coverage of Community transport statistics across all modes of transport and all types of information,- continue to adapt and complete, where necessary, the legal basis for transport statistics,- promote the collection of additional statistics on intermodal transport chains as well as those additional data needed to monitor the integration of environmental considerations into transport policies (the TERM exercise).Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VICommon rules on competition, taxation and approximation of lawsNo direct statistical programme is required. Statistical information for this title is derived as needed from data and indicators generated for other titles in the programme.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VIIEconomic and monetary policyStatistical implicationsThe implementation of Economic and Monetary Union requires very close statistical monitoring to support macroeconomic policy coordination and the monetary policy functions of the European System of Central Banks. The Stability and Growth Pact presents new statistical requirements. Meanwhile, measuring the extent of economic convergence achieved by Member States remains important.In order to provide statistics with the necessary breadth, comparability, timeliness and frequency to coordinate macroeconomic policy and support the monetary policy functions of the European System of Central Banks, work will be pursued on short-term indicators of demand, output, the labour market, prices and costs. New methods (e.g. flash-estimation, nowcasting, etc.) will be applied to improve the service for business cycle analysts. This work will complement further development of monetary and financial indicators.The permanent improvement of timeliness and coverage of data is needed in the framework of the Action Plan on EMU statistical requirements. The calculation of euro-zone aggregates in the shortest possible time will require the timely production of quarterly national accounts and the implementation of flash estimates. Moreover, major work will be necessary in the field of quarterly institutional sector non-financial and financial accounts fully consistent with annual accounts and short-term public finances. The request for counterpart information in the financial accounts, which shows the relationships from “whom-to-whom” between sectors, is an important tool for monetary policy analysis. In a step-by-step approach, this information is to be collected during this five-year programme.During the period of this programme, 2003 to 2007, the most significant single feature is expected to be the enlargement of the EU from 15 members to 20 or more. This will entail substantial work on data supply by the new members and on validation by Eurostat. To support fully the Commission’s enlargement policy, assistance to the candidate countries will be pursued and developed, in order to ensure proper availability, quality, timeliness and comparability of the data.For all Member States increased attention will be paid to the quality of the data, at both constant and current prices. One administrative use, own resources based on gross national income, will represent 60 % of the EU budget. Much of the task will be to continue and supplement the efforts made to harmonise statistics on the convergence criteria. The goal of maintaining price stability (Article 105 of the Treaty) and providing information for the euro-zone monetary policy of the ECB requires that, pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) No 2494/95 of 23 October 1995 concerning harmonized indices of consumer prices(4), the quality of the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) should be maintained and further improved. HICP methodology is to be completed and consolidated within the framework of the abovementioned Council Regulation on HICPs.Monitoring of the budgetary situation and of the stock of government debt (Article 104 of the Treaty and the Stability and Growth Pact agreed upon in Dublin) will be based on the accounts of general government drawn up using the ESA 95 methodology approved by Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 of 25 June 1996 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the Community(5). Harmonisation and comparability will be kept under review in order to provide the institutional decision-makers with high quality and comparable statistical instruments so as not to create any distortions in the judgements made of the budgetary situation in each Member State.The monitoring of the economic development in the Member States as provided for in Article 99 of the Treaty strengthens the need to implement fully the existing data transmission programme on national accounts according to the ESA 95 Regulation, especially as far as timeliness and coverage are concerned, and to extend it progressively to new areas through revision and extension of the legislation in force.Work on drawing up the principal aggregates of the accounts in terms of purchasing power parities will be continued. The revision work on the methodology for purchasing power parities to make the results more reliable for comparative analyses, which started under the previous five-year programme, should be concluded with the adoption of the PPP Council Regulation.The establishment of Economic and Monetary Union has considerable implications for the balance of payments statistics. Of particular importance here are the reporting thresholds, which if modified as currently foreseen, will require significant development work to ensure that the quality of this data can be maintained. Many Member States (especially those where bank reporting is the main source for balance of payments compilers) are currently revising their balance of payments collection systems in order to cope with the new circumstances. Work will be pursued in the coming years in order to ensure that Member States keep providing good quality and relevant data to the EU institutions and the ECB, especially on trade in services, foreign direct investment, and foreign affiliated trade statistics. Also the collection (and analysis) of data from candidate countries will have priority. These data are requested by several Commission services, especially those dealing with economic monitoring, trade policy, and external relations.SummaryDuring the five-year period the Commission will aim to:- pursue the development and production of statistics in the framework of the EMU Action Plan for the conduct of macroeconomic policy coordination and of monetary policy, for the Stability and Growth Pact and for the continued assessment of economic convergence,- intensify implementation of the ESA 95 Regulation,- revise the collection system for balance of payments statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VIIIEmploymentStatistical implicationsEU labour statistics development will be driven by the following political processes: EU enlargement, European employment strategy, economic and monetary union and the benchmarking exercise (with structural indicators to be presented every year in spring to the European Council).Labour statistics are largely governed by EU regulations. Thanks to this the candidate countries will have made major steps towards complying with EU requirements before 2003. Full compliance, regular data transmission and keeping pace with new developments will be the challenge during 2003 to 2007.By fixing new employment rate objectives to be reached in 2005 and 2010, the European Council has reinforced the need to monitor the implementation of the European employment strategy and in particular the yearly implementation of the employment guidelines. This monitoring will need to record the implementation of the continuous labour force survey and the adaptation of its list of variables. The monitoring will require more frequent and complete statistics to measure the gender gap (in particular the wage gap in all economic activities) and the skill gap. This will involve structural statistics on earnings and studies on the implementation of a Community job vacancy survey.In a zone as large as the EMU, the labour cost trend is the main potential inflationary pressure and has thus to be monitored by quick short term statistics of high quality. The implementation of the Labour Cost Index regulation and the continuous improvement of short term labour cost statistics are of utmost importance, as well as improved labour productivity measurement (implying an improved series on volume of work).Summary- implementation of a continuous LFS providing quarterly results in all Member States,- harmonisation of part of the questionnaires,- collection/analysis of the results of the 2002 structure of earnings survey,- implementation of the 2004 labour cost survey covering NACE M-N-O,- full implementation of the Council Regulation on labour cost index,- implementation of the 2006 structure of earnings survey,- designing a target system for European labour cost statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IXCommon commercial policyStatistical implicationsArticle 133 of the Treaty gives responsibility to the European Commission for conducting negotiations on commercial agreements with third countries. This includes the trade agreements on services (GATS). For this purpose good quality data are essential.Work will be pursued in the coming years in order to ensure that data on cross-border trade in services (both geographical breakdown and detail by components), foreign direct investment, and foreign affiliated trade maintain the quality standards, the level of detail, and the degree of harmonisation required by the Commission services in charge of conducting the commercial policy.The Doha Round, launched in November 2001, will make sustainable development and the impact of the common commercial policy on developing countries a key issue. Coordination work on collecting global data will need to be undertaken.The collection and analysis of data from candidate countries will also have first priority in the coming years. Work will also be undertaken to coordinate further the methodological discussion among Member States, notwithstanding the fact that a significant degree of harmonisation has already been achieved in this field. The drawing-up of Community BOP statistics is also indispensable to obtain a comprehensive BOP for the EU.Work on harmonising the statistical rules will continue within a methodological framework which is more in line with the international recommendations recently adopted by the United Nations. Statistical information will be improved by more efficient use of the customs declaration’s content and the needs ensuing from changes in the European Union and international trade (enlargement, globalisation, trade liberalisation) will be taken into account. Action will also be taken to improve the reliability of import and export price statistics to ensure better measurement of the external competitiveness of the Union’s products.SummaryBy the end of the five-year programme the Commission will have:- progressively integrated the candidate countries’ data,- adapted and improved the data collection and production systems,- improved and further developed the methodological framework taking into account the international recommendations, new information requirements and the development of the economic and customs environment,- enhanced the use of existing data and analysis on global sustainable development.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XCustoms cooperationNo direct statistical programme is required. Statistical information for this title is derived as needed from data and indicators generated for other titles in the programme.TITLE XISocial policy, education, vocational training and youthStatistical implicationsDuring this programme a coherent strategy will be developed to ensure the availability of a complete set of indicators covering all the social fields in close coordination with actions under Title VIII. The quality of existing information will be improved and new indicators are to be introduced to cover areas which have been identified as a priority, such as social exclusion and lifelong learning. In the context of the “report on the concrete objectives of education and training systems” ratified by the Stockholm European Council, close cooperation between DG EAC and Eurostat will have to be pursued. In addition to the continuation of the statistical work on the three priorities defined for 2002 (basis skills, information and communication technologies, mathematical sciences and technology), the implementation of other objectives will require new work. Indicators for which data do not exist, or which do not meet the necessary quality criteria but which would be essential with regard to achieving the objectives laid down, will need to be developed.Geographically the scope of social statistics will have to be extended to cover all the candidate countries and also areas lying outside the confines of Europe, such as the MEDSTAT (Euro-Mediterranean Programme of Statistical Cooperation) countries. The benchmark for this development will be demographic data; as the results of the 2001 census round are processed and published, this process will merge into the programme of regular updating and preparation for the next round, promoting a harmonised approach throughout the enlarged geographical area described above. Population projections for the entire area will also be needed at national level.During this programme, improvements in data-gathering and processing in respect of international mobility in higher education and research, will play a particularly important role. The first task is to harmonise the basic definitions and the most important indicators.The theme of “lifelong learning” will be vital throughout this period, reflecting the fact that economic changes will require job and social skills to be constantly updated. A comprehensive system of “learning” statistics will be required to serve employment, economic and education policies, giving special attention to public and private investment in education. The current range of information on education and training will need to be supplemented with further data on adult education.The Commission Communication in 2002 on a new Community strategy on health and safety at work requires the full implementation of the last phase of the European statistics on accidents at work (ESAW) and the first phase of the European Occupational Diseases Statistics (EODS). Indicators on the quality of work, work-related health problems and the socioeconomic costs of health and safety at work will also be further developed.In the context of Article 13 of the Treaty and the action to combat discrimination, a methodology will be set up to provide regular statistics on the integration of disabled people into society.Significant social changes, most of which are already discernible, are expected to continue throughout the programme period (for example in the population pyramid, household structure, migration trends, working patterns, educational systems, etc.) and a new type of instrument will be required in addition to those described above. The EU statistics on income and living conditions (EU-SILC) will be based on a wide selection of sources and will draw upon the experiences acquired during the 1990s in implementing successive waves of the European Community household panel. It will be set in place to provide a range of information on the living conditions of European citizens during the five-year period and beyond.SummaryDuring the five year programme period the Commission will:- develop a coherent strategy that will ensure the availability of a complete set of indicators covering all the social fields,- provide regular information on living conditions of citizens through newly developed indicators,- provide information on care and childcare facilities.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIICultureStatistical implicationsCommunity action in the cultural field is based on Article 151 of the Treaty. Improving the knowledge and dissemination of information on key cultural aspects of Europeans constitutes a main element in the Community competencies in this area. Moreover, it has been clearly stipulated that the Community must take cultural aspects into account in the definition and implementation of its policies as a whole.In the framework of the 2003 to 2007 Community statistical programme, the priority for cultural statistics will be the consolidation of the pilot work on culture employment, participation in cultural activities and statistics on culture expenditure. At the same time and in close cooperation with Member States and competent international organisations, the statistical programme will support methodological work and development of statistics related to the issue of returns on investing in culture. Particular attention will be given to the development of international methodologies which allow the statistical measurement and analysis of the impact that participation in cultural activities can have in contributing to social goals such as increasing educational levels and employment rates and reducing crime and inequalities in the health sphere.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period the Commission will:- consolidate the existing statistical information on culture,- develop and implement methodologies to measure culture impacts in society.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIIIPublic healthStatistical implicationsAccording to Article 152 of the Treaty, Community action in the area of public health covers health information. A basic framework of statistics on public health, covering health status, health determinants and health resources has been established within the European Statistical System in support of the Community action programmes on public health. The adoption of the new Community action programme on Public Health(6), the statistical element of health information will be further developed in the context of the Community Statistical Programme, including data collection broken down, as necessary, by gender, age, geographical location and, where available, by level of income. During 2003 to 2007, activities will be continued on further developing the set of health statistics in order to respond to the specific requirements that result from the new action programme on public health. The particular need for sustainable development indicators will have to be addressed.The general emphasis will be on reinforcement of the infrastructure for the basic system on public health statistics (at Member State and EU level), on harmonisation and improvement of the comparability of existing data in cooperation with international organisations competent in the field of public health (WHO and OECD).In order to ensure consistency and complementarity, specific action under this programme will also be directed towards ensuring that basic concepts, definitions and classifications on health statistics will be used for the whole area of health information.In accordance with the relevant agreements with the countries concerned, the scope of statistics on public health will be progressively extended to cover all candidate countries.SummaryDuring the five year programme period the Commission will:- further develop the set of health statistics in order to respond to the specific requirements that may result from the action programme on public health,- reinforce the infrastructure for the basic system on public health statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIVConsumer protectionStatistical implicationsConsumer policy has achieved a much higher profile within the EC institutions during recent years (Article 153 of the Treaty).The Commission has set up an Action Plan for Consumer Policy 1999 to 2001 which will be followed by activities in favour of consumers. The current Action Plan, as well as its predecessors, has been handicapped by the limited availability of data necessary to arrive at an informed judgement. The Consumer Policy Action Plan 2002 to 2005 is at present being prepared. It will put emphasis on the need to make a more systematic and comprehensive effort in order to develop a suitable “knowledge base” as an essential tool to assist policy development.The purpose of Eurostat’s efforts in this area is to provide statistical data generally interesting for the public to shed light on consumption and consumer issues at the European, national and regional levels.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period the Commission will:- make statistics for consumer protection available in a more user-friendly format, in particular publications,- pursue the methodological support relating to injuries in the home,- raise the awareness of the subject consumer protection across all relevant statistical themes of work,- ensure that consumer protection aspects are taken into consideration for new statistical policies,- promote the development of statistics for consumer protection in the statistical services in the Member States.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVTrans-European networksNo direct statistical programme is required. Statistical information for this title is derived as needed from data and indicators generated for other titles in the programme.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVIIndustryStatistical implicationsStatistical work in the field of industry in the broad sense of the term (including, in particular, construction, services, energy and agri-foodstuffs) will be centred on support for the policies decided on the basis of the Treaty of Amsterdam, and at various summits held subsequently (in particular, the Lisbon Summit of March 2000). These developments are in particular planned for the areas globalisation, internal and external organisation of businesses (and more generally, the production system) as well as cooperation between businesses, the spirit of enterprise and governance, demand, and finally employment and human resources.The first priority will be the implementation of the different regulations on business statistics. Particular emphasis will be placed on the quality of results.In order to follow the structural changes in industry, a programme for developing business statistics will be pursued in close cooperation with the national statistical systems. This development will cover the adaptation of existing regulations, as well as the support for the major European policies, in particular, the single market, enlargement, economic and monetary policy, the information society, employment, as well as support for the structural indicators underlying the Union’s annual report.Eurostat will study with the Member States possibilities for maximum rationalisation of the national collection methods as well as their coordination to reduce the burden on enterprises as far as possible. A special effort will be made to improve the analysis of the single market using existing statistical tools or tools yet to be developed, and in particular Prodcom (and similar developments in the services domain).EnergyIn the field of energy statistics, work will consist in improving the quality of energy balances, especially in the area of the consumption, in order to respond better to requirements arising from the GHG emissions monitoring mechanism. The present system will be extended in order to respond better to sustainable development issues (energy efficiency, cogeneration, renewables), and the effectiveness of competition in liberalised markets and its impact on consumers and the energy industry will be followed up.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period work will progress in the following areas:- improve the system for developing structural business statistics, based on political needs and with a capacity of quick reaction to changing factors such as environment, policies and users,- strive for maintaining the infrastructure needed such as Business Registers and Classifications,- focus on the quality assessment and improvement of the data produced.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVIIEconomic and social cohesionStatistical implicationsOne of the key elements of the building of the European Union is the correction of social and regional imbalances. This is, indeed, the primary objective of the Structural Funds. Since their reform in 1988, the Commission has put in place an integrated policy for social and economic cohesion within which regional statistics play an essential role in the decision implementation process: eligibility of zones under regional objectives is defined on the basis of socioeconomic criteria with respect to certain thresholds; financial allocations to Member States are decided objectively on the basis of statistical indicators. In addition, evaluation of the impact of Community policies at regional level, and the quantification of regional disparities, are possible only with access to extensive regionally based statistics.The regular evaluation reports drawn up by the Commission (Report on economic and social cohesion(7)) on socioeconomic trends in the regions require a significant reserve of statistical information. Urban issues deserve particular attention, given that political decision-makers are increasingly clamouring for an evaluation of the quality of life in Europe’s cities. As the basis for their action in the future, they require comparable data on all EU towns and cities. The Communications issued by the Commission in 1997 (Towards an urban agenda in the European Union) and 1998 (Sustainable urban development in the European Union: a framework for action) highlighted in particular this need for more comparable information.The work to be undertaken under the 2003 to 2007 statistical programme will, accordingly, be very largely determined by the shape of Community regional policy within an enlarged European Union, and by the arrival of the new programming period for the Structural Funds. The third Cohesion Report is scheduled for adoption by the Commission in early 2004, while its conclusions are due to be implemented (as draft Regulations) over the rest of that year. The information required will include population projections at regional level and data on regional demography.Geographical InformationA large number of departments within the Commission make use of geographical information systems for the drafting, implementation and evaluation of the policies for which they are responsible. This trend will become increasingly evident in the next few years as technology advances and data become more extensively available. The initiatives on a European spatial data infrastructure will lead to new challenges in this area. Eurostat, as manager of the Commission’s reference database, must meet these challenges.SummaryDuring the five-years work will progress in the following areas:- implement the statistical indicators required for the next phase of the structural funds,- provide the necessary data for the cohesion report and to support Commission proposals for the structural funds after 2006,- further integrate the use of Geographical Information systems for policy management.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVIIIResearch and technological developmentScience and technology and innovation statisticsStatistical implicationsThe overall objective of RTD Community policy is to strengthen the scientific and technological basis of the European economy and to improve its competitiveness at international level. At the 2000 Lisbon Summit, the European Council set a clear strategic objective for Europe for the next decade. The measurement of harmonised inputs, outputs and the socioeconomic impacts of the knowledge-based economy will continue to have a high priority on the European research agenda as is clearly evident in the debate on the European research area.All recent R& D and Innovation policies have called for timely and harmonised data, the collection of which must be negotiated with the Member States and coordinated by Eurostat. Annual updates of the indicators for both initiatives will require more frequent surveys in Member States, as well as quality improvements. The ability to produce statistics on human resources in science and technology and by gender must be developed in order to provide policy makers with the necessary data to assess the effectiveness of related Community policies.SummaryDuring the next five years, main efforts will be undertaken to:- improve the quality of existing indicators and continue the conceptual work leading to the production and further development of new indicators to benchmark national Research and Innovation policies, and in particular, to measure human resources and their mobility in research and development,- develop further statistics on RTD and innovation in the context of the European Research Area and, in particular, to develop a theoretical framework for more frequent RTD and innovation statistics,- develop a general framework for the measurement of the knowledge society,- measure the technological trends with harmonised statistics on patents,- associate the candidate countries in the overall framework of the development of harmonised and comparable RTD and innovation statistics.Research in statisticsStatistical implicationsAs part of its R& D policy, the Community promotes research activities, which support its own policies. Official statistics have been identified in various framework programmes (including the draft documents for the Sixth Framework Programme) as an area in which R& D activities will be launched at Community level.The increased use of statistics for political decision-making in the late 1990s has led to the demand for more accurate and comparable statistics, in particular for short-term indicators to monitor the evolution of the Single European Market and the Monetary Union. The foreseeable enlargement of the European Union reinforces this need for prompt access to such information.In parallel, technology provides new possibilities for collecting data and disseminating statistics. At the same time, respondents (enterprises and individuals) complain about the response burden, and request that it be reduced, through more automation and a better use of existing information. R& D in statistics has an important European dimension, because statistical production is international by nature as only few Member States could afford it on their own. Combined with the increasing emphasis on cost-benefit analysis of the statistics produced, this implies new requirements for the production of European statistics. European official statisticians must therefore reconsider the procedures used today for collecting and compiling statistics on an expanding range of phenomena.These requirements underline the importance of using existing data sources for the production of statistics for more in-depth statistical analysis. This implies that methods and tools that support the combined use of data (from, for example, administrative data and sample surveys, or infra-annual statistics and structural statistics) should be developed.SummaryDuring the next five years, efforts will be concentrated on:- the development of new tools and methods for official statistics,- the better conceptualisation and development of statistics to measure new emerging socioeconomic phenomena,- the transfer of technology and know-how within the European Statistical System,- the improvement of the quality of the statistical production process and the statistical output.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIXEnvironmentStatistical implicationsThe main objective of environment statistics is to serve as an efficient tool for implementation and evaluation of the environmental policy of the European Union. The main environmental priorities are covered under the Sixth Environmental Action Programme, the sustainable development strategy and the Cardiff strategy of integration of environment into other sectoral policies.The European Commission’s proposal for the sixth environment action programme “Environment 2010: Our future, our choice”, indicates the priority areas for environment statistics. The new programme identifies four main policy areas: climate change, nature and biodiversity, environment and health and quality of life, natural resources and waste. It emphasises the need to continue the process to integrate environmental concerns into all relevant policy areas and to ensure better and more accessible information on the environment for citizens. A more environmentally conscious attitude towards land use is also to be developed.The European Council at Gothenburg in June 2001 adopted an EU strategy for sustainable development. The strategy builds on four themes (climate change, transport, health and natural resources) and it will be monitored on a yearly basis. The strategy will influence the needs for environmentally related statistics to a large extent, but the sustainability aspect will also have impacts on social and economic statistics. In order to measure progress, sustainable development will be included in the list of structural indicators for the synthesis report, and presented each year at the European Spring Council, starting from 2002.The Gothenburg Council also called for a strategy on the external dimension of sustainable development and an overall agenda is expected to be adopted in view of the UN World Summit on Sustainable Development.For the environmental part of the statistical programme, the action programme and the strategy for sustainable development imply that the present working areas should continue, but also that these should be extended and adapted. The main orientation of the statistical programme will continue to be focused on statistics with a close link to socioeconomic statistics, such as pressures on the environment from human activities and responses from society’s representatives. The capacity of the statistics to describe the interaction between social, economic and environmental development will require further work. The programme has been designed to meet the needs for statistics together with the information from the European Environment Agency and working areas will continue to be complementary.A crucial factor for sustainable development is the integration of environmental aspects into other policies, but major progress has been achieved in just three of the nine sectors (Transport, Agriculture and Energy). To serve as a tool for such integrated policies, work on fully harmonising the environmental component of Community statistics with the relevant socio-economic statistics will continue. Substantial progress has been made in recent years regarding the compilation of some relevant statistics. Corresponding action will be essential also for other policy areas. Major importance should be given also to the biodiversity indicators, resource use/intensity and toxic chemicals and their effects on human health. Land use statistics are being improved through landscape statistics. Fishery statistics will be important to show the development of this scarce resource (See Title II). Aggregated indicators using production and trade statistics as well as other sources can make a contribution to the description of society’s dependence on chemicals. An environmental component needs also to be added to social statistics in order to reflect consumption patterns and possible health effects from pollution and use of chemicals.The implementation of the Regulation for waste statistics will be an essential task. New policies linking waste to resource management will also require statistical actions to describe material flows, resource use, waste, reuse and eco-efficiency in a consistent way. Implementation of the Water Framework Directive will require statistical support and better harmonisation of water statistics. A better legal foundation for such statistics is essential. Statistical support for the implementation of the IPPC (integrated pollution and prevention control) directive will be important to ensure comparability with business statistics. A review of reporting obligations and coordination between statistical and compliance reporting will be an essential task.Environmental accounts linked to the national accounts have also been developed. These accounts constitute an essential basis for environmental analysis and the development of more comprehensive models for the interaction between the economy and the environment. They will be further adapted and extended to serve as an essential statistical tool for analyses of sustainable development.SummaryThe main effort in the next five years will be to:- improve core environmental statistics, mainly waste, water and environmental expenditure statistics, with a focus on statistics needed for environmental indicators and to put in place the necessary legislation for such statistics,- produce easily understandable environmental and sustainability indicators in cooperation with other Commission services and the European Environment Agency,- continue work to produce an environmental component to socioeconomic statistics, with the aim of responding to needs relating to indicators for integration of environmental and sustainability concerns into other policies,- continue work to add an environmental domain to national accounts, through regular production of a set of environmental accounts and to adapt them to the priority sustainability issues,- participate in reviewing reporting obligations and to continue the close cooperation with the European Environment Agency with coordinated actions and by making data collection by the two institutions complementary,- enhance data collection and analysis on global sustainable development.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XXDevelopment Cooperation (and other external actions)Statistical implicationsThe overall objective is to support the EU external relations policies by providing appropriate and focused statistical technical assistance in order to strengthen statistical capacity in countries benefiting from EU aid. The future strategy, however, recognises the need to adapt in response to the changing EU policy context.Reflecting EU policy in statistical cooperation activitiesThe most significant policy change is the increased and explicit focus on poverty reduction in the EC’s development policy, in particular with ACP countries. Consequently, statistical cooperation will have an increased focus on strengthening the measurement and monitoring of poverty; this will entail an increase in activities mainly in the social statistics domain. Similarly, technical advice and support will be provided to DG Development, DG External Relations, and Europeaid in the area of measuring the poverty impact of the EC’s development programmes.Regional integration will be a continuing emphasis of the programme, mirroring the increased moves amongst countries themselves to strengthen their regional structures. Areas for support will include multilateral surveillance, improvement of national accounts, price statistics, agricultural statistics, foreign trade, business statistics and statistical training.With the 12 Mediterranean partner countries, institutional and inter-institutional strengthening of the national statistical systems will constitute the central objective. Statistical harmonisation, production and improved data access for users will be supported in order to provide a solid basis for political decision-making and for good governance. Apart from socioeconomic statistics, priority areas are migration, tourism and environment.Statistical cooperation between EU and NIS countries is aimed at supporting and monitoring economic cooperation and the reform process as well as promoting the market economy. Key demands concern economic and foreign trade statistics.Eurostat will continue and strengthen its efforts to improve coordination amongst the donor community (i.e. bilateral and multilateral donors). Accordingly, Eurostat will support work, in particular in the OECD/DAC, UN and World Bank contexts, to assess the impact of development cooperation on reaching the “millennium development goals” adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000. As such, it will play an active part in the PARIS 21 initiative and in the Balkans. In particular, technical cooperation activities will stress the importance of a user focus, and will promote the value of multiannual programming.Innovative work will be undertaken with the aim of developing approaches and methods for the measurement and monitoring of human rights and good governance.SummaryDuring the five-year period work will concentrate on:- providing statistical technical assistance in order to strengthen statistical capacity in countries benefiting from EU aid,- increasing focus on strengthening the measurement and monitoring of poverty,- developing approaches and methods for the measurement and monitoring of human rights and good governance.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>(1) OJ L 112, 29.4.1997, p. 56.(2) Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament on a community immigration policy, 22 November 2000 (COM (2000) 757 final).(3) Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament “Towards a common asylum procedure and a uniform status, valid throughout the Union, for persons granted asylum”, 22 November 2000 (COM (2000) 755 final).(4) OJ L 257, 27.10.1995, p. 1.(5) OJ L 310, 30.11.1996, p. 1. Regulation as last amended by Regulation (EC) No 359/2002 (OJ L 58, 28.2.2002, p. 1).(6) Commission communication on the health strategy of the European Community and proposal for a Decision of the European Parliament and the Council adopting a programme of Community action in the field of public health (2001 to 2006) – COM (2000)285 final of 16 May 2000.(7) See “Unity, solidarity, diversity for Europe, its people and its territory”; the Second report on economic and social cohesion, European Commission, January 2001.ANNEX IIFive year statistical programme 2003 to 2007: Eurostat work themes>TABLE>

Article 1
Establishment of the statistical programme
The Community statistical programme for the period from 2003 to 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the programme) is hereby established. The programme is included in the Annexes.

Article 2
Objectives and policy priorities
Taking account of the available resources of the national authorities and the Commission, this programme shall be guided by the principal Community policy priorities of:
– economic and monetary union,
– European Union enlargement,
– competitivity, sustainable development and the social agenda.
It shall also ensure the continuation of existing statistical support for decisions in current policy areas and the additional requirements arising from new Community policy initiatives. It shall take account of the need for ongoing review of statistical priorities and of the necessity of the statistics produced, with a view to making best use of available resources and minimising response burdens.
Furthermore, the Commission shall ensure comparable and high quality statistics.

Article 3
The financial framework for the implementation of this programme for the period 2003 to 2007 is hereby set at EUR 192500000.
EUR 150727000 shall be for the period 2003 to 2006. EUR 41773000 shall be for 2007. The amount of EUR 41773000 shall be deemed to be confirmed if it is consistent with the financial perspective in force for the period commencing in 2007.
The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspectives.

Article 4
During the third year of implementation of the programme, the Commission shall prepare an intermediate report showing its stage of development and present it to the Statistical Programme Committee.
At the end of the period covered by the programme, the Commission, after consulting the Statistical Programme Committee, shall present an appropriate evaluation report on the implementation of the programme, taking into account the views of independent experts. That report is to be completed by the end of 2008 and subsequently submitted to the European Parliament and the Council.

Article 5
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.

Article 6
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 16 December 2002.
For the European Parliament
The President
For the Council
M. Fischer Boel
(1) OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 274.
(2) OJ C 125, 27.5.2002, p. 17.
(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 30 September 2002 (OJ C 275 E, 12.11.2002, p. 1) and Decision of the European Parliament of 20 November 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal).
(4) OJ L 52, 22.2.1997, p. 1.
(5) OJ L 181, 28.6.1989, p. 47.
(6) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.
(7) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 21. Decision as amended by Council Decision 97/255/EC (OJ L 102, 19.4.1997, p. 32).
(8) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 19. Decision as amended by Council Decision 96/174/EC (OJ L 51, 1.3.1996, p. 48).

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 285 thereof,Having regard to the proposal from the Commission(1),Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2),Following consultation of the Committee of the Regions,Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(3),Whereas:(1) In accordance with Council Regulation (EC) No 322/97 of 17 February 1997 on Community statistics(4), a Community statistical programme should be established.(2) Council Regulation (EC) No 322/97 establishes the principles for the production of Community statistics and applies to this Decision.(3) Economic and monetary union is imposing substantial demands on the supply of monetary, balance of payments and financial statistics for the Community.(4) In accordance with Regulation (EC) No 322/97, the Community must have timely access to statistical information comparable between the Member States which is up to date, reliable, pertinent and produced as efficiently as possible for the formulation, application, monitoring and assessment of its policies.(5) The availability of up-to-date comparable statistics of good quality is often a necessary condition for implementing Community policies.(6) In order to ensure the consistency and comparability of statistical information in the Community, there is a need to establish a five-year Community statistical programme which identifies the approaches, the main fields and the objectives of the actions envisaged in respect of these priorities.(7) To this effect, the Community authorities should ensure comparable and high quality statistics.(8) The specific method of drawing up Community statistics requires particularly close cooperation within a developing Community statistical system via the Statistical Programme Committee, set up by Council Decision 89/382/EEC, Euratom(5), as regards the adaptation of the system, notably via the introduction of legal instruments necessary to establish the said Community statistics. Account is to be taken of the burden on respondents, be they business, households or individuals.(9) The production of Community statistics within the legislative framework of the five-year programme is the responsibility of the national authorities at national level and of the Community authority (Eurostat) at Community level.(10) In order to achieve this objective, close, coordinated and coherent cooperation between Eurostat and the national authorities is necessary.(11) To this effect, Eurostat should ensure the coordination under various forms of the national authorities in a network representing the European Statistical System (ESS) to assure the timely provision of statistics in support of European Union policy needs.(12) Detailed implementing measures for individual statistical actions may be entrusted to the ESS by the Commission, which should decide the objectives and the measures concerned.(13) In addition, in the implementation of this Programme, in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 322/97, the Commission is entrusted to execute certain implementing or execution tasks as they are defined in acts concerning individual statistical actions.(14) Consideration may be given as to whether certain of these tasks currently performed at Commission level could be executed, for example, by a specialised implementing body.(15) In certain areas covered by various Community policies a breakdown of data by gender is important.(16) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the programme, a financial framework constituting the prime reference within the meaning of point 33 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 6 May 1999 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission on the budgetary discipline and improvement of the budgetary procedure(6), for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure.(17) The guidelines for establishing this programme have been submitted in accordance with Article 3(1) of Regulation (EC) No 322/97 to the Statistical Programme Committee, the European Advisory Committee on Statistical Information in the Economic and Social Spheres set up by Council Decision 91/116/EEC(7) and the Committee on Monetary, Financial and Balance of Payment Statistics set up by Council Decision 91/115/EEC(8),HAVE ADOPTED THIS DECISION:Article 1Establishment of the statistical programmeThe Community statistical programme for the period from 2003 to 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the programme) is hereby established. The programme is included in the Annexes.Annex I defines the approaches, the main fields and the objectives of the actions envisaged during that period and also provides a summary of statistical requirements viewed from the perspective of the policy needs of the European Union. These needs are broken down by titles of the Treaty.Annex II provides a summary of the Eurostat work themes.Article 2Objectives and policy prioritiesTaking account of the available resources of the national authorities and the Commission, this programme shall be guided by the principal Community policy priorities of:- economic and monetary union,- European Union enlargement,- competitivity, sustainable development and the social agenda.It shall also ensure the continuation of existing statistical support for decisions in current policy areas and the additional requirements arising from new Community policy initiatives. It shall take account of the need for ongoing review of statistical priorities and of the necessity of the statistics produced, with a view to making best use of available resources and minimising response burdens.Furthermore, the Commission shall ensure comparable and high quality statistics.Article 3FinancingThe financial framework for the implementation of this programme for the period 2003 to 2007 is hereby set at EUR 192500000.EUR 150727000 shall be for the period 2003 to 2006. EUR 41773000 shall be for 2007. The amount of EUR 41773000 shall be deemed to be confirmed if it is consistent with the financial perspective in force for the period commencing in 2007.The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspectives.Article 4ReportsDuring the third year of implementation of the programme, the Commission shall prepare an intermediate report showing its stage of development and present it to the Statistical Programme Committee.At the end of the period covered by the programme, the Commission, after consulting the Statistical Programme Committee, shall present an appropriate evaluation report on the implementation of the programme, taking into account the views of independent experts. That report is to be completed by the end of 2008 and subsequently submitted to the European Parliament and the Council.Article 5Entry into forceThis Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.Article 6AddresseesThis Decision is addressed to the Member States.Done at Brussels, 16 December 2002.For the European ParliamentThe PresidentP. CoxFor the CouncilThe PresidentM. Fischer Boel(1) OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 274.(2) OJ C 125, 27.5.2002, p. 17.(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 30 September 2002 (OJ C 275 E, 12.11.2002, p. 1) and Decision of the European Parliament of 20 November 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal).(4) OJ L 52, 22.2.1997, p. 1.(5) OJ L 181, 28.6.1989, p. 47.(6) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.(7) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 21. Decision as amended by Council Decision 97/255/EC (OJ L 102, 19.4.1997, p. 32).(8) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 19. Decision as amended by Council Decision 96/174/EC (OJ L 51, 1.3.1996, p. 48).ANNEX IFIVE-YEAR STATISTICAL PROGRAMME: APPROACHESINTRODUCTION1. The need for statistical information for European Union PolicyEU Institutions and citizens need a factual means to assess the need for, and progress of, European policy initiatives. High quality statistical information is of primary importance in meeting this need. Eurostat (the Statistical Office of the European Communities) has as its main task the compilation and dissemination of relevant and timely information across a wide range of social, economic and environmental topics in support of existing and future policies of the EU. In an evolving e Europe, statistical information has to be made available in a form and at a time when the user needs it. Thus, during the period of this programme further efforts will need to be made to ensure that citizens have access to an increasing amount of basic information about economic, social and environmental developments in the EU. The ESS (European Statistical System) needs to develop further its structures and strategies to ensure that the system as whole maintains and develops the necessary quality and effectiveness to meet all user needs.Structure of the AnnexThis Annex concentrates on the policy determinants of the programme of work and provides a summary of European statistical requirements viewed from the perspective of the policy needs of the European Union. These needs are classified by the Titles identified in the Treaty establishing the European Community.For each of these policy Titles, this Annex provides:- the principal orientation of the statistical work to be carried out within this five-year period for each policy area and the specific action plans envisaged, including any foreseeable legal acts,- the areas of statistical work which support the policies of the Title according to the themes of statistical work as defined in the Activity-Based Management framework.2. Implementation strategies(a) ObjectivesThe objectives laid down in the Eurostat Corporate Plan will underpin the execution of the work programme, which shall be carried out taking into account the principle of cost-effectiveness established in Article 10 of Regulation (EC) No 322/97. These objectives are:- Eurostat at the service of the Commission,- Eurostat at the service of other European Institutions and the wider user community,- Contributing to the maintenance and development of the European Statistical System,- Boosting staff motivation and satisfaction,- Improving the quality of its products and services,- Increasing internal productivity.(b) Statistical productionIn association with its partners in the ESS, Eurostat will put into place production processes that assure that European Statistics achieve the level of quality required for EU policy management purposes. Particular emphasis will be given to statistics for the Euro-zone requirements.Eurostat and the ESS partners will undertake a permanent review of EU and National Statistical information to ensure that it meets the real requirements for both EU and National Policy purposes and that the two aspects are fully integrated.(c) Efficiency of implementationThe Commission will continue to assess its ways of working to ensure that the most efficient use is made of resources. Certain tasks in the field of statistics may be identified as being appropriate for implementation and follow-up by an executive agency. Establishment of such an executive agency would be preceded by a full analysis in conformity with Council and Commission provisions on such bodies. Partners in the ESS will be consulted through the Statistical Programme Committee and kept fully informed of this process.(d) Budgetary implementation of the programmeBudgetary resources made available for statistical information under this programme are subject to the annual budgetary procedure without prejudice to budgetary resources made available under other legal acts. The resources will be used:- for the production of statistics as defined in Regulation (EC) No 322/97, including the development and maintenance of statistical information systems and associated necessary infrastructure,- for grants made to partners in the ESS (Eurostat envisages concluding framework agreements with such partners),- for technical and administrative assistance as well as other support measures.3. PrioritiesThe priorities for statistical work are managed according to four different categories of activity.(a) Community policy requirementsThe statistical implications of the major Community policy areas are those currently identified by the Commission and can be summarised as follows:- Economic and Monetary Union: all of the statistics required for Phase III EMU and the pact on stability and growth,- EU enlargement: incorporating those areas of statistical indicators of primary importance for the accession negotiations and for the integration of candidate countries into the ESS,- competitivity, sustainable development and the social agenda: in particular, statistics on the labour market, environment, services, living conditions, migration and e Europe,- open coordination: the provision of indicators and related statistics, based on improved methodologies and harmonised outputs, in accordance with the mandates given by the European Council.(b) Major projectsThis covers primary areas of work necessary to assure the functioning of the system. These will be subject to a formal project management approach, as follows:- Infrastructure workConsolidate the functioning of the ESS in a deepened and enlarged Europe. Different instruments of cooperation between national statistical organisations and Eurostat will be put in place. These will be based mainly on the exchange of data between national statistical authorities, the specialisation of Member States in some specific domains and flexibility in the launching of statistical surveys to meet European and national needs.Develop a system capable of reacting to developing policy needs and, at the same time, promote dialogue between statisticians and policy makers to ensure flexibility of response and relevance of statistical products.The development of the technological infrastructure at Commission and Member State level will aim to ensure greater productivity, reduction in response burdens and easier user access to statistical information.Eurostat’s involvement in the e Commission and e Europe initiatives, as well as ESS access to research and development programmes and the interchange of data between administrations (IDA) programme will ensure cooperation and synergy between Community and national efforts.Quality assurance and the scientific basis of Community statistics will be the result of close cooperation between official and academic statisticians.- Specific projectsStatistics on the new economy, including domains such as the information society and innovation.Statistics on research and development, including benchmarking of national RTD policies.Short-term statistics.Indicators to support policies for sustainable development.Social exclusion and poverty indicators.(c) Statistical support to ongoing policiesThis covers the continuation of statistical activities, which support existing Community policy areas such as agriculture, regional policy and external trade.(d) Other areasOther areas of statistical data collection not covered above which are nevertheless required for policy purposes.For activities within this priority framework, the detailed range and extent of data collected have in general been developed by Eurostat with the Member States in the context of the SPC and CMFB. This follows the rules defined in the Council Regulation on Community statistics and is in conformity with agreed principles for such decisions concerning work management.4. SubsidiarityThe legislative context for this is:1. Decision 89/382/EEC, Euratom establishing a Committee on the statistical programmes of the European Communities (SPC)2. Council Regulation (EC) No 322/973. Commission Decision 97/281/EC of 21 April 1997 on the role of Eurostat as regards the production of Community statistics(1).Eurostat is responsible for ensuring the provision of Community statistics for EU policy purposes. Eurostat can only carry out this task in liaison with the statistical authorities in the Member States. Thus, activities are always based on a fundamental principle of subsidiarity. This involves a wide range of partner agencies but principally the national statistical institutes of the EU Member States.5. The balance of needs and resourcesThe ESS has to maintain a vigilant watch on the balance between the needs for information for Community policy purposes and the resources required at EU, national and regional levels to provide this information. The provision of adequate resources in the national context is of particular importance in pursuing the statistical information requirements of EU policy decisions. It is also, however, important to maintain sufficient flexibility to allow the national authorities to satisfy Community statistical information needs in the most cost-effective manner.To support a strategy based on balanced prioritisation, the yearly programming process should include ongoing review of the continuing necessity of existing Community statistics, identifying those which could be curtailed or discontinued. This must be conducted in close cooperation with the main users of statistics as an important consideration for the introduction of new statistical initiatives.This Annex identifies the set of statistical requirements necessary to support Community policies. In the context of overall resource management, the allocation of priorities across the various components of statistical work is defined according to the framework described above.FIVE-YEAR STATISTICAL PROGRAMME: OBJECTIVES AND ACTIONSENLARGEMENT OF THE EUROPEAN UNIONStatistical implicationsIt is expected that accession negotiations will be completed with an accession treaty for a number of candidate countries during the validity of the 2003 to 2007 programme. For the follow-up and potential completion of these negotiations, the Commission must be able to draw on a complete set of reliable statistics, methodologically comparable with those of the European Union countries. The Union will then face two somewhat different challenges:- to integrate the potential new members in all Community mechanisms, including e.g. own-resources budgets and structural funds and all other issues and programmes,- to continue to prepare the remaining candidates and help them to reach full compliance with current Community legislation.In both cases the high demands placed on the statistical production of the candidates, to be verified and communicated through Eurostat, should not be underestimated. Evidently, basic economic statistics are indispensable, including sectoral and regional distribution of GDP creation, population, and employment. Other key areas are those which measure the implementation of the single market, i.e. activities with a cross-border effect such as trade in goods, trade in services and freedom of establishment, balance of payments, capital flows, mobility of persons (migrant workers, migration, asylum seekers, etc.), industrial production and structure with a view to capacity, etc. In general, statistical production has to support the EU policy concerned, including monetary union-generated demands. In addition there are requirements for statistics in sectors which are sensitive for the accession negotiations, supporting primary EU policies such as agriculture, transport, regional and environment.SummaryDuring the five-year period work will concentrate on:- consolidating the collection of harmonised data for negotiations and internal EU purposes,- continuing assistance to candidate countries and new members to improve their statistical systems to meet Community requirements, including early information about any new Community legislation.TITLE IFree movement of goodsStatistical implicationsThe entry into force of the Single Market in 1993 led to the introduction of a system for the statistical measurement of trade in goods between Member States (Intrastat), a lessening of the burden on information providers and thus a more appropriate response to the needs of economic and monetary union. However, the lessening of the burden has been limited in view of the wishes of the national authorities and numerous professional federations to maintain a system of detailed statistics of intra-Community trade compatible with extra-Community statistics.In line with the strategic plan approved in 1999 by Eurostat and the Member States, new adaptations of the system will be examined and tested prior to any reform of the legislation. The new system should therefore be focused on the supply of results meeting Community needs in accordance with strict quality requirements in terms of coverage, reliability and availability. The content of the results should be defined in such a way as to simplify current requirements whilst taking account of how needs develop as European integration progresses. Action will also be taken to improve the reliability of import and export price statistics to allow the internal competitiveness of the Union’s products to be measured more effectively.In parallel, the possible consequences of the switch to a common VAT system will have been analysed by an evaluation of the sources of administrative or statistical information which can be used as a reference, priority being given to maintaining the link with the VAT system and the use of the general business register.SummaryAt the end of the five-year programme the Commission will have adapted and improved the systems of statistical measurement of the trade of goods between Member States and with third countries, taking into account the development of the information requirements and the economic and administrative environment.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IIAgricultureStatistical implicationsAgricultureThe Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) absorbs nearly half the Communities’ budget. The Commission thus has a major task with regard to the CAP, with the usual role of policy formulation, monitoring, evaluation and adaptation. The Commission has extensive delegated competence for current management. The main effort in the 2003 to 2007 five-year period will be, as in the programme 1998 to 2002, to operate this large set of statistics and to carry out essential maintenance. Particular attention will continue to be given to the environmental dimension, by developing statistics needed for analysing interlinkage between agriculture and the environment, including the improvement of statistics on the use of fertilisers and pesticides, on organic farming and on action to maintain biodiversity and rural habitats.The Technical Action Plan for Agricultural Statistics (Tapas) management framework provides a collective and transparent approach to steadily improving use of available national and Community resources for producing agricultural statistics. The statistics produced will be put to greater use (e.g. modelling, direct access by Member States and European institutions).Two tasks will be undertaken which look towards the future. Agricultural statistics will be formulated to meet the needs of the CAP seven to ten years hence, taking account of the way the CAP may change following the reforms resulting from the “Agenda 2000”. Work on agri-environmental data will be further developed. In particular, work will continue on indicators of the integration of environmental considerations into the CAP and on operational landscape indicators. Attention will also be paid to the growing need for information in the consumer/welfare aspects of agriculture and to statistical support for the rural development component of the CAP. The conclusions of the comprehensive independent review of the present system will be used to adapt the set of Community agriculture statistics to be in a position to meet identified new or changing needs. The second task is to establish a regular flow of comparable data, from official sources, for all candidate countries for accession to the EU.ForestryIn this area, particular attention has to be given to the maintenance and improvement of work with international organisations above all for the development of better quality forestry statistics, including specific criteria and indicators required for environmental management and sustainable forest management. Also, information on sustainable management of timber-derived industries needs to be developed in parallel. The consequences of the Bonn arrangements in the context of the Kyoto agreement will need to be taken into account for the developments in this work.FisheriesFuture developments within the Common Fisheries Policy (CFP) will concentrate on the integration of the various components, from biology to resources, through improved monitoring of the activities of fishing vessels. These measures are unlikely to result in additional demand for data and the main effort in the coming years will be on consolidating and improving data flows (completeness, timeliness, consistency, comparability and accessibility) on the basis of existing legislation.The social and economic consequences of limiting the activities of fishing vessels and reducing the size of the EU fishing fleet is producing an increased demand for data on parameters to assess the social and economic situation. These developments are likely to be important elements in the re-negotiation of the CFP in 2002. Eurostat will follow these negotiations closely to ensure that its programme of fishery statistics continues to reflect the data needs of the CFP.SummaryDuring the programme period the Commission will strive to:- apply the TAPAS scheme for progressive improvements to the existing set of agricultural statistics, mainly as far as quality, comparability, efficiency savings, simplification and timeliness are concerned,- plan the development of agricultural statistics with the aim of meeting the future needs of the CAP,- provide indicators for better integration of environmental considerations into the CAP and information on the consumer/welfare aspects of agriculture,- assist in the development of comparable data in candidate countries for accession to the EU,- consolidate, improve and extend (indicators) forestry statistics,- consolidate and improve the quality of fishery statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IIIFree movement of persons, services and capitalStatistical implicationsEU balance of payment statistics provide fairly detailed information on trade in services and direct investments. Statistics on the trade of foreign branches are currently being developed. Although all these statistics are being developed mainly in response to the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) and therefore to provide information on operations with countries outside the Community, the Member States consider it essential to continue to draw up a national balance of payments (therefore including intra-EU flows) even within economic and monetary union. Currently, the statistics produced cover both extra-EU and intra-EU trade and thus meet the needs of the single market. However, there is a risk of uncertainty regarding this information. Also, the systems for collecting balance of payment data are currently being restructured (see Title VII). The Commission’s needs in this area therefore need to be reassessed and redefined.A system of globalisation indicators will be put in place. New statistical tools based on the exchange of data between the National Statistical Institutes and on the collection of information on European level will be used as pillars for the development of this domain.The identification and monitoring of foreign affiliates (FATS) will allow the europeanisation and internationalisation of the production systems to be measured.Statistics will aim more and more to analyse sustainable tourism together with sustainable development by developing satellite accounts.The Council’s decision on audiovisual statistics will have to be implemented. Eurostat will thus continue to consolidate the work already undertaken since 1999 to establish a Community statistical information infrastructure relating to the industry and markets of the audiovisual and related sectors. Additionally, a legal basis for telecommunications statistics will need to be developed.A flexible and adaptable system for collecting information on information society indicators will gradually be established on the basis of existing or new surveys according to the priorities set by the Council.SummaryDuring the five-year period the Commission will strive to:- develop a stable and flexible set of indicators on globalisation,- develop a stable and flexible set of indicators on information society, including audiovisual services,- progress in the development of satellite accounts in the field of tourism.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IVVisas, asylum, immigration and other policies related to free movement of personsStatistical implicationsCommunity competence in the field of immigration and asylum was established by the entry into force of the Treaty of Amsterdam on 1 May 1999. At the request of the European Council, the Commission submitted in November 2000 two Communications to launch a debate in the Community on the long-term aspects of a common EU policy. Both Communications address the issue of statistics in this perspective. The Communication on a Community immigration policy(2) emphasises that more information is needed about migration flows and patterns of migration into and out of the EU. The Communication on asylum(3) states that establishing and implementing the common European asylum system requires an in-depth analysis on the scale of migratory flows, their origins, as well as analysis of the characteristics of applications for protection and the response to them. The Union’s enlargement and the development of cooperation with the countries of the Mediterranean Basin will only reinforce the needs for statistical information in these fields.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period the Commission will:- develop a more standardised nomenclature in the areas of migration and asylum in liaison with the national authorities,- enhance the range and quality of statistics in this field to meet the initial requirements contained in the Commission communications on the subject.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VTransportStatistical implicationsCommunity transport statistics are required to support the common transport policy (Articles 70 to 80) and the transport component of the Trans-European networks (TENs) (Articles 154 to 156).Transport is also an important part of Community regional and environmental policies (see Titles XVII and XIX) and particular attention will need to be accorded to sustainable development indicators.Community statistics should constitute a comprehensive transport information system, including data on flows of goods and passengers, as well as on infrastructure, equipment, traffic flows, personal mobility, safety, energy consumption and environmental impact, as well as data on transport costs and prices, and on transport enterprises. A key objective will be to shift the balance between modes of transport, favouring rail and short-sea shipping over road transport, and thereby removing the existing coupling of economic growth with increased road traffic. It will be necessary to provide better statistics on modal split, covering passengers as well as freight, taking account of all modes of transport and improving timeliness aspects.The opening up of transport markets to competition will require objective statistical data to monitor developments in these markets and to assess the impact of these developments on employment and working conditions in transport enterprises and on the economic viability of these businesses. It will also reinforce the demands for statistical indicators relating to safety and service quality. Market trends will require the collection of statistical data on freight transport which are less centred on single modes of transport, but which provide information on the complete inter-modal transport chain and on the transport of goods from a market perspective.Monitoring the relationship between transport and the environment will be a main driving force for improved quality and coverage across all areas of transport data. It will also generate some specific requirements for additional data, for example on personal mobility and on transport equipment. There will be a need to respond to the growing demand for traffic data expressed in vehicle-kilometres for all modes of transport, in view of their importance in monitoring congestion and gas emissions.The continued high level of investment in European transport infrastructure, and in particular the transport TEN, will generate specific needs for statistics on infrastructure and on market trends. The TEN, together with Community regional policies, will continue to generate demands for more spatially broken-down data on transport networks and flows, which should be considered an integral part of the overall transport information system.SummaryDuring the five-year period the Commission will strive to:- complete the coverage of Community transport statistics across all modes of transport and all types of information,- continue to adapt and complete, where necessary, the legal basis for transport statistics,- promote the collection of additional statistics on intermodal transport chains as well as those additional data needed to monitor the integration of environmental considerations into transport policies (the TERM exercise).Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VICommon rules on competition, taxation and approximation of lawsNo direct statistical programme is required. Statistical information for this title is derived as needed from data and indicators generated for other titles in the programme.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VIIEconomic and monetary policyStatistical implicationsThe implementation of Economic and Monetary Union requires very close statistical monitoring to support macroeconomic policy coordination and the monetary policy functions of the European System of Central Banks. The Stability and Growth Pact presents new statistical requirements. Meanwhile, measuring the extent of economic convergence achieved by Member States remains important.In order to provide statistics with the necessary breadth, comparability, timeliness and frequency to coordinate macroeconomic policy and support the monetary policy functions of the European System of Central Banks, work will be pursued on short-term indicators of demand, output, the labour market, prices and costs. New methods (e.g. flash-estimation, nowcasting, etc.) will be applied to improve the service for business cycle analysts. This work will complement further development of monetary and financial indicators.The permanent improvement of timeliness and coverage of data is needed in the framework of the Action Plan on EMU statistical requirements. The calculation of euro-zone aggregates in the shortest possible time will require the timely production of quarterly national accounts and the implementation of flash estimates. Moreover, major work will be necessary in the field of quarterly institutional sector non-financial and financial accounts fully consistent with annual accounts and short-term public finances. The request for counterpart information in the financial accounts, which shows the relationships from “whom-to-whom” between sectors, is an important tool for monetary policy analysis. In a step-by-step approach, this information is to be collected during this five-year programme.During the period of this programme, 2003 to 2007, the most significant single feature is expected to be the enlargement of the EU from 15 members to 20 or more. This will entail substantial work on data supply by the new members and on validation by Eurostat. To support fully the Commission’s enlargement policy, assistance to the candidate countries will be pursued and developed, in order to ensure proper availability, quality, timeliness and comparability of the data.For all Member States increased attention will be paid to the quality of the data, at both constant and current prices. One administrative use, own resources based on gross national income, will represent 60 % of the EU budget. Much of the task will be to continue and supplement the efforts made to harmonise statistics on the convergence criteria. The goal of maintaining price stability (Article 105 of the Treaty) and providing information for the euro-zone monetary policy of the ECB requires that, pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) No 2494/95 of 23 October 1995 concerning harmonized indices of consumer prices(4), the quality of the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) should be maintained and further improved. HICP methodology is to be completed and consolidated within the framework of the abovementioned Council Regulation on HICPs.Monitoring of the budgetary situation and of the stock of government debt (Article 104 of the Treaty and the Stability and Growth Pact agreed upon in Dublin) will be based on the accounts of general government drawn up using the ESA 95 methodology approved by Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 of 25 June 1996 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the Community(5). Harmonisation and comparability will be kept under review in order to provide the institutional decision-makers with high quality and comparable statistical instruments so as not to create any distortions in the judgements made of the budgetary situation in each Member State.The monitoring of the economic development in the Member States as provided for in Article 99 of the Treaty strengthens the need to implement fully the existing data transmission programme on national accounts according to the ESA 95 Regulation, especially as far as timeliness and coverage are concerned, and to extend it progressively to new areas through revision and extension of the legislation in force.Work on drawing up the principal aggregates of the accounts in terms of purchasing power parities will be continued. The revision work on the methodology for purchasing power parities to make the results more reliable for comparative analyses, which started under the previous five-year programme, should be concluded with the adoption of the PPP Council Regulation.The establishment of Economic and Monetary Union has considerable implications for the balance of payments statistics. Of particular importance here are the reporting thresholds, which if modified as currently foreseen, will require significant development work to ensure that the quality of this data can be maintained. Many Member States (especially those where bank reporting is the main source for balance of payments compilers) are currently revising their balance of payments collection systems in order to cope with the new circumstances. Work will be pursued in the coming years in order to ensure that Member States keep providing good quality and relevant data to the EU institutions and the ECB, especially on trade in services, foreign direct investment, and foreign affiliated trade statistics. Also the collection (and analysis) of data from candidate countries will have priority. These data are requested by several Commission services, especially those dealing with economic monitoring, trade policy, and external relations.SummaryDuring the five-year period the Commission will aim to:- pursue the development and production of statistics in the framework of the EMU Action Plan for the conduct of macroeconomic policy coordination and of monetary policy, for the Stability and Growth Pact and for the continued assessment of economic convergence,- intensify implementation of the ESA 95 Regulation,- revise the collection system for balance of payments statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE VIIIEmploymentStatistical implicationsEU labour statistics development will be driven by the following political processes: EU enlargement, European employment strategy, economic and monetary union and the benchmarking exercise (with structural indicators to be presented every year in spring to the European Council).Labour statistics are largely governed by EU regulations. Thanks to this the candidate countries will have made major steps towards complying with EU requirements before 2003. Full compliance, regular data transmission and keeping pace with new developments will be the challenge during 2003 to 2007.By fixing new employment rate objectives to be reached in 2005 and 2010, the European Council has reinforced the need to monitor the implementation of the European employment strategy and in particular the yearly implementation of the employment guidelines. This monitoring will need to record the implementation of the continuous labour force survey and the adaptation of its list of variables. The monitoring will require more frequent and complete statistics to measure the gender gap (in particular the wage gap in all economic activities) and the skill gap. This will involve structural statistics on earnings and studies on the implementation of a Community job vacancy survey.In a zone as large as the EMU, the labour cost trend is the main potential inflationary pressure and has thus to be monitored by quick short term statistics of high quality. The implementation of the Labour Cost Index regulation and the continuous improvement of short term labour cost statistics are of utmost importance, as well as improved labour productivity measurement (implying an improved series on volume of work).Summary- implementation of a continuous LFS providing quarterly results in all Member States,- harmonisation of part of the questionnaires,- collection/analysis of the results of the 2002 structure of earnings survey,- implementation of the 2004 labour cost survey covering NACE M-N-O,- full implementation of the Council Regulation on labour cost index,- implementation of the 2006 structure of earnings survey,- designing a target system for European labour cost statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE IXCommon commercial policyStatistical implicationsArticle 133 of the Treaty gives responsibility to the European Commission for conducting negotiations on commercial agreements with third countries. This includes the trade agreements on services (GATS). For this purpose good quality data are essential.Work will be pursued in the coming years in order to ensure that data on cross-border trade in services (both geographical breakdown and detail by components), foreign direct investment, and foreign affiliated trade maintain the quality standards, the level of detail, and the degree of harmonisation required by the Commission services in charge of conducting the commercial policy.The Doha Round, launched in November 2001, will make sustainable development and the impact of the common commercial policy on developing countries a key issue. Coordination work on collecting global data will need to be undertaken.The collection and analysis of data from candidate countries will also have first priority in the coming years. Work will also be undertaken to coordinate further the methodological discussion among Member States, notwithstanding the fact that a significant degree of harmonisation has already been achieved in this field. The drawing-up of Community BOP statistics is also indispensable to obtain a comprehensive BOP for the EU.Work on harmonising the statistical rules will continue within a methodological framework which is more in line with the international recommendations recently adopted by the United Nations. Statistical information will be improved by more efficient use of the customs declaration’s content and the needs ensuing from changes in the European Union and international trade (enlargement, globalisation, trade liberalisation) will be taken into account. Action will also be taken to improve the reliability of import and export price statistics to ensure better measurement of the external competitiveness of the Union’s products.SummaryBy the end of the five-year programme the Commission will have:- progressively integrated the candidate countries’ data,- adapted and improved the data collection and production systems,- improved and further developed the methodological framework taking into account the international recommendations, new information requirements and the development of the economic and customs environment,- enhanced the use of existing data and analysis on global sustainable development.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XCustoms cooperationNo direct statistical programme is required. Statistical information for this title is derived as needed from data and indicators generated for other titles in the programme.TITLE XISocial policy, education, vocational training and youthStatistical implicationsDuring this programme a coherent strategy will be developed to ensure the availability of a complete set of indicators covering all the social fields in close coordination with actions under Title VIII. The quality of existing information will be improved and new indicators are to be introduced to cover areas which have been identified as a priority, such as social exclusion and lifelong learning. In the context of the “report on the concrete objectives of education and training systems” ratified by the Stockholm European Council, close cooperation between DG EAC and Eurostat will have to be pursued. In addition to the continuation of the statistical work on the three priorities defined for 2002 (basis skills, information and communication technologies, mathematical sciences and technology), the implementation of other objectives will require new work. Indicators for which data do not exist, or which do not meet the necessary quality criteria but which would be essential with regard to achieving the objectives laid down, will need to be developed.Geographically the scope of social statistics will have to be extended to cover all the candidate countries and also areas lying outside the confines of Europe, such as the MEDSTAT (Euro-Mediterranean Programme of Statistical Cooperation) countries. The benchmark for this development will be demographic data; as the results of the 2001 census round are processed and published, this process will merge into the programme of regular updating and preparation for the next round, promoting a harmonised approach throughout the enlarged geographical area described above. Population projections for the entire area will also be needed at national level.During this programme, improvements in data-gathering and processing in respect of international mobility in higher education and research, will play a particularly important role. The first task is to harmonise the basic definitions and the most important indicators.The theme of “lifelong learning” will be vital throughout this period, reflecting the fact that economic changes will require job and social skills to be constantly updated. A comprehensive system of “learning” statistics will be required to serve employment, economic and education policies, giving special attention to public and private investment in education. The current range of information on education and training will need to be supplemented with further data on adult education.The Commission Communication in 2002 on a new Community strategy on health and safety at work requires the full implementation of the last phase of the European statistics on accidents at work (ESAW) and the first phase of the European Occupational Diseases Statistics (EODS). Indicators on the quality of work, work-related health problems and the socioeconomic costs of health and safety at work will also be further developed.In the context of Article 13 of the Treaty and the action to combat discrimination, a methodology will be set up to provide regular statistics on the integration of disabled people into society.Significant social changes, most of which are already discernible, are expected to continue throughout the programme period (for example in the population pyramid, household structure, migration trends, working patterns, educational systems, etc.) and a new type of instrument will be required in addition to those described above. The EU statistics on income and living conditions (EU-SILC) will be based on a wide selection of sources and will draw upon the experiences acquired during the 1990s in implementing successive waves of the European Community household panel. It will be set in place to provide a range of information on the living conditions of European citizens during the five-year period and beyond.SummaryDuring the five year programme period the Commission will:- develop a coherent strategy that will ensure the availability of a complete set of indicators covering all the social fields,- provide regular information on living conditions of citizens through newly developed indicators,- provide information on care and childcare facilities.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIICultureStatistical implicationsCommunity action in the cultural field is based on Article 151 of the Treaty. Improving the knowledge and dissemination of information on key cultural aspects of Europeans constitutes a main element in the Community competencies in this area. Moreover, it has been clearly stipulated that the Community must take cultural aspects into account in the definition and implementation of its policies as a whole.In the framework of the 2003 to 2007 Community statistical programme, the priority for cultural statistics will be the consolidation of the pilot work on culture employment, participation in cultural activities and statistics on culture expenditure. At the same time and in close cooperation with Member States and competent international organisations, the statistical programme will support methodological work and development of statistics related to the issue of returns on investing in culture. Particular attention will be given to the development of international methodologies which allow the statistical measurement and analysis of the impact that participation in cultural activities can have in contributing to social goals such as increasing educational levels and employment rates and reducing crime and inequalities in the health sphere.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period the Commission will:- consolidate the existing statistical information on culture,- develop and implement methodologies to measure culture impacts in society.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIIIPublic healthStatistical implicationsAccording to Article 152 of the Treaty, Community action in the area of public health covers health information. A basic framework of statistics on public health, covering health status, health determinants and health resources has been established within the European Statistical System in support of the Community action programmes on public health. The adoption of the new Community action programme on Public Health(6), the statistical element of health information will be further developed in the context of the Community Statistical Programme, including data collection broken down, as necessary, by gender, age, geographical location and, where available, by level of income. During 2003 to 2007, activities will be continued on further developing the set of health statistics in order to respond to the specific requirements that result from the new action programme on public health. The particular need for sustainable development indicators will have to be addressed.The general emphasis will be on reinforcement of the infrastructure for the basic system on public health statistics (at Member State and EU level), on harmonisation and improvement of the comparability of existing data in cooperation with international organisations competent in the field of public health (WHO and OECD).In order to ensure consistency and complementarity, specific action under this programme will also be directed towards ensuring that basic concepts, definitions and classifications on health statistics will be used for the whole area of health information.In accordance with the relevant agreements with the countries concerned, the scope of statistics on public health will be progressively extended to cover all candidate countries.SummaryDuring the five year programme period the Commission will:- further develop the set of health statistics in order to respond to the specific requirements that may result from the action programme on public health,- reinforce the infrastructure for the basic system on public health statistics.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIVConsumer protectionStatistical implicationsConsumer policy has achieved a much higher profile within the EC institutions during recent years (Article 153 of the Treaty).The Commission has set up an Action Plan for Consumer Policy 1999 to 2001 which will be followed by activities in favour of consumers. The current Action Plan, as well as its predecessors, has been handicapped by the limited availability of data necessary to arrive at an informed judgement. The Consumer Policy Action Plan 2002 to 2005 is at present being prepared. It will put emphasis on the need to make a more systematic and comprehensive effort in order to develop a suitable “knowledge base” as an essential tool to assist policy development.The purpose of Eurostat’s efforts in this area is to provide statistical data generally interesting for the public to shed light on consumption and consumer issues at the European, national and regional levels.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period the Commission will:- make statistics for consumer protection available in a more user-friendly format, in particular publications,- pursue the methodological support relating to injuries in the home,- raise the awareness of the subject consumer protection across all relevant statistical themes of work,- ensure that consumer protection aspects are taken into consideration for new statistical policies,- promote the development of statistics for consumer protection in the statistical services in the Member States.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVTrans-European networksNo direct statistical programme is required. Statistical information for this title is derived as needed from data and indicators generated for other titles in the programme.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVIIndustryStatistical implicationsStatistical work in the field of industry in the broad sense of the term (including, in particular, construction, services, energy and agri-foodstuffs) will be centred on support for the policies decided on the basis of the Treaty of Amsterdam, and at various summits held subsequently (in particular, the Lisbon Summit of March 2000). These developments are in particular planned for the areas globalisation, internal and external organisation of businesses (and more generally, the production system) as well as cooperation between businesses, the spirit of enterprise and governance, demand, and finally employment and human resources.The first priority will be the implementation of the different regulations on business statistics. Particular emphasis will be placed on the quality of results.In order to follow the structural changes in industry, a programme for developing business statistics will be pursued in close cooperation with the national statistical systems. This development will cover the adaptation of existing regulations, as well as the support for the major European policies, in particular, the single market, enlargement, economic and monetary policy, the information society, employment, as well as support for the structural indicators underlying the Union’s annual report.Eurostat will study with the Member States possibilities for maximum rationalisation of the national collection methods as well as their coordination to reduce the burden on enterprises as far as possible. A special effort will be made to improve the analysis of the single market using existing statistical tools or tools yet to be developed, and in particular Prodcom (and similar developments in the services domain).EnergyIn the field of energy statistics, work will consist in improving the quality of energy balances, especially in the area of the consumption, in order to respond better to requirements arising from the GHG emissions monitoring mechanism. The present system will be extended in order to respond better to sustainable development issues (energy efficiency, cogeneration, renewables), and the effectiveness of competition in liberalised markets and its impact on consumers and the energy industry will be followed up.SummaryDuring the five-year programme period work will progress in the following areas:- improve the system for developing structural business statistics, based on political needs and with a capacity of quick reaction to changing factors such as environment, policies and users,- strive for maintaining the infrastructure needed such as Business Registers and Classifications,- focus on the quality assessment and improvement of the data produced.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVIIEconomic and social cohesionStatistical implicationsOne of the key elements of the building of the European Union is the correction of social and regional imbalances. This is, indeed, the primary objective of the Structural Funds. Since their reform in 1988, the Commission has put in place an integrated policy for social and economic cohesion within which regional statistics play an essential role in the decision implementation process: eligibility of zones under regional objectives is defined on the basis of socioeconomic criteria with respect to certain thresholds; financial allocations to Member States are decided objectively on the basis of statistical indicators. In addition, evaluation of the impact of Community policies at regional level, and the quantification of regional disparities, are possible only with access to extensive regionally based statistics.The regular evaluation reports drawn up by the Commission (Report on economic and social cohesion(7)) on socioeconomic trends in the regions require a significant reserve of statistical information. Urban issues deserve particular attention, given that political decision-makers are increasingly clamouring for an evaluation of the quality of life in Europe’s cities. As the basis for their action in the future, they require comparable data on all EU towns and cities. The Communications issued by the Commission in 1997 (Towards an urban agenda in the European Union) and 1998 (Sustainable urban development in the European Union: a framework for action) highlighted in particular this need for more comparable information.The work to be undertaken under the 2003 to 2007 statistical programme will, accordingly, be very largely determined by the shape of Community regional policy within an enlarged European Union, and by the arrival of the new programming period for the Structural Funds. The third Cohesion Report is scheduled for adoption by the Commission in early 2004, while its conclusions are due to be implemented (as draft Regulations) over the rest of that year. The information required will include population projections at regional level and data on regional demography.Geographical InformationA large number of departments within the Commission make use of geographical information systems for the drafting, implementation and evaluation of the policies for which they are responsible. This trend will become increasingly evident in the next few years as technology advances and data become more extensively available. The initiatives on a European spatial data infrastructure will lead to new challenges in this area. Eurostat, as manager of the Commission’s reference database, must meet these challenges.SummaryDuring the five-years work will progress in the following areas:- implement the statistical indicators required for the next phase of the structural funds,- provide the necessary data for the cohesion report and to support Commission proposals for the structural funds after 2006,- further integrate the use of Geographical Information systems for policy management.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XVIIIResearch and technological developmentScience and technology and innovation statisticsStatistical implicationsThe overall objective of RTD Community policy is to strengthen the scientific and technological basis of the European economy and to improve its competitiveness at international level. At the 2000 Lisbon Summit, the European Council set a clear strategic objective for Europe for the next decade. The measurement of harmonised inputs, outputs and the socioeconomic impacts of the knowledge-based economy will continue to have a high priority on the European research agenda as is clearly evident in the debate on the European research area.All recent R& D and Innovation policies have called for timely and harmonised data, the collection of which must be negotiated with the Member States and coordinated by Eurostat. Annual updates of the indicators for both initiatives will require more frequent surveys in Member States, as well as quality improvements. The ability to produce statistics on human resources in science and technology and by gender must be developed in order to provide policy makers with the necessary data to assess the effectiveness of related Community policies.SummaryDuring the next five years, main efforts will be undertaken to:- improve the quality of existing indicators and continue the conceptual work leading to the production and further development of new indicators to benchmark national Research and Innovation policies, and in particular, to measure human resources and their mobility in research and development,- develop further statistics on RTD and innovation in the context of the European Research Area and, in particular, to develop a theoretical framework for more frequent RTD and innovation statistics,- develop a general framework for the measurement of the knowledge society,- measure the technological trends with harmonised statistics on patents,- associate the candidate countries in the overall framework of the development of harmonised and comparable RTD and innovation statistics.Research in statisticsStatistical implicationsAs part of its R& D policy, the Community promotes research activities, which support its own policies. Official statistics have been identified in various framework programmes (including the draft documents for the Sixth Framework Programme) as an area in which R& D activities will be launched at Community level.The increased use of statistics for political decision-making in the late 1990s has led to the demand for more accurate and comparable statistics, in particular for short-term indicators to monitor the evolution of the Single European Market and the Monetary Union. The foreseeable enlargement of the European Union reinforces this need for prompt access to such information.In parallel, technology provides new possibilities for collecting data and disseminating statistics. At the same time, respondents (enterprises and individuals) complain about the response burden, and request that it be reduced, through more automation and a better use of existing information. R& D in statistics has an important European dimension, because statistical production is international by nature as only few Member States could afford it on their own. Combined with the increasing emphasis on cost-benefit analysis of the statistics produced, this implies new requirements for the production of European statistics. European official statisticians must therefore reconsider the procedures used today for collecting and compiling statistics on an expanding range of phenomena.These requirements underline the importance of using existing data sources for the production of statistics for more in-depth statistical analysis. This implies that methods and tools that support the combined use of data (from, for example, administrative data and sample surveys, or infra-annual statistics and structural statistics) should be developed.SummaryDuring the next five years, efforts will be concentrated on:- the development of new tools and methods for official statistics,- the better conceptualisation and development of statistics to measure new emerging socioeconomic phenomena,- the transfer of technology and know-how within the European Statistical System,- the improvement of the quality of the statistical production process and the statistical output.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XIXEnvironmentStatistical implicationsThe main objective of environment statistics is to serve as an efficient tool for implementation and evaluation of the environmental policy of the European Union. The main environmental priorities are covered under the Sixth Environmental Action Programme, the sustainable development strategy and the Cardiff strategy of integration of environment into other sectoral policies.The European Commission’s proposal for the sixth environment action programme “Environment 2010: Our future, our choice”, indicates the priority areas for environment statistics. The new programme identifies four main policy areas: climate change, nature and biodiversity, environment and health and quality of life, natural resources and waste. It emphasises the need to continue the process to integrate environmental concerns into all relevant policy areas and to ensure better and more accessible information on the environment for citizens. A more environmentally conscious attitude towards land use is also to be developed.The European Council at Gothenburg in June 2001 adopted an EU strategy for sustainable development. The strategy builds on four themes (climate change, transport, health and natural resources) and it will be monitored on a yearly basis. The strategy will influence the needs for environmentally related statistics to a large extent, but the sustainability aspect will also have impacts on social and economic statistics. In order to measure progress, sustainable development will be included in the list of structural indicators for the synthesis report, and presented each year at the European Spring Council, starting from 2002.The Gothenburg Council also called for a strategy on the external dimension of sustainable development and an overall agenda is expected to be adopted in view of the UN World Summit on Sustainable Development.For the environmental part of the statistical programme, the action programme and the strategy for sustainable development imply that the present working areas should continue, but also that these should be extended and adapted. The main orientation of the statistical programme will continue to be focused on statistics with a close link to socioeconomic statistics, such as pressures on the environment from human activities and responses from society’s representatives. The capacity of the statistics to describe the interaction between social, economic and environmental development will require further work. The programme has been designed to meet the needs for statistics together with the information from the European Environment Agency and working areas will continue to be complementary.A crucial factor for sustainable development is the integration of environmental aspects into other policies, but major progress has been achieved in just three of the nine sectors (Transport, Agriculture and Energy). To serve as a tool for such integrated policies, work on fully harmonising the environmental component of Community statistics with the relevant socio-economic statistics will continue. Substantial progress has been made in recent years regarding the compilation of some relevant statistics. Corresponding action will be essential also for other policy areas. Major importance should be given also to the biodiversity indicators, resource use/intensity and toxic chemicals and their effects on human health. Land use statistics are being improved through landscape statistics. Fishery statistics will be important to show the development of this scarce resource (See Title II). Aggregated indicators using production and trade statistics as well as other sources can make a contribution to the description of society’s dependence on chemicals. An environmental component needs also to be added to social statistics in order to reflect consumption patterns and possible health effects from pollution and use of chemicals.The implementation of the Regulation for waste statistics will be an essential task. New policies linking waste to resource management will also require statistical actions to describe material flows, resource use, waste, reuse and eco-efficiency in a consistent way. Implementation of the Water Framework Directive will require statistical support and better harmonisation of water statistics. A better legal foundation for such statistics is essential. Statistical support for the implementation of the IPPC (integrated pollution and prevention control) directive will be important to ensure comparability with business statistics. A review of reporting obligations and coordination between statistical and compliance reporting will be an essential task.Environmental accounts linked to the national accounts have also been developed. These accounts constitute an essential basis for environmental analysis and the development of more comprehensive models for the interaction between the economy and the environment. They will be further adapted and extended to serve as an essential statistical tool for analyses of sustainable development.SummaryThe main effort in the next five years will be to:- improve core environmental statistics, mainly waste, water and environmental expenditure statistics, with a focus on statistics needed for environmental indicators and to put in place the necessary legislation for such statistics,- produce easily understandable environmental and sustainability indicators in cooperation with other Commission services and the European Environment Agency,- continue work to produce an environmental component to socioeconomic statistics, with the aim of responding to needs relating to indicators for integration of environmental and sustainability concerns into other policies,- continue work to add an environmental domain to national accounts, through regular production of a set of environmental accounts and to adapt them to the priority sustainability issues,- participate in reviewing reporting obligations and to continue the close cooperation with the European Environment Agency with coordinated actions and by making data collection by the two institutions complementary,- enhance data collection and analysis on global sustainable development.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>TITLE XXDevelopment Cooperation (and other external actions)Statistical implicationsThe overall objective is to support the EU external relations policies by providing appropriate and focused statistical technical assistance in order to strengthen statistical capacity in countries benefiting from EU aid. The future strategy, however, recognises the need to adapt in response to the changing EU policy context.Reflecting EU policy in statistical cooperation activitiesThe most significant policy change is the increased and explicit focus on poverty reduction in the EC’s development policy, in particular with ACP countries. Consequently, statistical cooperation will have an increased focus on strengthening the measurement and monitoring of poverty; this will entail an increase in activities mainly in the social statistics domain. Similarly, technical advice and support will be provided to DG Development, DG External Relations, and Europeaid in the area of measuring the poverty impact of the EC’s development programmes.Regional integration will be a continuing emphasis of the programme, mirroring the increased moves amongst countries themselves to strengthen their regional structures. Areas for support will include multilateral surveillance, improvement of national accounts, price statistics, agricultural statistics, foreign trade, business statistics and statistical training.With the 12 Mediterranean partner countries, institutional and inter-institutional strengthening of the national statistical systems will constitute the central objective. Statistical harmonisation, production and improved data access for users will be supported in order to provide a solid basis for political decision-making and for good governance. Apart from socioeconomic statistics, priority areas are migration, tourism and environment.Statistical cooperation between EU and NIS countries is aimed at supporting and monitoring economic cooperation and the reform process as well as promoting the market economy. Key demands concern economic and foreign trade statistics.Eurostat will continue and strengthen its efforts to improve coordination amongst the donor community (i.e. bilateral and multilateral donors). Accordingly, Eurostat will support work, in particular in the OECD/DAC, UN and World Bank contexts, to assess the impact of development cooperation on reaching the “millennium development goals” adopted at the UN Millennium Summit in 2000. As such, it will play an active part in the PARIS 21 initiative and in the Balkans. In particular, technical cooperation activities will stress the importance of a user focus, and will promote the value of multiannual programming.Innovative work will be undertaken with the aim of developing approaches and methods for the measurement and monitoring of human rights and good governance.SummaryDuring the five-year period work will concentrate on:- providing statistical technical assistance in order to strengthen statistical capacity in countries benefiting from EU aid,- increasing focus on strengthening the measurement and monitoring of poverty,- developing approaches and methods for the measurement and monitoring of human rights and good governance.Policy needs and Eurostat outputs>TABLE>(1) OJ L 112, 29.4.1997, p. 56.(2) Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament on a community immigration policy, 22 November 2000 (COM (2000) 757 final).(3) Communication from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament “Towards a common asylum procedure and a uniform status, valid throughout the Union, for persons granted asylum”, 22 November 2000 (COM (2000) 755 final).(4) OJ L 257, 27.10.1995, p. 1.(5) OJ L 310, 30.11.1996, p. 1. Regulation as last amended by Regulation (EC) No 359/2002 (OJ L 58, 28.2.2002, p. 1).(6) Commission communication on the health strategy of the European Community and proposal for a Decision of the European Parliament and the Council adopting a programme of Community action in the field of public health (2001 to 2006) – COM (2000)285 final of 16 May 2000.(7) See “Unity, solidarity, diversity for Europe, its people and its territory”; the Second report on economic and social cohesion, European Commission, January 2001.ANNEX IIFive year statistical programme 2003 to 2007: Eurostat work themes>TABLE>
Establishment of the statistical programme
The Community statistical programme for the period from 2003 to 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the programme) is hereby established. The programme is included in the Annexes.
Objectives and policy priorities
Taking account of the available resources of the national authorities and the Commission, this programme shall be guided by the principal Community policy priorities of:
– economic and monetary union,
– European Union enlargement,
– competitivity, sustainable development and the social agenda.
It shall also ensure the continuation of existing statistical support for decisions in current policy areas and the additional requirements arising from new Community policy initiatives. It shall take account of the need for ongoing review of statistical priorities and of the necessity of the statistics produced, with a view to making best use of available resources and minimising response burdens.
Furthermore, the Commission shall ensure comparable and high quality statistics.
The financial framework for the implementation of this programme for the period 2003 to 2007 is hereby set at EUR 192500000.
EUR 150727000 shall be for the period 2003 to 2006. EUR 41773000 shall be for 2007. The amount of EUR 41773000 shall be deemed to be confirmed if it is consistent with the financial perspective in force for the period commencing in 2007.
The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspectives.
During the third year of implementation of the programme, the Commission shall prepare an intermediate report showing its stage of development and present it to the Statistical Programme Committee.
At the end of the period covered by the programme, the Commission, after consulting the Statistical Programme Committee, shall present an appropriate evaluation report on the implementation of the programme, taking into account the views of independent experts. That report is to be completed by the end of 2008 and subsequently submitted to the European Parliament and the Council.
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 16 December 2002.
For the European Parliament
The President
For the Council
M. Fischer Boel
(1) OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 274.
(2) OJ C 125, 27.5.2002, p. 17.
(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 30 September 2002 (OJ C 275 E, 12.11.2002, p. 1) and Decision of the European Parliament of 20 November 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal).
(4) OJ L 52, 22.2.1997, p. 1.
(5) OJ L 181, 28.6.1989, p. 47.
(6) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.
(7) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 21. Decision as amended by Council Decision 97/255/EC (OJ L 102, 19.4.1997, p. 32).
(8) OJ L 59, 6.3.1991, p. 19. Decision as amended by Council Decision 96/174/EC (OJ L 51, 1.3.1996, p. 48).
FIVE-YEAR STATISTICAL PROGRAMME: APPROACHES
INTRODUCTION
1. The need for statistical information for European Union Policy
EU Institutions and citizens need a factual means to assess the need for, and progress of, European policy initiatives. High quality statistical information is of primary importance in meeting this need. Eurostat (the Statistical Office of the European Communities) has as its main task the compilation and dissemination of relevant and timely information across a wide range of social, economic and environmental topics in support of existing and future policies of the EU. In an evolving e Europe, statistical information has to be made available in a form and at a time when the user needs it. Thus, during the period of this programme further efforts will need to be made to ensure that citizens have access to an increasing amount of basic information about economic, social and environmental developments in the EU. The ESS (European Statistical System) needs to develop further its structures and strategies to ensure that the system as whole maintains and develops the necessary quality and effectiveness to meet all user needs.
Structure of the Annex
This Annex concentrates on the policy determinants of the programme of work and provides a summary of European statistical requirements viewed from the perspective of the policy needs of the European Union. These needs are classified by the Titles identified in the Treaty establishing the European Community.
For each of these policy Titles, this Annex provides:
– the principal orientation of the statistical work to be carried out within this five-year period for each policy area and the specific action plans envisaged, including any foreseeable legal acts,
– the areas of statistical work which support the policies of the Title according to the themes of statistical work as defined in the Activity-Based Management framework.
2. Implementation strategies
(a) Objectives
The objectives laid down in the Eurostat Corporate Plan will underpin the execution of the work programme, which shall be carried out taking into account the principle of cost-effectiveness established in Article 10 of Regulation (EC) No 322/97. These objectives are:
– Eurostat at the service of the Commission,
– Eurostat at the service of other European Institutions and the wider user community,
– Contributing to the maintenance and development of the European Statistical System,
– Boosting staff motivation and satisfaction,
– Improving the quality of its products and services,
– Increasing internal productivity.
(b) Statistical production
In association with its partners in the ESS, Eurostat will put into place production processes that assure that European Statistics achieve the level of quality required for EU policy management purposes. Particular emphasis will be given to statistics for the Euro-zone requirements.
Eurostat and the ESS partners will undertake a permanent review of EU and National Statistical information to ensure that it meets the real requirements for both EU and National Policy purposes and that the two aspects are fully integrated.
(c) Efficiency of implementation
The Commission will continue to assess its ways of working to ensure that the most efficient use is made of resources. Certain tasks in the field of statistics may be identified as being appropriate for implementation and follow-up by an executive agency. Establishment of such an executive agency would be preceded by a full analysis in conformity with Council and Commission provisions on such bodies. Partners in the ESS will be consulted through the Statistical Programme Committee and kept fully informed of this process.
(d) Budgetary implementation of the programme
Budgetary resources made available for statistical information under this programme are subject to the annual budgetary procedure without prejudice to budgetary resources made available under other legal acts. The resources will be used:
– for the production of statistics as defined in Regulation (EC) No 322/97, including the development and maintenance of statistical information systems and associated necessary infrastructure,
– for grants made to partners in the ESS (Eurostat envisages concluding framework agreements with such partners),
– for technical and administrative assistance as well as other support measures.
3. Priorities
The priorities for statistical work are managed according to four different categories of activity.
(a) Community policy requirements
The statistical implications of the major Community policy areas are those currently identified by the Commission and can be summarised as follows:
– Economic and Monetary Union: all of the statistics required for Phase III EMU and the pact on stability and growth,
– EU enlargement: incorporating those areas of statistical indicators of primary importance for the accession negotiations and for the integration of candidate countries into the ESS,
– competitivity, sustainable development and the social agenda: in particular, statistics on the labour market, environment, services, living conditions, migration and e Europe,
– open coordination: the provision of indicators and related statistics, based on improved methodologies and harmonised outputs, in accordance with the mandates given by the European Council.
(b) Major projects
This covers primary areas of work necessary to assure the functioning of the system. These will be subject to a formal project management approach, as follows:
– Infrastructure work
Consolidate the functioning of the ESS in a deepened and enlarged Europe. Different instruments of cooperation between national statistical organisations and Eurostat will be put in place. These will be based mainly on the exchange of data between national statistical authorities, the specialisation of Member States in some specific domains and flexibility in the launching of statistical surveys to meet European and national needs.
Develop a system capable of reacting to developing policy needs and, at the same time, promote dialogue between statisticians and policy makers to ensure flexibility of response and relevance of statistical products.
The development of the technological infrastructure at Commission and Member State level will aim to ensure greater productivity, reduction in response burdens and easier user access to statistical information.
Eurostat’s involvement in the e Commission and e Europe initiatives, as well as ESS access to research and development programmes and the interchange of data between administrations (IDA) programme will ensure cooperation and synergy between Community and national efforts.
Quality assurance and the scientific basis of Community statistics will be the result of close cooperation between official and academic statisticians.
– Specific projects
Statistics on the new economy, including domains such as the information society and innovation.
Statistics on research and development, including benchmarking of national RTD policies.
Short-term statistics.
Indicators to support policies for sustainable development.
Social exclusion and poverty indicators.
Five year statistical programme 2003 to 2007: Eurostat work themes

Pending: 32002D1513

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 166(1) thereof,Having regard to the proposal from the Commission(1),Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2),Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(3),Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(4),Whereas:(1) For the fulfilment of the tasks laid down in Article 2 of the Treaty, Article 163 of the Treaty provides that the Community is to have the objective of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level, while promoting research activities deemed necessary by virtue of other Community policies.(2) Article 164 of the Treaty enumerates the activities the Community is to carry out in pursuing these objectives, complementing the activities carried out in the Member States.(3) The Treaty provides for the adoption of a multiannual framework programme setting out all Community research, technological development and demonstration (RTD) activities. This framework programme fully respects the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty.(4) Pursuant to Article 165 of the Treaty, the Community and Member States are to coordinate their research and technological development activities so as to ensure that national policies and Community policy are mutually consistent.(5) In 2000 the Commission submitted two communications, respectively on the prospects for and the objectives of creating a European Research Area, and on making a reality of the European Research Area and guidelines for European Union research activities in the period 2002 to 2006. In 2000 the Commission also submitted a communication on innovation in a knowledge-driven economy.(6) The European Councils in Lisbon in March 2000, Santa Maria de Feira in June 2000 and Stockholm in March 2001 adopted conclusions aimed at the rapid establishment of a European research and innovation area with a view to sustainable economic growth, more employment and social cohesion with the ultimate goal of enabling the Union, by 2010, to become the world’s most competitive and dynamic knowledge economy.Building upon the obligation of Article 6 of the Treaty, the Göteborg European Council in June 2001 agreed on a strategy for sustainable development and added a third, environmental dimension to the Lisbon strategy.In particular, the European Council in Lisbon underlined the importance of the Commission’s e-Europe initiative, which aims at an information society for all, while the Stockholm European Council also stressed the need to make particular efforts in new technologies, especially biotechnology.(7) The European Parliament(5)(6), the Council(7)(8), the Economic and Social Committee(9) and the Committee of the Regions(10) have also supported the creation of the European Research Area.(8) On 19 October 2000 the Commission submitted the conclusions of the external assessment of the implementation and results of the Community activities carried out in the five years preceding that assessment, accompanied by its observations.(9) The sixth framework programme should have a structuring effect on research and technological development in Europe, including the Member States, associated candidate countries and other associated countries and make a significant contribution to the establishment of the European Research Area and to innovation.(10) In accordance with Article 166(1) of the Treaty, it is necessary to establish the scientific and technological objectives and to fix the relevant priorities for the activities envisaged, the maximum overall amount, the detailed rules for Community financial participation in the sixth framework programme, as well as the respective shares in each of the activities envisaged, and to indicate the broad lines of the activities in question, which will be implemented in compliance with the objective of protecting the Community’s financial interests. It is important to ensure sound financial management of the sixth framework programme.(11) It is appropriate to place special emphasis on the needs of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), bearing in mind the European Charter for Small Enterprises endorsed by the Feira European Council, whose principles and eighth line for action aim to strengthen the technological capacity of small enterprises, and to facilitate access to the best research and technology.(12) The sixth framework programme should provide an important contribution, covering the full spectrum from basic to applied research, to the development of scientific and technical excellence and to the coordination of European research. The framework programme should stress the importance of involving associated candidate countries in the Community’s research policy and in the European Research Area.(13) Specific targeted projects and coordination actions may also be used as a “stairway of excellence” to facilitate the access of smaller research actors of scientific excellence, including SMEs, as well as research actors from associated candidate countries, to the activities of this framework programme.(14) The participation of the outermost regions in Community RTD actions through appropriate mechanisms adapted to their particular situation should be facilitated.(15) The international and global dimension in European research activities is important in the interest of obtaining mutual benefits. The sixth framework programme is open to the participation of countries having concluded the necessary agreements to this effect, and is also open on the project level, and on the basis of mutual benefit, to the participation of entities from third countries and of international organisations for scientific cooperation. Specific activities will be undertaken in support of participation of scientists and institutions from developing countries, Mediterranean countries including the western Balkans as well as Russia and the new independent states (NIS).(16) The Joint Research Centre should contribute to the implementation of the framework programme, where it can provide independent, customer-driven support for the formulation and implementation of Community policies, including the monitoring of implementation of such policies, in the areas of its specific competence.(17) Research activities carried out within the sixth framework programme should respect fundamental ethical principles, including those which are reflected in Article 6 of the Treaty on European Union and in the Charter of fundamental rights of the European Union.(18) Following the Commission communication “A mobility strategy within the European Research Area”, the mobility of researchers will be promoted, with a view to the successful creation of the European Research Area.(19) Following the Commission communication “Women and Science” and the Resolutions of the Council of 20 May 1999(11) and 26 June 2001(12) and the Resolution of the European Parliament of 3 February 2000(13) on this theme, an action plan is being implemented in order to reinforce and increase the place and role of women in science and research, and further enhanced action is needed.(20) The Commission should submit regular progress reports to the European Parliament and the Council on the implementation of the sixth framework programme. It is also appropriate that the Commission, in good time and before submitting its proposal for the seventh framework programme, has an independent assessment carried out of the implementation of the activities undertaken, bearing in mind the contribution of the sixth framework programme to the creation of the European Research Area, which should be done in a spirit of openness with respect to all the relevant actors.(21) Implementation of the sixth framework programme may give rise to the participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States or to the setting up of joint undertakings or other arrangements within the meaning of Articles 169 to 171 of the Treaty.(22) The Scientific and Technical Research Committee (CREST) has been consulted,HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Article 11. A multiannual framework programme for Community research, technological development and demonstration activities, hereinafter referred to as the “sixth framework programme” is hereby adopted for the period 2002 to 2006.2. The sixth framework programme shall comprise all Community activities envisaged in Article 164 of the Treaty.3. The sixth framework programme shall contribute to the creation of the European Research Area and to innovation.4. Annex I sets out the scientific and technological objectives and the related priorities and indicates the broad lines of the activities envisaged.Article 21. The maximum overall amount for Community financial participation in the entire sixth framework programme shall be EUR 16270 million. The proportion assigned to each of the activities is fixed in Annex II.2. The detailed rules for financial participation by the Community shall be governed by the Financial Regulation applicable to the General Budget of the European Communities, supplemented by Annex III.Article 3All the research activities carried out under the sixth framework programme must be carried out in compliance with fundamental ethical principles.Article 4In the context of the annual report to be submitted by the Commission pursuant to Article 173 of the Treaty, the Commission shall report in detail on progress with implementing the sixth framework programme, and in particular progress towards achieving its objectives and meeting its priorities as set out under each heading of Annex I; information on financial aspects and the use of the instruments shall also be included.Article 5The sixth framework programme shall be implemented through specific programmes. These programmes shall establish precise objectives and the detailed rules for implementation.Article 61. The Commission shall continually and systematically monitor, with the help of independent qualified experts, the implementation of the sixth framework programme and its specific programmes.2. Before submitting its proposal for the next framework programme, the Commission shall have an external assessment carried out by independent highly qualified experts of the implementation and achievements of Community activities during the five years preceding that assessment.The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations, to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.Done at Luxembourg, 27 June 2002.For the European ParliamentP. CoxThe PresidentFor the CouncilM. Arias CañeteThe President(1) OJ C 180 E, 26.6.2001, p. 156 and OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 132.(2) OJ C 260, 17.9.2001, p. 3.(3) OJ C 107, 3.5.2002, p. 111.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 November 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 28 January 2002 (OJ C 113 E, 14.5.2002, p. 54) and Decision of the European Parliament of 15 May 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Council Decision of 3 June 2002.(5) Resolution of 18 May 2000 (OJ C 59, 23.2.2001, p. 250).(6) Resolution of 15 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2002, p. 271).(7) Resolution of 15 June 2000 (OJ C 205, 19.7.2000, p. 1).(8) Resolution of 16 November 2000 (OJ C 374, 28.12.2000, p. 1).(9) Opinion of 24 May 2000 (OJ C 204, 18.7.2000, p. 70).(10) Opinion of 12 April 2000 (OJ C 226, 8.8.2000, p. 18).(11) OJ C 201, 16.7.1999, p. 1.(12) OJ C 199, 14.7.2001, p. 1.(13) OJ C 309, 27.10.2000, p. 57.ANNEX ISCIENTIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL OBJECTIVES, BROAD LINES OF THE ACTIVITIES AND PRIORITIESINTRODUCTION AND GENERAL OUTLINEThe sixth framework programme (“this programme”) will be carried out to further the objective set out in Article 163(1) of the Treaty, “of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level, while promoting all the research activities deemed necessary by virtue of other Chapters of this Treaty”.In order to achieve this more effectively, and in order to contribute to the creation of the European Research Area and to innovation, this programme will be structured around the following three headings, under which the four activities as set out in Article 164 of the Treaty will be undertaken:- focusing and integrating Community research,- structuring the European Research Area,- strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area.The activities under these three headings will contribute to the integration of research efforts and activities on a European scale as well as contributing to the structuring of the various dimensions of the European Research Area. Coordination of activities carried out under these headings will be ensured.In order to help the development of SMEs in the knowledge society and the use of the economic potential of SMEs in an enlarged and better integrated European Union, SMEs, including small and micro enterprises as well as craft enterprises, will be encouraged to participate in all areas and all instruments as set out in Annex III of the sixth framework programme, in particular in the context of the activities carried out in the priority thematic areas in the spirit of “stairway of excellence”. A smooth transition from the modalities used in the fifth framework programme to those used in the sixth framework programme will be ensured.International participation in these activities will be assured. Participation will be open to all countries having concluded association agreements with the Community to this effect. Other third countries may participate in this programme via bilateral cooperation agreements.Researchers and organisations from third countries may also participate on a case by case basis in projects. The detailed conditions under which entities from third countries and international organisations involved in research activities may participate in this programme, including the financial arrangements, are specified in the decision which will be adopted pursuant to Article 167 of the Treaty.Participation in the activities of this programme will be encouraged through publication of the necessary information on content, conditions and procedures, to be made available in a timely and thorough manner to potential participants, including those from the associated candidate and other associated countries.During the implementation of this programme and in the research activities arising from it, fundamental ethical principles including animal welfare requirements, are to be respected. These include, inter alia, principles reflected in the Charter of fundamental rights of the European Union, protection of human dignity and human life, protection of personal data and privacy as well as the environment in accordance with Community law and, where relevant, international conventions, such as the Declaration of Helsinki, the Council of Europe Convention on Human Rights and Biomedicine signed in Oviedo on 4 April 1997 and the Additional Protocol on the Prohibition of Cloning Human Beings signed in Paris on 12 January 1998, the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, the Universal Declaration on the Human Genome and Human Rights adopted by UNESCO, and the relevant World Health Organisation (WHO) resolutions, the Amsterdam Protocol on Animal Protection and Welfare; and current legislation, regulations and ethical guidelines in countries where the research will be carried out.1. FOCUSING AND INTEGRATING COMMUNITY RESEARCHThe activities carried out under this heading, which will represent the major part of the efforts deployed under this programme, are intended to integrate research efforts and activities on a European scale. They will be focussed primarily on seven clearly defined thematic priority areas, while further specific measures will be undertaken across a wider field of scientific and technological research.The Joint Research Centre (JRC) will provide independent customer-driven support for the formulation and implementation of Community policies, including the monitoring of implementation of such policies, within its areas of specific competence.1.1. Thematic prioritiesSeven priority thematic areas are identified, namely:1. life sciences, genomics and biotechnology for health;2. information society technologies;3. nanotechnologies and nanosciences, knowledge-based multifunctional materials, and new production processes and devices;4. aeronautics and space;5. food quality and safety;6. sustainable development, global change and ecosystems;7. citizens and governance in a knowledge-based society.1.2. Specific activities covering a wider field of research1.2.1. Supporting policies and anticipating scientific and technological needsActivities in support of Community policies and research responding to new and emerging scientific and technological needs1.2.2. Horizontal research activities involving SMEsThese specific activities are intended to help European SMEs in traditional or new areas to boost their technological capacities and develop their ability to operate on a European and international scale.1.2.3. Specific measures in support of international cooperationIn support of external relations and the development policy of the Community, specific measures aimed at encouraging international research cooperation will be undertaken. In principle, the following three groups of third countries will be involved:(a) developing countries;(b) Mediterranean countries, including the western Balkans;(c) Russia and the new independent states (NIS).1.3. Non-nuclear activities of the Joint Research CentreTwo specific research areas have been selected for JRC activities, namely:(a) food, chemical products and health;(b) environment and sustainability.2. STRUCTURING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREAActivities in this area will cover the following:2.1. Research and innovationActivities to stimulate technological innovation, utilisation of research results, transfer of knowledge and technologies and the setting up of technology businesses in the Community and in all its regions will be carried out under this heading to complement the activities relating to innovation under the heading “focusing and integrating community research”.2.2. Human resources and mobilityActivities to support the development of world-class human resources in all the regions of the Community by promoting transnational mobility for training purposes, development of expertise or transfer of knowledge between different sectors, supporting the development of excellence and helping to make Europe more attractive to the best of third country researchers. The potential offered by all sectors of the population, especially women, should be developed through appropriate supporting measures.2.3. Research infrastructuresActivities to promote the optimum use of, including access to, research infrastructures and to support the identification, planning and, in duly justified cases, setting up of advanced research facilities of European interest.2.4. Science and societyActivities to encourage harmonious relations between science and society and the awareness of society in respect of innovation, as a result of new relations and informed dialogue between researchers, industrialists, political decision-makers and citizens.3. STRENGTHENING THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREAActivities to step up the coordination and support the coherent development of research and development policies in Europe. They would provide financial support for measures such as the opening up of national programmes.A more detailed description of the activities carried out under these three headings is set out below.I. FOCUSING AND INTEGRATING COMMUNITY RESEARCHThe activities carried out under this heading will represent the major part of the research efforts deployed under this programme, intended to contribute to the general objective of the Treaty of strengthening the scientific and technical bases of Community industry and encouraging it to be more competitive at international level, while promoting all the research activities deemed necessary by other Chapters of the Treaty. In order to bring about European added value by assembling a critical mass of resources, this programme will focus on seven, clearly defined thematic priority areas where Community research efforts will be integrated by pulling them together and making them more coherent, on a European scale.Throughout the activities under this heading, special attention will be given to technological innovation, and to the initial development of highly innovative enterprises in areas of vital interest to the European competitiveness. Exploratory research at the leading edge of knowledge will be carried out on subjects closely related to one or more topics in the thematic priority. Measurements and testing aspects will also receive necessary emphasis. The principle of sustainable development, socio-economic, ethical and wider cultural aspects of the envisaged activities, and gender equality, will be duly taken into account, where relevant for the activity concerned.To complement efforts in the thematic priorities, specific horizontal research activities will address SMEs, innovation and international cooperation as well as respond to Community policy objectives and future and emerging research needs.1.1. Thematic priorities1.1.1. Life sciences, genomics and biotechnology for health(1)ObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to help Europe exploit, by means of an integrated research effort, breakthroughs achieved in decoding the genomes of living organisms, more particularly for the benefit of public health and citizens and to increase the competitiveness of the European biotechnology industry. In the field of applications, the emphasis will be put on research aimed at bringing basic knowledge through to the application stage (“translational” approach) to enable real, consistent and coordinated progress at European level in medicine and improve the quality of life.Justification of the effort and European added value”Post-genomic” research based on analysis of the human genome and genomes of other organisms, will culminate in numerous applications in various health-related sectors, and notably in the development of new diagnostic tools and new treatments capable of helping to combat diseases that are not at present under control, offering major potential markets. This research may also have implications on research on areas such as environment and agriculture.In the medical field, the objective is to develop improved patient-oriented strategies for the prevention and management of disease and for living and ageing healthily. Furthermore, in this context, attention will be paid to childhood diseases and related treatments whenever appropriate. In addition, there is a particular priority for Europe to mobilise its efforts in a coordinated way towards combating cancer and confronting the major communicable diseases linked to poverty. This research will therefore concentrate on translating the new knowledge being created, which is not limited to genomics and other fields of basic research, into applications that improve clinical practice and public health.To enable the Union to improve its position in this area and benefit fully from the economic and social spin-offs of the expected developments, as well as contribute to the international debate, it is necessary both to increase investment significantly and integrate the research activities conducted in Europe within a coherent effort.Actions envisagedThe Community activities carried out to this end will address the following aspects.A. Advanced genomics and its applications for health(a) Fundamental knowledge and basic tools for functional genomics in all organisms:(i) gene expression and proteomics;(ii) structural genomics;(iii) comparative genomics and population genetics;(iv) bio-informatics;(v) multi-disciplinary functional genomics approaches to basic biological processes.(b) Application of knowledge and technologies in the field of genomics and biotechnology for health:(i) technological platforms for the developments in the fields of new diagnostic, prevention and therapeutic tools (including pharmacogenomic approaches, stem cell research and alternative methods to animal testing).B. Combating major diseases(a) Application-orientated approach to medical genomics knowledge and technologies including the use of animal and plant genomics where relevant, mainly in the following fields(2):(i) combating diabetes, diseases of the nervous system (such as Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease and new variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease and, where relevant, mental illness), cardiovascular diseases, and rare diseases;(ii) combating resistance to antibiotics and other drugs;(iii) studying human development, the brain and the ageing process.(b) A broader approach, not limited to genomics and other fields of basic research, will be pursued with regard to:(i) cancer, with a focus on the development of patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis and treatment, including three inter-linked components:- developing necessary networks and initiatives to coordinate national research activities,- supporting clinical research aimed at validating new and improved interventions,- supporting “translational” research;(ii) combating the three poverty-linked infectious diseases (AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis) which have priority in terms of disease control at Union and international level.1.1.2. Information society technologies (IST)ObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area, pursuant to the conclusions of the Lisbon European Council and the objectives of the e-Europe initiative, are intended to stimulate the development in Europe of both hardware and software technologies and applications at the heart of the creation of the information society in order to increase the competitiveness of European industry and allow European citizens in all Union regions the possibility of benefiting fully from the development of the knowledge-based society. Concentration on the future generation of IST will bring IST applications and services to everyone and enable the development of the next generation of technologies to be more user-centered.Justification of the effort and European added valueAt the dawn of the 21st century, information and communication technologies are revolutionising the functioning of the economy and society, and are generating new ways of producing, trading and communicating.This has become the Union’s second most important sector of the economy, with an annual market of EUR 2000 billion and employing more than 2 million persons in Europe, a number that is steadily rising.Europe is well positioned to lead and shape the future development not only of technologies but also of their impact on our life and work. The future competitiveness of all European industry and the living standards of Europe’s citizens depend largely on future efforts in IST research in order to prepare the future generation of products, processes and services.Industrial and commercial successes of the kind that Europe has achieved in mobile communications as a result of the global system for mobile communication (GSM) standard will not be repeated unless a concerted effort is made to invest a critical mass of research resources in this area, by integrating public and private sector efforts on a European scale.With a view to exerting maximum impact in economic and social terms, effort should focus on the future generation of those technologies in which computers, interfaces and networks will be more integrated into the everyday environment and will render accessible, through easy and “natural” interactions, a multitude of services and applications. This vision of “ambient intelligence” (interactive intelligent environment) seeks to place the user, the human being, at the centre of the future development of the knowledge-based society.Community actions will concentrate on the technological priorities that will make it possible to realise this vision. They will aim at mobilising the community of researchers around targeted initiatives, such as the development of the next generations of mobile communication systems, so as to achieve medium and long-term objectives while being able to react to the new needs and demands of markets as well as those of public policy and citizens.Actions envisagedThe actions undertaken will therefore address the following technological priorities:Integrating research into technological areas of priority interest for citizens and businessesCompleting and building on progress expected in the development of basic technologies, research aimed at finding solutions for major societal and economic challenges, faced by an emerging knowledge-based society including the consequences for work and the workplace environment, and, accordingly, focusing on:(a) research on technologies addressing the key security challenges posed by the “all-digital” world and the need to secure the rights and privacy of citizens;(b) “ambient intelligence” systems offering access to the information society for all, regardless of age and situation (such as disability or other individual circumstances), as well as interactive and intelligent systems for health, mobility, security, leisure, tourism, access to and preservation of the cultural heritage, and environment;(c) electronic and mobile commerce, as well as technologies for secure transactions and infrastructures, new tools and new methods of work, technologies for learning (such as e-learning) and systems for corporate knowledge management, for integrated business management and for e-government taking account of user needs;(d) large-scale distributed systems and platforms, including global resource information database (GRID) based systems that provide effective solutions to complex problems in areas such as the environment, energy, health, transport and industrial design.Communication and computing infrastructuresMobile, wireless, optical and broadband communication infrastructures and computing and software technologies that are reliable, of wide application and can be adapted to meet the growing needs of applications and services. Work will focus on:(a) the new generations of wireless and mobile communications systems and networks; satellite communications systems; all-optical technologies; integration and management of communication networks, including interoperable network solutions; capacity-enhancing technologies necessary for the development of systems, infrastructures and services, in particular for audio-visual applications. Work will also lead to the development of next Internet generation;(b) software technologies architectures, distributed and embedded systems supporting the development of multifunctional and complex services that involve multiple actors engineering and control of complex and large-scale systems to ensure reliability and robustness.Components and microsystemsMiniaturised and low-cost components based on new materials and integrating extended functionalities, with the effort focusing on:(a) the design and production of nano-, micro-, and opto-electronic and photonic components, including those used for information storage, pushing the limits of miniaturisation and minimising the costs and power consumption of micro-electronic and micro-system components, and taking account of the environmental impact of IST systems;(b) nano-electronics, micro-technologies, displays and micro-systems, and multi-disciplinary research into new materials and quantum devices; new computing models and concepts.Information management and interfacesResearch into information management tools and interfaces, with a view to enabling easier interaction everywhere and at all times with knowledge-based services and applications, addressing:(a) knowledge representation and management systems based on context and semantics, including cognitive systems, as well as tools for creating, organising, navigating, retrieving, sharing, preserving and disseminating digital content;(b) multi-sensorial interfaces capable of understanding and interpreting the natural expression of human beings through words, gestures and the various senses, virtual environments, as well as multilinguistic and multicultural systems indispensable to the establishment of the knowledge-based society on a European scale.1.1.3. Nanotechnologies and nanosciences, knowledge-based multifunctional materials and new production processes and devicesObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to help Europe achieve a critical mass of capacities needed to develop and exploit, especially for greater eco-efficiency and reduction of discharges of hazardous substances to the environment, leading-edge technologies for the knowledge-based products, services and manufacturing processes of the years to come.Justification of the effort and European added valueManufacturing industry in Europe at present produces goods and services valued at around EUR 4000 billion a year. In an increasingly competitive world market, it must maintain and increase its competitiveness while meeting the requirements of sustainable development. To do so, it is necessary to put substantial effort into the design, development and dissemination of advanced technologies: nanotechnologies, knowledge-based multifunctional materials and new production processes.Lying at the frontier of quantum engineering, materials technology and molecular biology, and one of the foreseeable hubs of the next industrial revolution, nanotechnologies need considerable investment.Europe has significant expertise in certain sectors such as nanomanufacturing and nanochemistry, and needs to increase and coordinate its effort in this area.Where materials are concerned, the aim is to develop intelligent materials which are expected to add considerable value in terms of applications in sectors such as transport, energy, electronics and the biomedical sector and for which there is a potential market of several tens of billions of euro.The development of flexible, integrated and clean production systems will also require a substantial research effort concerning the application of new technologies to manufacturing and management.Actions envisagedNanotechnologies and nanosciences:(a) long-term interdisciplinary research into understanding phenomena, mastering processes and developing research tools;(b) supramolecular architectures and macromolecules;(c) nano-biotechnologies;(d) nanometre-scale engineering techniques to create materials and components;(e) development of handling and control devices and instruments;(f) applications in areas such as health, chemistry, energy, and the environment.Knowledge-based multifunctional materials:(a) development of fundamental knowledge;(b) technologies associated with the production and transformation including processing of knowledge-based multifunctional materials and of biomaterials;(c) support engineering.New production processes and devices:(a) the development of new processes and flexible and intelligent manufacturing systems incorporating advances in virtual manufacturing technologies, including simulations, interactive decision-aid systems, high-precision engineering and innovative robotics;(b) systems research needed for sustainable waste management and hazard control in production and manufacturing, including bio-processes, leading to a reduction in consumption of primary resources and less pollution;(c) development of new concepts optimising the life cycle of industrial systems, products and services.1.1.4. Aeronautics and spaceObjectiveThe aim of activities carried out in this area is two-fold: to strengthen, by integrating its research efforts, the scientific and technological bases of the European aeronautics and space industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level; and to help exploit the potential of European research in this sector with a view to improving safety and environmental protection.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe aerospace industry consists of two technologically and economically separate sectors but they are closely associated on account of their industrial and political implications and the stakeholders involved and they are examples of where Europe has a tradition of success, and economic and commercial potential.However, United States investment in aerospace is three to six times higher, depending on the sector.In an increasingly demanding competitive environment, foreseeable aviation requirements worldwide correspond to some 14000 new aircraft over the next 15 years, representing a market worth EUR 1000 billion. The efforts made to integrate industrial capacities and development activities that have brought about European successes in this area, now need to be matched by similar efforts to integrate research into priority themes and subjects.With this aim in view, European, national and private sector research efforts should be optimised around a common vision and a strategic research agenda.On space, following on from the Commission’s communication, “Europe and space: turning to a new chapter”, the Community will support research designed to make use of space for the benefit of markets and society.Actions envisagedAeronauticsCommunity aeronautical research activities including air transport systems will address research and technological development activities necessary in order to:(a) increase the competitiveness of the European industry with regard to civil aircraft, engines and equipment;(b) reduce the environmental impact of aviation, by reducing fuel consumption, CO2, NOX and other chemical pollutants and noise pollution;(c) increase aircraft safety in the context of the substantial rise in air traffic;(d) increase the capacity and safety of the air transport system, in support of a “Single European Sky” (air traffic control and management systems).SpaceCommunity space activities carried out in close coordination with the European Space Agency (ESA), the other space agencies, research centres and industry, in order to strengthen the coherence of the very major investment involved, will address:(a) research on satellite-based information systems and services relevant for the Galileo satellite navigation project;(b) research on satellite-based systems relevant for the global monitoring for environment and security (GMES) platform, taking into account the needs of users;(c) advanced research needed to integrate the space segment and the Earth segment in the field of communications.1.1.5. Food quality and safetyObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to help establish the integrated scientific and technological bases needed to develop an environmentally friendly production and distribution chain of safer, healthier and varied food, including sea-food and to control food-related risks, relying in particular on biotechnology tools taking into account the results of post-genomic research, as well as to control health risks associated with environmental changes.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe recent food crises, and in particular bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), have highlighted both the complexity of food safety issues and the fact that in most cases they have international and cross-border implications.The integration of the European internal market as regards agriculture and food makes it necessary to address the problems that arise in this area, and hence to carry out related research, on a European scale. It is against this background that the European Food Safety Authority has been established(3).Citizens and consumers expect that research will help to ensure that the food and products marketed are of high quality, healthy and can be consumed in safety. To this end, emphasis should be placed on the whole food production chain, “from farm to fork”, including, where appropriate, application of animal and plant sciences and biotechnology to this area. Requirements relating to animal welfare and health should be taken into account.This requires the availability of the most complete, precise and up to date scientific knowledge. Apart from the public health aspect, the prosperity of a sector representing some EUR 600 billion in terms of annual turnover and 2,6 million jobs is at stake.Given that small enterprises constitute a major part of the food sector, the success of activities undertaken will rely on the adaptation of knowledge and processes to the specific characteristics of these enterprises.Europe also needs to be able to make a substantial contribution to the research efforts on these issues, which now arise at world level, as well as a coherent contribution to the international debate on them, based on the most precise and complete knowledge.The same remarks apply to the various aspects of the problems associated with the health impact of environmental factors (e.g. endocrine disruptors, carcinogens) which are a source of growing concern for European citizens, and which often manifest themselves on an international scale. For all these reasons, but also in order to derive the benefit of the combination of the best sources of expertise available in complex areas, the research in question should be carried out at European level in such a way as to ensure genuine coordination of national activities.Actions envisagedCommunity activities will cover research, including, where appropriate, post-genomics research, relating to various aspects of the control of health risks and links between health and food:(a) safer and environmentally friendly production and processing methods and healthier, nutritious, functional and varied foodstuffs and animal feed, based on systems such as integrated production, lower-input farming including organic agriculture, and the use of plant and animal sciences and biotechnologies;(b) epidemiology of food-related diseases and allergies, including the impact of diet on the health of children and methods for the analysis of causes of food-related allergies;(c) impact of food, for instance new products, products resulting from organic farming, functional food, products containing genetically modified organisms and those arising from recent biotechnology developments on health;(d) “traceability” processes all along the production chain, for instance relating to genetically modified organisms, including those based on recent biotechnology developments;(e) methods of analysis, detection and control of chemical contaminants and existing or emerging pathogenic micro-organisms (such as viruses, bacteria, yeasts, fungi, parasites and new agents of the prion type including development of ante-mortem diagnostic tests for BSE and scrapie);(f) impact of animal feed, including products containing genetically modified organisms and the use of sub-products of different origins for that feed, on human health;(g) environmental health risks linked to the food chain (chemical, biological and physical), and combined exposures of authorised substances, including impact of local environmental disasters and pollution on the safety of foodstuffs, with emphasis being placed on cumulative risks, transmission routes to human beings, long-term effects and exposure to small doses, as well as the impact on particularly sensitive groups, and especially children.1.1.6. Sustainable development, global change and ecosystemsObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to strengthen the scientific and technological capacities needed for Europe to be able to implement sustainable development, emphasised by the Göteborg European Council, and integrating its environmental, economic and social objectives with particular regard to renewable energy, transport, and sustainable management of Europe’s land and marine resources. These activities should enable Member States, the associated candidate and other associated countries to make a significant contribution to the international efforts to understand and control global change and preserve the equilibrium of ecosystems.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe implementation on a global scale of sustainable development requires more particularly:(a) the design, development and dissemination of technologies and solutions, such as promotion of changes in energy consumption behaviour (leading to an energy-intelligent Europe) and new approaches relating to mobility, making it possible to ensure the conservation and more rational, efficient and sustainable use of natural resources, with less waste and emissions and a reduction in the impact of economic activity on the environment. Sectors of strategic importance in this context include energy and transport, especially the urban and regional development aspects of these sectors;(b) a better understanding of ecosystems and of the mechanisms and impacts of global change (for instance climate change), including the effect of these mechanisms on land and marine resources; as well as the development of related forecasting capacities.Where technology is concerned, as highlighted in the Commission Green Paper “Towards a European strategy for the security of energy supply” and in the Commission’s White Paper “European transport policy for 2010: time to decide”, two areas concerned as a matter of priority are energy and transport, which are responsible for over 80 % of total emissions of greenhouse gases and more than 90 % of CO2 emissions.Under the 1997 Kyoto Protocol to the 1992 United Nations framework Convention on climate change, the European Union is required to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 8 % compared with the 1990 levels in the period 2008 to 2012. This will require the development of innovative sustainable energy and transport solutions. Other important commitments are contained in international instruments such as the 1992 UN Convention on biological diversity, the 1994 UN Convention to combat desertification in countries seriously affected by drought and/or desertification, particularly in Africa, and the 1987 Montreal Protocol on substances that deplete the ozone layer as well as in the Union strategy for sustainable development, including the sixth environment action programme.Achieving the above objective in the short term requires a major effort to deploy technologies currently under development. Community action is important to ensure coordination of Europe’s contribution to world efforts.Above and beyond this objective, the long-term implementation of sustainable development in the coming decades makes it necessary to ensure the availability, under economic conditions, of the most appropriate energy sources and carriers in this respect. This will require a sustained longer-term research effort.Medium and long-term research efforts will also be necessary to develop sustainable European transport systems, and to make progress in the context of global change and protection of biodiversity and preserving ecosystems which would also contribute to the sustainable use of land and marine resources. In the context of global change, strategies for an integrated, sustainable use of agricultural and forest ecosystems are of particular importance for the preservation of these ecosystems and will contribute substantially to the sustainable development of Europe.Actions envisagedThe Community’s RTD efforts will concentrate on activities in the following areas:I. Sustainable energy systems(4)(a) in the short and medium term, especially in the urban environment:(i) clean energy, in particular renewable energy sources and their integration in the energy system, including storage, distribution and use;(ii) energy savings and energy efficiency, including those to be achieved through the use of renewable raw materials;(iii) alternative motor fuels;(b) in the medium and longer term:(i) fuel cells including their applications;(ii) new technologies for energy carriers, transport and storage on a European scale, in particular hydrogen technology;(iii) new and advanced concepts in renewable energy technologies with a significant future energy potential and requiring long-term research efforts;(iv) disposal of CO2 associated with cleaner fossil fuel plants.II. Sustainable surface transport(5)(a) Developing environmentally friendly, safe and competitive transport systems and means of transport of passengers and freight, and clean urban transport with rational use of the car in the city:(i) new technologies and concepts for surface transport, including novel propulsion systems and integration of fuel cells for transport purposes;(ii) advanced design and production techniques leading to improved quality, safety, recyclability, comfort and cost-effectiveness;(b) making rail and maritime transport more effective and more competitive, addressing the interoperability of transport modes, and assuring intelligent and safe transport of passengers and freight:(i) rebalancing and integrating different modes, in particular in the urban and regional context, including new mobility management and transport logistics systems making rail and maritime transport more effective (for example, by means of promoting intermodality and interoperability);(ii) increasing safety, and avoiding traffic congestion (in particular in urban areas), through the integration of innovative electronics and software solutions and by means of the use of advanced satellite navigation systems and telematics solutions.III. Global change and ecosystemsCommunity activities will address the following aspects as a matter of priority:(a) impact and mechanisms of greenhouse gas emissions and atmospheric pollutants from all sources, including those resulting from energy supplies, transport and agriculture on climate, ozone depletion and carbon sinks (oceans, forests and soil) in particular to improve prediction and to evaluate mitigation options;(b) water cycle, including soil-related aspects;(c) understanding marine and terrestrial biodiversity, marine ecosystem functions, protection of genetic resources, sustainable management of terrestrial and marine ecosystems and interactions between human activities and the latter;(d) mechanisms of desertification and natural disasters;(e) strategies for sustainable land management, including integrated coastal zone management (ICZM), and including integrated concepts for the multi-purpose utilisation of agricultural and forest resources, and the integrated forestry/wood chain;(f) operational forecasting and modelling, including global climate change observation systems.Research undertaken under this priority will be complemented by the development of advanced methods for risk assessment and methods of appraising environmental quality, including relevant pre-normative research on measurements and testing for these purposes.1.1.7. Citizens and governance in a knowledge-based societyObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to mobilise in a coherent effort, in all their wealth and diversity, European research capacities in economic, political, social sciences and humanities that are necessary to develop an understanding of, and to address issues related to, the emergence of the knowledge-based society and new forms of relationships between its citizens, on the one hand and between its citizens and institutions, on the other.Justification of the effort and European added valueAt the European Council in Lisbon in March 2000, the European Union set itself the ambitious objective of becoming “the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustained economic growth providing more and better jobs and greater social cohesion”.In this perspective, the European Council in Lisbon underlined that “human resources are Europe’s main strength”, stressing the need for Europe’s education and training systems to “adjust both to the needs of the knowledge-based society and to the need to raise the level of employment and improve quality”.Europe’s transition towards a knowledge-based economy and society, and its sustainable development in the interests of the quality of life of all citizens will be all the easier if it takes place in a way which is properly understood and managed. This requires a substantial research effort concerning the issues of integrated and sustainable economic and social progress based on the fundamental values of justice and solidarity and cultural diversity which characterise the European model of society, as well as research on issues relating to entrepreneurship and the setting up, growth and development of small enterprises.In this respect, economic, political, social and human sciences research should more particularly help to ensure the harnessing and exploitation of an exponentially increasing quantity of information and knowledge and an understanding of the processes at work in this area.In Europe, this issue arises in particular in connection to the future enlargement, the functioning of democracy and new forms of governance, and in the general context of this. What is at stake is the relationship between citizens and institutions in a complex political and decision-making environment characterised by the coexistence of national, regional and European decision-making levels and the increasing role of civil society and its representatives in the political debate.Issues such as these have a clear and intrinsic European dimension, and there is much to be gained by examining them from a global perspective, taking into account the historical dimension as well as the cultural heritage.This European dimension is only just starting to be taken into account in research conducted at national level, and is not yet receiving all the attention that it requires.It seems highly appropriate to address these aspects on the European scale. What is more, action taken at Union level will make it possible to ensure the requisite degree of methodological coherence and guarantee that full benefit is derived from the rich variety of approaches existing in Europe and European diversity.Actions envisagedAction by the Community will focus on the following themes:knowledge-based society and social cohesion:(a) research with reference to the objectives set by the Lisbon European Council and subsequent Councils, in particular systematic analysis of best methods for improving the production, transmission and utilisation of knowledge in Europe;(b) options and choices for the development of a knowledge-based society serving the Union objectives emphasised at the Lisbon, Nice and Stockholm European Councils, in particular as regards improving the quality of life, social, employment and labour market policies, lifelong learning, and strengthening social cohesion and sustainable development with due consideration for the various social models in Europe and taking into account aspects relating to the ageing of the population;(c) variety of transition dynamics and paths towards the knowledge-based society at local, national and regional level;citizenship, democracy and new forms of governance, in particular in the context of increased integration and globalisation, and from the perspectives of history and cultural heritage:- consequences of European integration and enlargement of the Union for democracy, the concept of legitimacy, and the functioning of Union institutions through a better understanding of political and social institutions in Europe, and their historical evolution,- research on the redefinition of and the relationship between areas of competence and responsibility, and new forms of governance,- issues connected with the resolution of conflicts and restoration of peace and justice, including the safeguarding of fundamental rights,- emergence of new forms of citizenship and cultural identities, forms and impact of integration and cultural diversity in Europe; social and cultural dialogue involving Europe as well as the rest of the world.In operational terms, Community activities will focus on support for:(a) transnational research and comparative studies and the coordinated development of statistics and qualitative and quantitative indicators;(b) interdisciplinary research in support of public policies;(c) the establishment and exploitation on a European scale of research infrastructures and data and knowledge bases.1.2. Specific activities covering a wider field of research1.2.1. Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needsThese activities will assure efficient and flexible conduct of research essential for the fundamental objectives of the Community, by underpinning the formulation and implementation of Community policies and by exploring new and emerging scientific problems and opportunities, where these requirements cannot be satisfied under the thematic priorities.A feature common to these activities is that they will be implemented within a multi-annual perspective which takes direct account of the needs and viewpoints of the main associated actors (as appropriate: policy makers, industrial user groups, leading edge research communities etc.). In principle, they will be implemented in conjunction with an annual programming mechanism, by which specific priorities, corresponding to identified needs and falling within the objectives indicated above, will be determined.A. Policy-oriented researchResearch activities under this heading are intended to respond to the scientific and technological needs of the policies of the Community, underpinning the formulation and implementation of Community policies, bearing in mind also the interests of future members of the Community and associated countries. They may include pre-normative research, measurement and testing where necessary for the needs of Community policies.These activities require flexible, policy-driven definition and specific actions and methods of intervention to complement the thematic priorities and to be coordinated within the overall context of this programme.They will accordingly include themes linked to the thematic priorities, but which do not lend themselves to the science-driven approach for identifying the relevant individual topics. Appropriate division of tasks, and synergy, will also be assured between these activities and the direct actions of the Joint Research Centre, oriented towards the needs of the Community policies.The areas concerned to be supported are as follows:(a) the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the common fisheries policy (CFP);(b) sustainable development, in particular the Community policy objectives relating to environment (including those set out in the sixth environment action programme), transport and energy;(c) other Community policies, namely health (in particular public health), regional development, trade, development aid, internal market and competitiveness, social policy and employment, education and training, culture, gender equality, consumer protection, the creation of an area of freedom, security and justice, and external relations, including those policies in support of enlargement, and including the requisite statistical methods and tools;(d) Community policy objectives derived from the orientations given by the European Council with regard to, for instance, economic policy, the information society as well as e-Europe and enterprise.Within these areas, the research priorities, responding to initially identified policy needs, which will be supplemented during the course of the implementation of this programme, are as follows:1. Sustainable management of Europe’s natural resourcesResearch under this heading will in particular focus on:(a) the modernisation and sustainability of agriculture and forestry, including their multifunctional role in order to ensure the sustainable development and promotion of rural areas;(b) tools and assessment methods for sustainable agriculture and forestry management;(c) the modernisation and sustainability of fisheries, including aquaculture-based production systems;(d) new and more environment friendly production methods to improve animal health and welfare;(e) environmental assessment (soil, water, air, noise, including the effects of chemical substances);(f) assessment of environmental technologies for support of policy decisions, in particular concerning effective but low-cost technologies in the context of fulfilling environmental legislation.2. Providing health, security and opportunity to the people of EuropeResearch under this heading will focus in particular on:(a) health determinants and the provision of high quality and sustainable health care services and pension systems (in particular in the context of ageing and demographic change);(b) public health issues, including epidemiology contributing to disease prevention and responses to emerging rare and communicable diseases, allergies, procedures for secure blood and organ donations, non-animal test methods;(c) the impact of environmental issues on health (including methods for risk assessment and the mitigation of risks of natural disasters to people);(d) quality of life issues relating to handicapped/disabled people (including equal access facilities);(e) understanding of migration and refugee flows;(f) understanding crime trends in the context of public safety;(g) issues related to civil protection (including bio-security and protection against risks arising from terrorist attacks) and crisis management.3. Underpinning the economic potential and cohesion of a larger and more integrated European UnionResearch under this heading will in particular focus on:(a) underpinning European integration, sustainable development, competitiveness and trade policies (including improved means to assess economic development and cohesion);(b) the development of tools, indicators and operational parameters for assessing sustainable transport and energy systems performance (economic, environmental and social);(c) global safety analysis and validation systems for transport and research relating to accident risks and safety in mobility systems;(d) forecasting and developing innovative policies for sustainability in the medium and long term;(e) information society issues (such as management and protection of digital assets, and inclusive access to the information society);(f) the protection of cultural heritage and associated conservation strategies;(g) improved quality, accessibility and dissemination of European statistics.B. Research to explore new and emerging scientific and technological problems and opportunitiesThe research activities carried out under this heading are intended to respond flexibly and rapidly to major unforeseeable developments, emerging scientific and technological problems and opportunities, as well as needs appearing at the frontiers of knowledge, more specifically in multi-thematic and interdisciplinary areas.In this context, the following activities will be carried out:(a) research in emerging areas of knowledge and on future technologies, outside or cutting across the thematic priority areas, in particular in transdisciplinary fields, which is highly innovative and involves correspondingly high (technical) risks. It will be open to new scientific endeavours at the frontiers of knowledge and technological know-how that have significant potential for major industrial and/or social impact, or for the development of Europe’s research capabilities in the longer term;(b) research to assess rapidly new discoveries, or newly observed phenomena, which may indicate emerging risks or problems of high importance to European society, and identify appropriate responses to them.In identifying potential research topics under this heading, special attention will be given to the views of the research community and to areas where European action is appropriate in view of the potential to develop strategic positions at the leading edge of knowledge and in new markets, or to anticipate major issues facing European society.1.2.2. Horizontal research activities involving SMEsCarried out in support of European competitiveness and enterprise and innovation policy, these specific activities are intended to help European SMEs in traditional or new areas to boost their technological capacities and develop their ability to operate on a European and international scale.Information and advice about the possibilities of SME involvement will be ensured via entry points set up by the Commission, and by making use of the national contact point scheme.In addition to these specific research activities for SMEs, SMEs will be encouraged to participate in all areas of this programme, in particular in the context of the activities carried out in the priority thematic areas.Actions that may be carried out in the entire field of science and technology covered by Community research policy, will take the form of:(a) Cooperative research activitiesResearch activities carried out by RTD performers for a number of SMEs on themes of common interest. These activities may also be carried out by innovative SMEs in cooperation with research centres and universities;(b) Collective research activitiesResearch activities carried out by RTD performers for industrial associations or industry groupings in entire sectors of industry where SMEs are prominent at the European level, including dissemination of results.1.2.3. Specific measures in support of international cooperationIn support of the external relations, including the development policy of the Community, specific measures aimed at encouraging international research cooperation will be undertaken. Apart from these specific measures, third country participation will be possible within the thematic priorities. The following groups of third countries will be involved:(a) developing countries;(b) Mediterranean countries, including the western Balkans;(c) Russia and the New Independent States (NIS) including, in particular, activities carried through the International Association for the Promotion of Cooperation with Scientists from the NIS (INTAS).The research priorities in this category of activities are defined according to the interests and objectives of the partnership between the Community and the groups of countries concerned, as well as their specific economic and social needs.In order to facilitate the involvement of these countries a single entry point within the Commission will be created for information about activities undertaken in the fields of international cooperation.These activities are complementary to international research cooperation undertaken within the thematic priority areas.1.3. Non-nuclear activities of the Joint Research Centre (JRC)In accordance with its mission of providing scientific and technical support for Community policies, the JRC will provide independent, customer-driven support for the formulation and implementation of Community policies, including the monitoring of the implementation of such policies, within the areas of its specific competence.The JRC will carry out its activities in close cooperation and by networking with scientific circles, national research organisations, universities and businesses in Europe. It is entitled to participate in all research activities of this programme on the same basis as entities established in Member States. Special attention will be given to cooperation with candidate countries.The essential common denominator of the JRC’s activities will be the safety of citizens in its different aspects, e.g. health, environment and combating fraud.Under this heading, the JRC will carry out the following activities:1. Activities to be carried out in accordance with the JRC mission. These activities will be clearly geared towards customer needs. In this context, there will be a degree of flexibility for unexpected research needs.Research will be concentrated on two core areas related to two of the priority thematic areas:(a) food, chemical products and health, with particular attention to:food safety and quality, in particular to combat BSE; genetically modified organisms; chemical products, including validation of alternative non-animal testing procedures; biomedical applications (more particularly the establishment of references in this area);(b) environment and sustainability, with particular attention to:Climate change (carbon cycle, modelling, impacts) and technologies for sustainable development (renewable energy sources, tools for the integration of policies); improvement of air quality, protection of the European environment; development of reference measurements and networks; technical support for the objectives of GMES.2. Horizontal activities in domains for which the JRC has specific competence:(a) technology foresight: technological and economic foresight work based on the activities of European networks;(b) reference materials and measurements: the Community reference bureau (BCR) and certified reference materials; validation and qualification of chemical and physical measurement methods;(c) the safety of citizens and anti-fraud: detection of anti-personnel mines; prevention of natural and technological hazards; networks in support of cybersecurity; fraud control technologies.II. STRUCTURING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA2.1. Research and innovationObjectiveThese activities are intended to stimulate technological innovation, utilisation of research results, transfer of knowledge and technologies and the setting up of technology businesses in the Community and in all its regions, not least in the less developed areas. Innovation is also one of the most important elements throughout this programme.Justification of the effort and European added valueEurope’s comparatively poor ability to transform the results of research work and scientific and technological breakthroughs into industrial, economic and commercial successes, is one of its most notable weaknesses. Actions to stimulate business innovation at European level can help to raise the overall level of Europe’s performance and increase European capacities in this area, by helping businesses and innovators in their efforts to operate on a European scale and on international markets, and by giving stakeholders in all regions of the Union the benefit of the experience and knowledge acquired in other regions through initiatives undertaken at this level.Actions envisagedActivities will be carried out under this heading to complement activities relating to innovation included in those carried out under Heading I.These actions will provide general support to innovation, and will complement national and regional activities, with a view to increasing the coherence of efforts in this area. They will take the form of support for:(a) networking of stakeholders and users in the European innovation system and carrying out analyses and studies in order to promote exchanges of experience and good practice and to engage users better in the innovation process;(b) actions to encourage transregional cooperation regarding innovation and support for the setting-up of technology businesses, as well as for the preparation of regional and transregional strategies in this area, including the accession countries;(c) actions to experiment with new tools and new approaches concerning technological innovation addressing in particular critical points in the innovation process;(d) establishment or consolidation of information services and in particular electronic services, such as CORDIS, and assistance services relating to innovation (technology transfer, protection of intellectual property, access to risk capital); including the activities of innovation relay centres;(e) economic and technological intelligence activities (analyses of technological developments, applications and markets and processing and dissemination of information which may help researchers, entrepreneurs, and in particular SMEs, and investors in their decision-making);(f) analysis and evaluation of innovation activities carried out in the framework of Community research projects and exploitation of lessons that can be drawn from innovation policies.Some of these activities will be carried out in liaison with those of the European Investment Bank (EIB) (in particular by means of the European Investment Fund (EIF)) under its “Innovation 2000 initiative” as well as in coordination with measures taken through the Structural Funds.2.2. Human resources and mobilityObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to support the development of abundant world-class human resources in all the regions of the Community by promoting transnational mobility for training purposes, the development of expertise or the transfer of knowledge, in particular between different sectors; supporting the development of excellence; and helping to make Europe more attractive to third country researchers. This should be done with the aim of making the most of the potential offered by all sectors of the population, especially women and younger researchers, taking appropriate measures for this purpose, including those taken towards creating synergies in the area of higher education in Europe.Justification of the effort and European added valuePromoting transnational mobility is a simple, particularly effective and powerful means of boosting European excellence as a whole, as well as its distribution in the different regions of the Union. It creates opportunities for significantly improving the quality of the training of researchers, promotes the circulation and exploitation of knowledge, and helps to establish world-class centres of excellence that are attractive throughout Europe. Union level action in this area (as in human resources in general) leading to the attainment of critical mass will inevitably have a major impact.Attention will be paid to the participation of women within all actions, and appropriate measures to promote a more equitable balance between men and women in research; the personal circumstances relating to mobility, particularly with respect to the family, career development and languages; the development of research activity in the less-favoured regions of the Union and associated countries, and to the need for increased and more effective cooperation between research disciplines and between academia and industry, including SMEs.In cooperation with the most appropriate national and Community actions, attention will be paid to the provision of practical assistance to foreign researchers in matters (legal, administrative, family or cultural) relating to their mobility.Actions envisagedThese activities, which will be carried out in the whole field of science and technology, will take in particular the following forms:(a) support measures for universities, research centres, businesses including in particular SMEs and networks, for the hosting of European and third country researchers, including training of pre-doctoral researchers. These activities could include the setting up of long-term training networks and encouraging mobility between different sectors;(b) individual support measures for European researchers for the purposes of mobility to another European or a third country, and for top-class third country researchers wishing to come to Europe. Such support will provide for a sufficiently long training period and focus on researchers with at least four years of research experience, while also addressing the needs of training in research management;(c) financial contribution to national or regional programmes in support of researcher mobility open to researchers from other European countries;(d) support for the creation and development of European research teams which are considered as having the potential to reach a high level of excellence, more particularly for leading edge or interdisciplinary research activities where such support can add value to national measures;(e) scientific prizes for work of excellence carried out by a researcher having received Union financial support for mobility.Mechanisms will be set up to facilitate the return of researchers to their countries or regions of origin, and their professional reintegration.Efforts aimed at achieving equal gender representation in the actions envisaged will be ensured.2.3. Research infrastructuresObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to help establish a fabric of research infrastructures of the highest level in Europe and to promote their optimum use on a European scale.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe development of a European approach with regard to research infrastructures, and the carrying out of activities in this area at Union level, can make a significant contribution to boosting European research potential and its exploitation: by helping to ensure wider access to the infrastructures existing in the different Member States and increasing the complementarity of the facilities in place; by promoting the development or establishment of infrastructures ensuring a service on a European scale, as well as optimum construction choices in European terms and in terms of regional and transregional technological development.These activities will be carried out in the whole field of science and technology, including in the priority thematic areas.Actions envisaged:(a) transnational access to research infrastructures;(b) implementing integrated activities, by means of European-scale infrastructures or consortia of infrastructures, making it possible to ensure the provision of services on a European scale and possibly covering, in addition to transnational access, the establishment and operation of cooperation networks, and the execution of joint research projects; raising the level of the performance of the infrastructures concerned;(c) a high-capacity and high-speed European communication infrastructure (possibly based on GRID-type architectures), building on the achievements of the Géant project as well as electronic publishing services;(d) carrying out feasibility studies and preparatory work for the creation of new European scale infrastructures taking into account the needs of all potential users and systematically exploring the possibilities of contributions from e.g. the EIB or the Structural Funds for the funding of these infrastructures;(e) optimising of European infrastructures by providing limited support for the development of a restricted number of projects for new infrastructures in duly justified cases where such support could have a critical catalysing effect in terms of European added value. This support, taking due account of Member States’ opinion, may supplement contributions from the EIB or the Structural Funds to the funding of these infrastructures.2.4. Science and societyObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to encourage the development of harmonious relations between science and society and the opening-up of innovation in Europe, as well as contributing to scientists’ critical thinking and responsiveness to societal concerns, as a result of the establishment of new relations and an informed dialogue between researchers, industrialists, political decision-makers and citizens. The activities under this heading are policy-related science and society initiatives, while the research activities under the thematic priorities and in particular thematic priority 7 cover in a broader manner research relating to citizens and governance.Justification of the effort and European added valueScience/society issues need to a large extent to be addressed at European level on account of their strong European dimension. This is bound up with the fact that very often they arise on a European scale (as the example of food safety problems shows), with the importance of being able to benefit from the often complementary experience and knowledge required in the different countries and with the need to take into account the variety of views on them, which reflects European cultural diversity.Actions envisagedThe activities carried out in this area in the whole field of science and technology will in particular address the following themes:(a) binging research closer to society: sience and governance; scientific advice; involvement of society in research; foresight;(b) responsible use of scientific and technological progress, in harmony with fundamental ethical values: assessment, management and communication of uncertainty and risk; expertise; analysis and support to best practice in the application of the precautionary principle in different areas of policy making; European reference system; research on ethics in relation to science, technology developments and their applications;(c) stepping up the science/society dialogue: new forms of dialogue with the participation of relevant stakeholders; knowledge of science by citizens; stimulation of awareness; promoting young people’s interest in scientific careers; initiatives aimed at promoting the role and place of women in science and research at all levels.They will take the form of activities in support of:(a) networking and establishment of structural links between the institutions and activities concerned at national, regional and European level, in particular using information society technologies;(b) exchange of experience and good practice;(c) carrying out specific research;(d) high-profile awareness-raising initiatives such as prizes and competitions;(e) establishing data and information bases and carrying out studies, in particular statistical and methodological studies, on the different themes.III. STRENGTHENING THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE UROPEAN RESEARCH AREAObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to step up the coordination and to support the coherent development of research and innovation-stimulation policies and activities in Europe.Justification of the effort and European added valueMaking a reality of the European Research Area depends first and foremost on improving the coherence and coordination of research and innovation activities and policies conducted at national, regional and European level. Action by the Community can help to promote efforts to this end, as well as to lay the foundations in terms of the information, knowledge and analyses that are essential for the successful completion of this project.Actions envisagedA. Coordination activities, using a bottom up approach, will be carried out in the whole field of science and technology in areas such as:(a) health: health of key population groups; major diseases and disorders (e.g. cancer, diabetes and diabetes-related diseases, degenerative diseases of the nervous system, psychiatric diseases, cardiovascular diseases, hepatitis, allergies, visual impairment), rare diseases, alternative or non-conventional medicine and major diseases linked to poverty in developing countries; activities involved will be implemented, for instance, through coordination of research and comparative studies, development of European databases and interdisciplinary networks, exchange of clinical practice and coordination of clinical trials;(b) biotechnology: non-health and non-food applications;(c) environment: urban environment (including sustainable urban development and cultural heritage); marine environment and land/soil management; seismic risk;(d) energy: new generation power plants (“near-zero-emission”), energy storage, transport and distribution.These activities will take the form of stepping up the coordination of research activities carried out in Europe, at both national and European level with financial support for:(a) the mutual opening-up of national and regional programmes;(b) networking of research activities conducted at national and regional level;(c) the administration and coordination activities of European cooperation in the field of scientific and technological research (COST);(d) scientific and technological coordination activities carried out in other European cooperation frameworks, in particular the European Science Foundation;(e) collaboration and joint initiatives of specialised European scientific cooperation organisations such as CERN, EMBL, ESO, ENO and the ESA(6).These actions will be implemented in the general context of efforts undertaken to optimise the overall performance of European scientific and technological cooperation and ensure that its different components, including COST and Eureka, are complementary.B. In order to support the coherent development of research and innovation policies in Europe:(a) carrying out analyses and studies, and work relating to scientific and technological foresight, statistics and indicators;(b) setting up and support for the operation of specialised working groups and forums for concertation and political debate;(c) support for work on the benchmarking of research and innovation policies at national, regional and European level;(d) support for carrying out work on the mapping of scientific and technological excellence in Europe;(e) support for carrying out the work needed to improve the regulatory and administrative environment for research and innovation in Europe.(1) Fundamental knowledge in genomics (including human/animal/plant) is covered by the first priority, as well as its applications to human health. Applications to food are covered by the fifth priority (for example relating to nutrition/better quality food). Other issues related to life sciences are addressed under the sixth priority or covered, as appropriate, by Section 1.2.1. (“Policy oriented research”) as well as Heading III.(2) See also Section 1.2.1. “Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needs” and Heading III (Strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area) for other health-related topics.(3) OJ L 31, 1.2.2002, p. 1.(4) Other energy-related topics are included under Section 1.2.1. (“Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needs”) and in Heading III.(5) Other transport policy-related topics (such as transport security, tools and indicators for transport system performance and forecasting) are dealt with under Section 1.2.1. (“Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needs”).(6) CERN: European Organisation for Nuclear Research; EMBL: European Molecular Biology Laboratory; ESO: European Southern Observatory; ENO: European Northern Observatory; ESA: European Space Agency.ANNEX IIMAXIMUM OVERALL AMOUNT, RESPECTIVE SHARES AND INDICATIVE BREAKDOWNThe maximum overall financial amount and the respective indicative shares of the various activities as referred to in Article 164 of the Treaty are as follows:>TABLE>These activities will be carried out under the following headings (the indicative financial breakdown is set out):>TABLE>ANNEX IIIINSTRUMENTS AND RULES FOR FINANCIAL PARTICIPATION BY THE COMMUNITYThe Community will contribute financially, under the specific programmes, and subject to the rules for participation, to research and technological activities, including demonstration activities, of this programme.These activities, which will incorporate measures to encourage innovation, will be implemented by means of a range of instruments described below, and referred to as “Indirect RTD actions”, to which the Community will contribute financially. In addition, the Community will undertake activities implemented by the JRC, and which are referred to as “direct actions”.1. INSTRUMENTSIntroductionAn instrument implementing an action must be commensurate with the scope and objectives of the research activity concerned, and will take into account, as appropriate, the views of the research community. Accordingly, the size of an action may vary in relation to the themes and subjects it covers, depending on the critical mass of expertise necessary to obtain European added value and achieve the expected results. In some cases, this may be achieved by the clustering of actions dedicated to different aspects of one and the same objective.All instruments should involve, as appropriate, universities or institutions of higher education of a similar level, research organisations and industry, including SMEs. They could entail activities relating to dissemination, transfer and exploitation of knowledge as well as analysis and evaluation of the economic and social impact of the technologies concerned and the factors involved in their successful implementation.As a general rule, selection of actions will be based on open calls for proposals and independent peer review, except in duly justified cases. All research activities will be reviewed regularly and this will, in particular, involve monitoring of the level of research excellence. The participation of SMEs including enterprise groupings of SMEs and smaller entities will be encouraged.Concerning research in the priority thematic areas (under Heading I as defined in Annex I):- the importance of the new instruments (integrated projects and networks of excellence) is recognised as being an overall priority means to attain the objectives of critical mass, management simplification and European added value contributed by Community research in relation to what is already undertaken at national level, and of the integration of the research capacities. However, the size of projects is not a criterion for exclusion, and access to new instruments is ensured for SMEs and other small entities,- the new instruments will be used from the start of this programme in each theme and, where deemed appropriate, as a priority means, while maintaining the use of specific targeted research projects and coordination actions,- in 2004 an evaluation will be undertaken by independent experts of the effectiveness of each of these three types of instruments in the execution of this programme.Research activities in areas involving “Specific activities covering a wider field of research” (under Heading I) will take the form of specific targeted research projects and specific research projects for SMEs. Networks of excellence and integrated projects may, however, be used in certain duly justified cases, where the objectives in question can be better achieved by these means.Activities referred to under Heading II (Structuring the European Research Area) and Heading III (Strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area), will take the form of specific targeted research and innovation projects, integrated infrastructure initiatives and actions to promote human resources and mobility.In addition, specific support actions, coordination actions and participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty may be applied throughout this programme.1.1. Networks of excellenceThe purpose of networks of excellence is to strengthen and develop Community scientific and technological excellence by means of the integration, at European level, of research capacities currently existing or emerging at both national and regional level. Each network will also aim at advancing knowledge in a particular area by assembling a critical mass of expertise. They will foster cooperation between capacities of excellence in universities, research centres, enterprises, including SMEs, and science and technology organisations. The activities concerned will be generally targeted towards long-term, multidisciplinary objectives, rather than predefined results in terms of products, processes or services.A network of excellence will be implemented by a joint programme of activities involving some or, where appropriate, all of the research capacities and activities of the participants in the relevant area to attain a critical mass of expertise and European added value. A joint programme of activities could aim at the creation of a self-standing virtual centre of excellence that may result in developing the necessary means for achieving a durable integration of the research capacities.A joint programme of activities will necessarily include those aimed at integration, as well as activities related to the spreading of excellence and dissemination of results outside the network.Subject to conditions to be specified in the specific programmes and in the rules for participation the networks of excellence will have a high level of management autonomy including, where appropriate, the possibility to adapt the composition of the network and the content of the joint programme of activities.1.2. Integrated projectsIntegrated projects are designed to give increased impetus to the Community’s competitiveness or to address major societal needs by mobilising a critical mass of research and technological development resources and competences. Each integrated project should be assigned clearly defined scientific and technological objectives and should be directed at obtaining specific results applicable in terms of, for instance, products, processes or services. Under these objectives they may include more long-term or “risky” research.Integrated projects should comprise a coherent set of component actions which may vary in size and structure according to the tasks to be carried out, each dealing with different aspects of the research needed to achieve common overall objectives, and forming a coherent whole and implemented in close coordination.The activities carried out as part of an integrated project should include research and, as appropriate, technological development and/or demonstration activities, activities for the management and use of knowledge in order to promote innovation, and any other type of activity directly related to the objectives of the integrated project.Subject to conditions to be specified in the specific programmes and in the rules for participation, the integrated projects will have a high level of management autonomy including, where appropriate, the possibility to adapt the partnership and the content of the project. They will be carried out on the basis of overall financing plans preferably involving significant mobilisation of public and private sector funding, including funding or collaboration schemes such as Eureka, EIB and EIF.1.3. Specific targeted research or innovation projectsSpecific targeted research projects will aim at improving European competitiveness. They should be sharply focussed and will take either of the following two forms, or a combination of the two:(a) a research and technological development project designed to gain new knowledge either to improve considerably or to develop new products, processes or services or to meet other needs of society and Community policies;(b) a demonstration project designed to prove the viability of new technologies offering potential economic advantage but which cannot be commercialised directly.Specific targeted innovation projects are designed to test, validate and disseminate new innovation concepts and methods at the European level.1.4. Specific research projects for SMEsSpecific research projects for SMEs may take either of the following forms:(a) cooperative research projects undertaken for the benefit of a number of SMEs on themes of common interest;(b) collective research projects carried out for industrial associations or industry groupings in entire sectors of industry where SMEs are prominent.1.5. Actions to promote and develop human resources and mobilityActions to promote and develop human resources and mobility will be targeted at training, development of expertise or transfer of knowledge. They will involve support to actions carried out by natural persons, host structures, including training networks, and also by European research teams.1.6. Coordination actionsCoordination actions are intended to promote and support the coordinated initiatives of a range of research and innovation operators aiming at improved integration. They will cover activities such as the organisation of conferences, meetings, the performance of studies, exchanges of personnel, the exchange and dissemination of good practices, setting up information systems and expert groups, and may, if necessary, include support for the definition, organisation and management of joint or common initiatives.1.7. Specific support actionsSpecific support actions will complement the implementation of this programme and may be used to help in preparations for future Community research and technological development policy activities including monitoring and assessment activities. In particular, they will involve conferences, seminars, studies and analyses, high level scientific awards and competitions, working groups and expert groups, operational support and dissemination, information and communication activities, or a combination of these, as appropriate in each case. They may also include actions in support of research infrastructure relating to, for instance, transnational access or preparatory technical work (including feasibility studies) and the development of new infrastructure.Specific support actions will also be implemented to stimulate, encourage and facilitate the participation of SMEs, small research teams, newly developed and remote research centres, as well as those organisations from the candidate countries in the activities of the priority thematic areas, in particular via the networks of excellence and the integrated projects. The implementation of these actions will rely on the specific information and assistance structures, including the network of national contact points, established by the Member States and the associated countries at local, regional and national level and will aim at ensuring a smooth transition from the fifth to the sixth framework programme.1.8. Integrated infrastructure initiativesIntegrated infrastructure initiatives should combine in a single action several activities essential to reinforce and develop research infrastructures, in order to provide services at the European level. To this end, they should combine networking activities with a support activity (such as relating to transnational access) or research activities needed to improve infrastructure performance, excluding, however, the financing of investment for new infrastructures, which can only be financed as specific support actions. They will include a component of dissemination of knowledge to potential users, including industry and in particular to SMEs.1.9. Participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States (Article 169)Pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty, this instrument will cover clearly identified programmes implemented by governments, national or regional authorities or research organisations and may be used in all the activities of this programme(1). The joint implementation of these programmes will entail recourse to a specific implementation structure. This may be achieved by means of harmonised work programmes and common, joint or coordinated calls for proposals.2. DETAILED RULES FOR FINANCIAL PARTICIPATION BY THE COMMUNITY(2)The Community will implement the financial instruments in compliance with the Community framework for state aid to research and development, as well as international rules in this area, and in particular the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures. In compliance with this international framework, it will need to be possible to adjust the scale and form of financial participation under this programme on a case by case basis, in particular if funding from other public sector sources is available, including other sources of Community financing such as the EIB and EIF.In the case of participation of bodies from regions lagging in development, when a project receives the maximum intensity of co-financing authorised under this Programme or an overall grant, an additional contribution from the Structural Funds, pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) No 1260/1999 of 21 June 1999 laying down general provisions on the Structural Funds(3), could be granted.In the case of participation of entities from the candidate countries, an additional contribution from the pre-accession financial instruments could be granted under similar conditions.In the case of participation of organisations from Mediterranean or developing countries, a contribution of the MEDA programme and of the financial instruments of the Community’s aid to development could be envisaged.Financial participation by the Community will be granted in compliance with the principle of co-financing, with the exception of financing for studies, conferences and public tenders.Financial participation by the Community will, except in duly justified cases, be decided following open calls for proposals or invitation to tender procedures. Selection of projects will be based on independent peer review.The Commission will carry out the research activities in such a way as to ensure the protection of the Community’s financial interests by means of effective controls and, if irregularities are detected, by means of dissuasive and proportionate penalties.In the decisions adopting the specific programmes implementing this programme, there can be no derogations from the rules set out in the table below.RTD activities and Community financial contribution according to type of instrument>TABLE>(1) It is recalled that national programmes to be carried out jointly pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty are subject to decision by the European Parliament and the Council under the procedure provided for in Article 251 of the Treaty.(2) It is recalled that, pursuant to Article 167 of the Treaty, the rules for the participation of undertakings, research centres and universities and for the dissemination of research results for the implementation of the framework programme are to be adopted by the European Parliament and the Council subject to the procedure provided for in Article 251 of the Treaty. These rules will cover, inter alia, minimum number of participants, the participation of bodies from candidate and third countries, criteria for evaluation and selection of RTD actions, management of RTD actions, liability issues and intellectual property rights.(3) OJ L 161, 26.6.1999, p. 1.

Article 1
1. A multiannual framework programme for Community research, technological development and demonstration activities, hereinafter referred to as the “sixth framework programme” is hereby adopted for the period 2002 to 2006.
2. The sixth framework programme shall comprise all Community activities envisaged in Article 164 of the Treaty.
3. The sixth framework programme shall contribute to the creation of the European Research Area and to innovation.
4. Annex I sets out the scientific and technological objectives and the related priorities and indicates the broad lines of the activities envisaged.

Article 2
1. The maximum overall amount for Community financial participation in the entire sixth framework programme shall be EUR 16270 million. The proportion assigned to each of the activities is fixed in Annex II.
2. The detailed rules for financial participation by the Community shall be governed by the Financial Regulation applicable to the General Budget of the European Communities, supplemented by Annex III.

Article 3
All the research activities carried out under the sixth framework programme must be carried out in compliance with fundamental ethical principles.

Article 4
In the context of the annual report to be submitted by the Commission pursuant to Article 173 of the Treaty, the Commission shall report in detail on progress with implementing the sixth framework programme, and in particular progress towards achieving its objectives and meeting its priorities as set out under each heading of Annex I; information on financial aspects and the use of the instruments shall also be included.

Article 5
The sixth framework programme shall be implemented through specific programmes. These programmes shall establish precise objectives and the detailed rules for implementation.

Article 6
1. The Commission shall continually and systematically monitor, with the help of independent qualified experts, the implementation of the sixth framework programme and its specific programmes.
2. Before submitting its proposal for the next framework programme, the Commission shall have an external assessment carried out by independent highly qualified experts of the implementation and achievements of Community activities during the five years preceding that assessment.
The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations, to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.
Done at Luxembourg, 27 June 2002.
For the European Parliament
The President
For the Council
M. Arias Cañete
(1) OJ C 180 E, 26.6.2001, p. 156 and OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 132.
(2) OJ C 260, 17.9.2001, p. 3.
(3) OJ C 107, 3.5.2002, p. 111.
(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 November 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 28 January 2002 (OJ C 113 E, 14.5.2002, p. 54) and Decision of the European Parliament of 15 May 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Council Decision of 3 June 2002.
(5) Resolution of 18 May 2000 (OJ C 59, 23.2.2001, p. 250).
(6) Resolution of 15 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2002, p. 271).
(7) Resolution of 15 June 2000 (OJ C 205, 19.7.2000, p. 1).
(8) Resolution of 16 November 2000 (OJ C 374, 28.12.2000, p. 1).
(9) Opinion of 24 May 2000 (OJ C 204, 18.7.2000, p. 70).
(10) Opinion of 12 April 2000 (OJ C 226, 8.8.2000, p. 18).
(11) OJ C 201, 16.7.1999, p. 1.

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 166(1) thereof,Having regard to the proposal from the Commission(1),Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2),Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(3),Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(4),Whereas:(1) For the fulfilment of the tasks laid down in Article 2 of the Treaty, Article 163 of the Treaty provides that the Community is to have the objective of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level, while promoting research activities deemed necessary by virtue of other Community policies.(2) Article 164 of the Treaty enumerates the activities the Community is to carry out in pursuing these objectives, complementing the activities carried out in the Member States.(3) The Treaty provides for the adoption of a multiannual framework programme setting out all Community research, technological development and demonstration (RTD) activities. This framework programme fully respects the principle of subsidiarity as set out in Article 5 of the Treaty.(4) Pursuant to Article 165 of the Treaty, the Community and Member States are to coordinate their research and technological development activities so as to ensure that national policies and Community policy are mutually consistent.(5) In 2000 the Commission submitted two communications, respectively on the prospects for and the objectives of creating a European Research Area, and on making a reality of the European Research Area and guidelines for European Union research activities in the period 2002 to 2006. In 2000 the Commission also submitted a communication on innovation in a knowledge-driven economy.(6) The European Councils in Lisbon in March 2000, Santa Maria de Feira in June 2000 and Stockholm in March 2001 adopted conclusions aimed at the rapid establishment of a European research and innovation area with a view to sustainable economic growth, more employment and social cohesion with the ultimate goal of enabling the Union, by 2010, to become the world’s most competitive and dynamic knowledge economy.Building upon the obligation of Article 6 of the Treaty, the Göteborg European Council in June 2001 agreed on a strategy for sustainable development and added a third, environmental dimension to the Lisbon strategy.In particular, the European Council in Lisbon underlined the importance of the Commission’s e-Europe initiative, which aims at an information society for all, while the Stockholm European Council also stressed the need to make particular efforts in new technologies, especially biotechnology.(7) The European Parliament(5)(6), the Council(7)(8), the Economic and Social Committee(9) and the Committee of the Regions(10) have also supported the creation of the European Research Area.(8) On 19 October 2000 the Commission submitted the conclusions of the external assessment of the implementation and results of the Community activities carried out in the five years preceding that assessment, accompanied by its observations.(9) The sixth framework programme should have a structuring effect on research and technological development in Europe, including the Member States, associated candidate countries and other associated countries and make a significant contribution to the establishment of the European Research Area and to innovation.(10) In accordance with Article 166(1) of the Treaty, it is necessary to establish the scientific and technological objectives and to fix the relevant priorities for the activities envisaged, the maximum overall amount, the detailed rules for Community financial participation in the sixth framework programme, as well as the respective shares in each of the activities envisaged, and to indicate the broad lines of the activities in question, which will be implemented in compliance with the objective of protecting the Community’s financial interests. It is important to ensure sound financial management of the sixth framework programme.(11) It is appropriate to place special emphasis on the needs of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), bearing in mind the European Charter for Small Enterprises endorsed by the Feira European Council, whose principles and eighth line for action aim to strengthen the technological capacity of small enterprises, and to facilitate access to the best research and technology.(12) The sixth framework programme should provide an important contribution, covering the full spectrum from basic to applied research, to the development of scientific and technical excellence and to the coordination of European research. The framework programme should stress the importance of involving associated candidate countries in the Community’s research policy and in the European Research Area.(13) Specific targeted projects and coordination actions may also be used as a “stairway of excellence” to facilitate the access of smaller research actors of scientific excellence, including SMEs, as well as research actors from associated candidate countries, to the activities of this framework programme.(14) The participation of the outermost regions in Community RTD actions through appropriate mechanisms adapted to their particular situation should be facilitated.(15) The international and global dimension in European research activities is important in the interest of obtaining mutual benefits. The sixth framework programme is open to the participation of countries having concluded the necessary agreements to this effect, and is also open on the project level, and on the basis of mutual benefit, to the participation of entities from third countries and of international organisations for scientific cooperation. Specific activities will be undertaken in support of participation of scientists and institutions from developing countries, Mediterranean countries including the western Balkans as well as Russia and the new independent states (NIS).(16) The Joint Research Centre should contribute to the implementation of the framework programme, where it can provide independent, customer-driven support for the formulation and implementation of Community policies, including the monitoring of implementation of such policies, in the areas of its specific competence.(17) Research activities carried out within the sixth framework programme should respect fundamental ethical principles, including those which are reflected in Article 6 of the Treaty on European Union and in the Charter of fundamental rights of the European Union.(18) Following the Commission communication “A mobility strategy within the European Research Area”, the mobility of researchers will be promoted, with a view to the successful creation of the European Research Area.(19) Following the Commission communication “Women and Science” and the Resolutions of the Council of 20 May 1999(11) and 26 June 2001(12) and the Resolution of the European Parliament of 3 February 2000(13) on this theme, an action plan is being implemented in order to reinforce and increase the place and role of women in science and research, and further enhanced action is needed.(20) The Commission should submit regular progress reports to the European Parliament and the Council on the implementation of the sixth framework programme. It is also appropriate that the Commission, in good time and before submitting its proposal for the seventh framework programme, has an independent assessment carried out of the implementation of the activities undertaken, bearing in mind the contribution of the sixth framework programme to the creation of the European Research Area, which should be done in a spirit of openness with respect to all the relevant actors.(21) Implementation of the sixth framework programme may give rise to the participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States or to the setting up of joint undertakings or other arrangements within the meaning of Articles 169 to 171 of the Treaty.(22) The Scientific and Technical Research Committee (CREST) has been consulted,HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Article 11. A multiannual framework programme for Community research, technological development and demonstration activities, hereinafter referred to as the “sixth framework programme” is hereby adopted for the period 2002 to 2006.2. The sixth framework programme shall comprise all Community activities envisaged in Article 164 of the Treaty.3. The sixth framework programme shall contribute to the creation of the European Research Area and to innovation.4. Annex I sets out the scientific and technological objectives and the related priorities and indicates the broad lines of the activities envisaged.Article 21. The maximum overall amount for Community financial participation in the entire sixth framework programme shall be EUR 16270 million. The proportion assigned to each of the activities is fixed in Annex II.2. The detailed rules for financial participation by the Community shall be governed by the Financial Regulation applicable to the General Budget of the European Communities, supplemented by Annex III.Article 3All the research activities carried out under the sixth framework programme must be carried out in compliance with fundamental ethical principles.Article 4In the context of the annual report to be submitted by the Commission pursuant to Article 173 of the Treaty, the Commission shall report in detail on progress with implementing the sixth framework programme, and in particular progress towards achieving its objectives and meeting its priorities as set out under each heading of Annex I; information on financial aspects and the use of the instruments shall also be included.Article 5The sixth framework programme shall be implemented through specific programmes. These programmes shall establish precise objectives and the detailed rules for implementation.Article 61. The Commission shall continually and systematically monitor, with the help of independent qualified experts, the implementation of the sixth framework programme and its specific programmes.2. Before submitting its proposal for the next framework programme, the Commission shall have an external assessment carried out by independent highly qualified experts of the implementation and achievements of Community activities during the five years preceding that assessment.The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations, to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.Done at Luxembourg, 27 June 2002.For the European ParliamentP. CoxThe PresidentFor the CouncilM. Arias CañeteThe President(1) OJ C 180 E, 26.6.2001, p. 156 and OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 132.(2) OJ C 260, 17.9.2001, p. 3.(3) OJ C 107, 3.5.2002, p. 111.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 November 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 28 January 2002 (OJ C 113 E, 14.5.2002, p. 54) and Decision of the European Parliament of 15 May 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Council Decision of 3 June 2002.(5) Resolution of 18 May 2000 (OJ C 59, 23.2.2001, p. 250).(6) Resolution of 15 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2002, p. 271).(7) Resolution of 15 June 2000 (OJ C 205, 19.7.2000, p. 1).(8) Resolution of 16 November 2000 (OJ C 374, 28.12.2000, p. 1).(9) Opinion of 24 May 2000 (OJ C 204, 18.7.2000, p. 70).(10) Opinion of 12 April 2000 (OJ C 226, 8.8.2000, p. 18).(11) OJ C 201, 16.7.1999, p. 1.(12) OJ C 199, 14.7.2001, p. 1.(13) OJ C 309, 27.10.2000, p. 57.ANNEX ISCIENTIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL OBJECTIVES, BROAD LINES OF THE ACTIVITIES AND PRIORITIESINTRODUCTION AND GENERAL OUTLINEThe sixth framework programme (“this programme”) will be carried out to further the objective set out in Article 163(1) of the Treaty, “of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level, while promoting all the research activities deemed necessary by virtue of other Chapters of this Treaty”.In order to achieve this more effectively, and in order to contribute to the creation of the European Research Area and to innovation, this programme will be structured around the following three headings, under which the four activities as set out in Article 164 of the Treaty will be undertaken:- focusing and integrating Community research,- structuring the European Research Area,- strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area.The activities under these three headings will contribute to the integration of research efforts and activities on a European scale as well as contributing to the structuring of the various dimensions of the European Research Area. Coordination of activities carried out under these headings will be ensured.In order to help the development of SMEs in the knowledge society and the use of the economic potential of SMEs in an enlarged and better integrated European Union, SMEs, including small and micro enterprises as well as craft enterprises, will be encouraged to participate in all areas and all instruments as set out in Annex III of the sixth framework programme, in particular in the context of the activities carried out in the priority thematic areas in the spirit of “stairway of excellence”. A smooth transition from the modalities used in the fifth framework programme to those used in the sixth framework programme will be ensured.International participation in these activities will be assured. Participation will be open to all countries having concluded association agreements with the Community to this effect. Other third countries may participate in this programme via bilateral cooperation agreements.Researchers and organisations from third countries may also participate on a case by case basis in projects. The detailed conditions under which entities from third countries and international organisations involved in research activities may participate in this programme, including the financial arrangements, are specified in the decision which will be adopted pursuant to Article 167 of the Treaty.Participation in the activities of this programme will be encouraged through publication of the necessary information on content, conditions and procedures, to be made available in a timely and thorough manner to potential participants, including those from the associated candidate and other associated countries.During the implementation of this programme and in the research activities arising from it, fundamental ethical principles including animal welfare requirements, are to be respected. These include, inter alia, principles reflected in the Charter of fundamental rights of the European Union, protection of human dignity and human life, protection of personal data and privacy as well as the environment in accordance with Community law and, where relevant, international conventions, such as the Declaration of Helsinki, the Council of Europe Convention on Human Rights and Biomedicine signed in Oviedo on 4 April 1997 and the Additional Protocol on the Prohibition of Cloning Human Beings signed in Paris on 12 January 1998, the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, the Universal Declaration on the Human Genome and Human Rights adopted by UNESCO, and the relevant World Health Organisation (WHO) resolutions, the Amsterdam Protocol on Animal Protection and Welfare; and current legislation, regulations and ethical guidelines in countries where the research will be carried out.1. FOCUSING AND INTEGRATING COMMUNITY RESEARCHThe activities carried out under this heading, which will represent the major part of the efforts deployed under this programme, are intended to integrate research efforts and activities on a European scale. They will be focussed primarily on seven clearly defined thematic priority areas, while further specific measures will be undertaken across a wider field of scientific and technological research.The Joint Research Centre (JRC) will provide independent customer-driven support for the formulation and implementation of Community policies, including the monitoring of implementation of such policies, within its areas of specific competence.1.1. Thematic prioritiesSeven priority thematic areas are identified, namely:1. life sciences, genomics and biotechnology for health;2. information society technologies;3. nanotechnologies and nanosciences, knowledge-based multifunctional materials, and new production processes and devices;4. aeronautics and space;5. food quality and safety;6. sustainable development, global change and ecosystems;7. citizens and governance in a knowledge-based society.1.2. Specific activities covering a wider field of research1.2.1. Supporting policies and anticipating scientific and technological needsActivities in support of Community policies and research responding to new and emerging scientific and technological needs1.2.2. Horizontal research activities involving SMEsThese specific activities are intended to help European SMEs in traditional or new areas to boost their technological capacities and develop their ability to operate on a European and international scale.1.2.3. Specific measures in support of international cooperationIn support of external relations and the development policy of the Community, specific measures aimed at encouraging international research cooperation will be undertaken. In principle, the following three groups of third countries will be involved:(a) developing countries;(b) Mediterranean countries, including the western Balkans;(c) Russia and the new independent states (NIS).1.3. Non-nuclear activities of the Joint Research CentreTwo specific research areas have been selected for JRC activities, namely:(a) food, chemical products and health;(b) environment and sustainability.2. STRUCTURING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREAActivities in this area will cover the following:2.1. Research and innovationActivities to stimulate technological innovation, utilisation of research results, transfer of knowledge and technologies and the setting up of technology businesses in the Community and in all its regions will be carried out under this heading to complement the activities relating to innovation under the heading “focusing and integrating community research”.2.2. Human resources and mobilityActivities to support the development of world-class human resources in all the regions of the Community by promoting transnational mobility for training purposes, development of expertise or transfer of knowledge between different sectors, supporting the development of excellence and helping to make Europe more attractive to the best of third country researchers. The potential offered by all sectors of the population, especially women, should be developed through appropriate supporting measures.2.3. Research infrastructuresActivities to promote the optimum use of, including access to, research infrastructures and to support the identification, planning and, in duly justified cases, setting up of advanced research facilities of European interest.2.4. Science and societyActivities to encourage harmonious relations between science and society and the awareness of society in respect of innovation, as a result of new relations and informed dialogue between researchers, industrialists, political decision-makers and citizens.3. STRENGTHENING THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREAActivities to step up the coordination and support the coherent development of research and development policies in Europe. They would provide financial support for measures such as the opening up of national programmes.A more detailed description of the activities carried out under these three headings is set out below.I. FOCUSING AND INTEGRATING COMMUNITY RESEARCHThe activities carried out under this heading will represent the major part of the research efforts deployed under this programme, intended to contribute to the general objective of the Treaty of strengthening the scientific and technical bases of Community industry and encouraging it to be more competitive at international level, while promoting all the research activities deemed necessary by other Chapters of the Treaty. In order to bring about European added value by assembling a critical mass of resources, this programme will focus on seven, clearly defined thematic priority areas where Community research efforts will be integrated by pulling them together and making them more coherent, on a European scale.Throughout the activities under this heading, special attention will be given to technological innovation, and to the initial development of highly innovative enterprises in areas of vital interest to the European competitiveness. Exploratory research at the leading edge of knowledge will be carried out on subjects closely related to one or more topics in the thematic priority. Measurements and testing aspects will also receive necessary emphasis. The principle of sustainable development, socio-economic, ethical and wider cultural aspects of the envisaged activities, and gender equality, will be duly taken into account, where relevant for the activity concerned.To complement efforts in the thematic priorities, specific horizontal research activities will address SMEs, innovation and international cooperation as well as respond to Community policy objectives and future and emerging research needs.1.1. Thematic priorities1.1.1. Life sciences, genomics and biotechnology for health(1)ObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to help Europe exploit, by means of an integrated research effort, breakthroughs achieved in decoding the genomes of living organisms, more particularly for the benefit of public health and citizens and to increase the competitiveness of the European biotechnology industry. In the field of applications, the emphasis will be put on research aimed at bringing basic knowledge through to the application stage (“translational” approach) to enable real, consistent and coordinated progress at European level in medicine and improve the quality of life.Justification of the effort and European added value”Post-genomic” research based on analysis of the human genome and genomes of other organisms, will culminate in numerous applications in various health-related sectors, and notably in the development of new diagnostic tools and new treatments capable of helping to combat diseases that are not at present under control, offering major potential markets. This research may also have implications on research on areas such as environment and agriculture.In the medical field, the objective is to develop improved patient-oriented strategies for the prevention and management of disease and for living and ageing healthily. Furthermore, in this context, attention will be paid to childhood diseases and related treatments whenever appropriate. In addition, there is a particular priority for Europe to mobilise its efforts in a coordinated way towards combating cancer and confronting the major communicable diseases linked to poverty. This research will therefore concentrate on translating the new knowledge being created, which is not limited to genomics and other fields of basic research, into applications that improve clinical practice and public health.To enable the Union to improve its position in this area and benefit fully from the economic and social spin-offs of the expected developments, as well as contribute to the international debate, it is necessary both to increase investment significantly and integrate the research activities conducted in Europe within a coherent effort.Actions envisagedThe Community activities carried out to this end will address the following aspects.A. Advanced genomics and its applications for health(a) Fundamental knowledge and basic tools for functional genomics in all organisms:(i) gene expression and proteomics;(ii) structural genomics;(iii) comparative genomics and population genetics;(iv) bio-informatics;(v) multi-disciplinary functional genomics approaches to basic biological processes.(b) Application of knowledge and technologies in the field of genomics and biotechnology for health:(i) technological platforms for the developments in the fields of new diagnostic, prevention and therapeutic tools (including pharmacogenomic approaches, stem cell research and alternative methods to animal testing).B. Combating major diseases(a) Application-orientated approach to medical genomics knowledge and technologies including the use of animal and plant genomics where relevant, mainly in the following fields(2):(i) combating diabetes, diseases of the nervous system (such as Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease and new variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease and, where relevant, mental illness), cardiovascular diseases, and rare diseases;(ii) combating resistance to antibiotics and other drugs;(iii) studying human development, the brain and the ageing process.(b) A broader approach, not limited to genomics and other fields of basic research, will be pursued with regard to:(i) cancer, with a focus on the development of patient-oriented strategies from prevention to diagnosis and treatment, including three inter-linked components:- developing necessary networks and initiatives to coordinate national research activities,- supporting clinical research aimed at validating new and improved interventions,- supporting “translational” research;(ii) combating the three poverty-linked infectious diseases (AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis) which have priority in terms of disease control at Union and international level.1.1.2. Information society technologies (IST)ObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area, pursuant to the conclusions of the Lisbon European Council and the objectives of the e-Europe initiative, are intended to stimulate the development in Europe of both hardware and software technologies and applications at the heart of the creation of the information society in order to increase the competitiveness of European industry and allow European citizens in all Union regions the possibility of benefiting fully from the development of the knowledge-based society. Concentration on the future generation of IST will bring IST applications and services to everyone and enable the development of the next generation of technologies to be more user-centered.Justification of the effort and European added valueAt the dawn of the 21st century, information and communication technologies are revolutionising the functioning of the economy and society, and are generating new ways of producing, trading and communicating.This has become the Union’s second most important sector of the economy, with an annual market of EUR 2000 billion and employing more than 2 million persons in Europe, a number that is steadily rising.Europe is well positioned to lead and shape the future development not only of technologies but also of their impact on our life and work. The future competitiveness of all European industry and the living standards of Europe’s citizens depend largely on future efforts in IST research in order to prepare the future generation of products, processes and services.Industrial and commercial successes of the kind that Europe has achieved in mobile communications as a result of the global system for mobile communication (GSM) standard will not be repeated unless a concerted effort is made to invest a critical mass of research resources in this area, by integrating public and private sector efforts on a European scale.With a view to exerting maximum impact in economic and social terms, effort should focus on the future generation of those technologies in which computers, interfaces and networks will be more integrated into the everyday environment and will render accessible, through easy and “natural” interactions, a multitude of services and applications. This vision of “ambient intelligence” (interactive intelligent environment) seeks to place the user, the human being, at the centre of the future development of the knowledge-based society.Community actions will concentrate on the technological priorities that will make it possible to realise this vision. They will aim at mobilising the community of researchers around targeted initiatives, such as the development of the next generations of mobile communication systems, so as to achieve medium and long-term objectives while being able to react to the new needs and demands of markets as well as those of public policy and citizens.Actions envisagedThe actions undertaken will therefore address the following technological priorities:Integrating research into technological areas of priority interest for citizens and businessesCompleting and building on progress expected in the development of basic technologies, research aimed at finding solutions for major societal and economic challenges, faced by an emerging knowledge-based society including the consequences for work and the workplace environment, and, accordingly, focusing on:(a) research on technologies addressing the key security challenges posed by the “all-digital” world and the need to secure the rights and privacy of citizens;(b) “ambient intelligence” systems offering access to the information society for all, regardless of age and situation (such as disability or other individual circumstances), as well as interactive and intelligent systems for health, mobility, security, leisure, tourism, access to and preservation of the cultural heritage, and environment;(c) electronic and mobile commerce, as well as technologies for secure transactions and infrastructures, new tools and new methods of work, technologies for learning (such as e-learning) and systems for corporate knowledge management, for integrated business management and for e-government taking account of user needs;(d) large-scale distributed systems and platforms, including global resource information database (GRID) based systems that provide effective solutions to complex problems in areas such as the environment, energy, health, transport and industrial design.Communication and computing infrastructuresMobile, wireless, optical and broadband communication infrastructures and computing and software technologies that are reliable, of wide application and can be adapted to meet the growing needs of applications and services. Work will focus on:(a) the new generations of wireless and mobile communications systems and networks; satellite communications systems; all-optical technologies; integration and management of communication networks, including interoperable network solutions; capacity-enhancing technologies necessary for the development of systems, infrastructures and services, in particular for audio-visual applications. Work will also lead to the development of next Internet generation;(b) software technologies architectures, distributed and embedded systems supporting the development of multifunctional and complex services that involve multiple actors engineering and control of complex and large-scale systems to ensure reliability and robustness.Components and microsystemsMiniaturised and low-cost components based on new materials and integrating extended functionalities, with the effort focusing on:(a) the design and production of nano-, micro-, and opto-electronic and photonic components, including those used for information storage, pushing the limits of miniaturisation and minimising the costs and power consumption of micro-electronic and micro-system components, and taking account of the environmental impact of IST systems;(b) nano-electronics, micro-technologies, displays and micro-systems, and multi-disciplinary research into new materials and quantum devices; new computing models and concepts.Information management and interfacesResearch into information management tools and interfaces, with a view to enabling easier interaction everywhere and at all times with knowledge-based services and applications, addressing:(a) knowledge representation and management systems based on context and semantics, including cognitive systems, as well as tools for creating, organising, navigating, retrieving, sharing, preserving and disseminating digital content;(b) multi-sensorial interfaces capable of understanding and interpreting the natural expression of human beings through words, gestures and the various senses, virtual environments, as well as multilinguistic and multicultural systems indispensable to the establishment of the knowledge-based society on a European scale.1.1.3. Nanotechnologies and nanosciences, knowledge-based multifunctional materials and new production processes and devicesObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to help Europe achieve a critical mass of capacities needed to develop and exploit, especially for greater eco-efficiency and reduction of discharges of hazardous substances to the environment, leading-edge technologies for the knowledge-based products, services and manufacturing processes of the years to come.Justification of the effort and European added valueManufacturing industry in Europe at present produces goods and services valued at around EUR 4000 billion a year. In an increasingly competitive world market, it must maintain and increase its competitiveness while meeting the requirements of sustainable development. To do so, it is necessary to put substantial effort into the design, development and dissemination of advanced technologies: nanotechnologies, knowledge-based multifunctional materials and new production processes.Lying at the frontier of quantum engineering, materials technology and molecular biology, and one of the foreseeable hubs of the next industrial revolution, nanotechnologies need considerable investment.Europe has significant expertise in certain sectors such as nanomanufacturing and nanochemistry, and needs to increase and coordinate its effort in this area.Where materials are concerned, the aim is to develop intelligent materials which are expected to add considerable value in terms of applications in sectors such as transport, energy, electronics and the biomedical sector and for which there is a potential market of several tens of billions of euro.The development of flexible, integrated and clean production systems will also require a substantial research effort concerning the application of new technologies to manufacturing and management.Actions envisagedNanotechnologies and nanosciences:(a) long-term interdisciplinary research into understanding phenomena, mastering processes and developing research tools;(b) supramolecular architectures and macromolecules;(c) nano-biotechnologies;(d) nanometre-scale engineering techniques to create materials and components;(e) development of handling and control devices and instruments;(f) applications in areas such as health, chemistry, energy, and the environment.Knowledge-based multifunctional materials:(a) development of fundamental knowledge;(b) technologies associated with the production and transformation including processing of knowledge-based multifunctional materials and of biomaterials;(c) support engineering.New production processes and devices:(a) the development of new processes and flexible and intelligent manufacturing systems incorporating advances in virtual manufacturing technologies, including simulations, interactive decision-aid systems, high-precision engineering and innovative robotics;(b) systems research needed for sustainable waste management and hazard control in production and manufacturing, including bio-processes, leading to a reduction in consumption of primary resources and less pollution;(c) development of new concepts optimising the life cycle of industrial systems, products and services.1.1.4. Aeronautics and spaceObjectiveThe aim of activities carried out in this area is two-fold: to strengthen, by integrating its research efforts, the scientific and technological bases of the European aeronautics and space industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level; and to help exploit the potential of European research in this sector with a view to improving safety and environmental protection.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe aerospace industry consists of two technologically and economically separate sectors but they are closely associated on account of their industrial and political implications and the stakeholders involved and they are examples of where Europe has a tradition of success, and economic and commercial potential.However, United States investment in aerospace is three to six times higher, depending on the sector.In an increasingly demanding competitive environment, foreseeable aviation requirements worldwide correspond to some 14000 new aircraft over the next 15 years, representing a market worth EUR 1000 billion. The efforts made to integrate industrial capacities and development activities that have brought about European successes in this area, now need to be matched by similar efforts to integrate research into priority themes and subjects.With this aim in view, European, national and private sector research efforts should be optimised around a common vision and a strategic research agenda.On space, following on from the Commission’s communication, “Europe and space: turning to a new chapter”, the Community will support research designed to make use of space for the benefit of markets and society.Actions envisagedAeronauticsCommunity aeronautical research activities including air transport systems will address research and technological development activities necessary in order to:(a) increase the competitiveness of the European industry with regard to civil aircraft, engines and equipment;(b) reduce the environmental impact of aviation, by reducing fuel consumption, CO2, NOX and other chemical pollutants and noise pollution;(c) increase aircraft safety in the context of the substantial rise in air traffic;(d) increase the capacity and safety of the air transport system, in support of a “Single European Sky” (air traffic control and management systems).SpaceCommunity space activities carried out in close coordination with the European Space Agency (ESA), the other space agencies, research centres and industry, in order to strengthen the coherence of the very major investment involved, will address:(a) research on satellite-based information systems and services relevant for the Galileo satellite navigation project;(b) research on satellite-based systems relevant for the global monitoring for environment and security (GMES) platform, taking into account the needs of users;(c) advanced research needed to integrate the space segment and the Earth segment in the field of communications.1.1.5. Food quality and safetyObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to help establish the integrated scientific and technological bases needed to develop an environmentally friendly production and distribution chain of safer, healthier and varied food, including sea-food and to control food-related risks, relying in particular on biotechnology tools taking into account the results of post-genomic research, as well as to control health risks associated with environmental changes.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe recent food crises, and in particular bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), have highlighted both the complexity of food safety issues and the fact that in most cases they have international and cross-border implications.The integration of the European internal market as regards agriculture and food makes it necessary to address the problems that arise in this area, and hence to carry out related research, on a European scale. It is against this background that the European Food Safety Authority has been established(3).Citizens and consumers expect that research will help to ensure that the food and products marketed are of high quality, healthy and can be consumed in safety. To this end, emphasis should be placed on the whole food production chain, “from farm to fork”, including, where appropriate, application of animal and plant sciences and biotechnology to this area. Requirements relating to animal welfare and health should be taken into account.This requires the availability of the most complete, precise and up to date scientific knowledge. Apart from the public health aspect, the prosperity of a sector representing some EUR 600 billion in terms of annual turnover and 2,6 million jobs is at stake.Given that small enterprises constitute a major part of the food sector, the success of activities undertaken will rely on the adaptation of knowledge and processes to the specific characteristics of these enterprises.Europe also needs to be able to make a substantial contribution to the research efforts on these issues, which now arise at world level, as well as a coherent contribution to the international debate on them, based on the most precise and complete knowledge.The same remarks apply to the various aspects of the problems associated with the health impact of environmental factors (e.g. endocrine disruptors, carcinogens) which are a source of growing concern for European citizens, and which often manifest themselves on an international scale. For all these reasons, but also in order to derive the benefit of the combination of the best sources of expertise available in complex areas, the research in question should be carried out at European level in such a way as to ensure genuine coordination of national activities.Actions envisagedCommunity activities will cover research, including, where appropriate, post-genomics research, relating to various aspects of the control of health risks and links between health and food:(a) safer and environmentally friendly production and processing methods and healthier, nutritious, functional and varied foodstuffs and animal feed, based on systems such as integrated production, lower-input farming including organic agriculture, and the use of plant and animal sciences and biotechnologies;(b) epidemiology of food-related diseases and allergies, including the impact of diet on the health of children and methods for the analysis of causes of food-related allergies;(c) impact of food, for instance new products, products resulting from organic farming, functional food, products containing genetically modified organisms and those arising from recent biotechnology developments on health;(d) “traceability” processes all along the production chain, for instance relating to genetically modified organisms, including those based on recent biotechnology developments;(e) methods of analysis, detection and control of chemical contaminants and existing or emerging pathogenic micro-organisms (such as viruses, bacteria, yeasts, fungi, parasites and new agents of the prion type including development of ante-mortem diagnostic tests for BSE and scrapie);(f) impact of animal feed, including products containing genetically modified organisms and the use of sub-products of different origins for that feed, on human health;(g) environmental health risks linked to the food chain (chemical, biological and physical), and combined exposures of authorised substances, including impact of local environmental disasters and pollution on the safety of foodstuffs, with emphasis being placed on cumulative risks, transmission routes to human beings, long-term effects and exposure to small doses, as well as the impact on particularly sensitive groups, and especially children.1.1.6. Sustainable development, global change and ecosystemsObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to strengthen the scientific and technological capacities needed for Europe to be able to implement sustainable development, emphasised by the Göteborg European Council, and integrating its environmental, economic and social objectives with particular regard to renewable energy, transport, and sustainable management of Europe’s land and marine resources. These activities should enable Member States, the associated candidate and other associated countries to make a significant contribution to the international efforts to understand and control global change and preserve the equilibrium of ecosystems.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe implementation on a global scale of sustainable development requires more particularly:(a) the design, development and dissemination of technologies and solutions, such as promotion of changes in energy consumption behaviour (leading to an energy-intelligent Europe) and new approaches relating to mobility, making it possible to ensure the conservation and more rational, efficient and sustainable use of natural resources, with less waste and emissions and a reduction in the impact of economic activity on the environment. Sectors of strategic importance in this context include energy and transport, especially the urban and regional development aspects of these sectors;(b) a better understanding of ecosystems and of the mechanisms and impacts of global change (for instance climate change), including the effect of these mechanisms on land and marine resources; as well as the development of related forecasting capacities.Where technology is concerned, as highlighted in the Commission Green Paper “Towards a European strategy for the security of energy supply” and in the Commission’s White Paper “European transport policy for 2010: time to decide”, two areas concerned as a matter of priority are energy and transport, which are responsible for over 80 % of total emissions of greenhouse gases and more than 90 % of CO2 emissions.Under the 1997 Kyoto Protocol to the 1992 United Nations framework Convention on climate change, the European Union is required to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 8 % compared with the 1990 levels in the period 2008 to 2012. This will require the development of innovative sustainable energy and transport solutions. Other important commitments are contained in international instruments such as the 1992 UN Convention on biological diversity, the 1994 UN Convention to combat desertification in countries seriously affected by drought and/or desertification, particularly in Africa, and the 1987 Montreal Protocol on substances that deplete the ozone layer as well as in the Union strategy for sustainable development, including the sixth environment action programme.Achieving the above objective in the short term requires a major effort to deploy technologies currently under development. Community action is important to ensure coordination of Europe’s contribution to world efforts.Above and beyond this objective, the long-term implementation of sustainable development in the coming decades makes it necessary to ensure the availability, under economic conditions, of the most appropriate energy sources and carriers in this respect. This will require a sustained longer-term research effort.Medium and long-term research efforts will also be necessary to develop sustainable European transport systems, and to make progress in the context of global change and protection of biodiversity and preserving ecosystems which would also contribute to the sustainable use of land and marine resources. In the context of global change, strategies for an integrated, sustainable use of agricultural and forest ecosystems are of particular importance for the preservation of these ecosystems and will contribute substantially to the sustainable development of Europe.Actions envisagedThe Community’s RTD efforts will concentrate on activities in the following areas:I. Sustainable energy systems(4)(a) in the short and medium term, especially in the urban environment:(i) clean energy, in particular renewable energy sources and their integration in the energy system, including storage, distribution and use;(ii) energy savings and energy efficiency, including those to be achieved through the use of renewable raw materials;(iii) alternative motor fuels;(b) in the medium and longer term:(i) fuel cells including their applications;(ii) new technologies for energy carriers, transport and storage on a European scale, in particular hydrogen technology;(iii) new and advanced concepts in renewable energy technologies with a significant future energy potential and requiring long-term research efforts;(iv) disposal of CO2 associated with cleaner fossil fuel plants.II. Sustainable surface transport(5)(a) Developing environmentally friendly, safe and competitive transport systems and means of transport of passengers and freight, and clean urban transport with rational use of the car in the city:(i) new technologies and concepts for surface transport, including novel propulsion systems and integration of fuel cells for transport purposes;(ii) advanced design and production techniques leading to improved quality, safety, recyclability, comfort and cost-effectiveness;(b) making rail and maritime transport more effective and more competitive, addressing the interoperability of transport modes, and assuring intelligent and safe transport of passengers and freight:(i) rebalancing and integrating different modes, in particular in the urban and regional context, including new mobility management and transport logistics systems making rail and maritime transport more effective (for example, by means of promoting intermodality and interoperability);(ii) increasing safety, and avoiding traffic congestion (in particular in urban areas), through the integration of innovative electronics and software solutions and by means of the use of advanced satellite navigation systems and telematics solutions.III. Global change and ecosystemsCommunity activities will address the following aspects as a matter of priority:(a) impact and mechanisms of greenhouse gas emissions and atmospheric pollutants from all sources, including those resulting from energy supplies, transport and agriculture on climate, ozone depletion and carbon sinks (oceans, forests and soil) in particular to improve prediction and to evaluate mitigation options;(b) water cycle, including soil-related aspects;(c) understanding marine and terrestrial biodiversity, marine ecosystem functions, protection of genetic resources, sustainable management of terrestrial and marine ecosystems and interactions between human activities and the latter;(d) mechanisms of desertification and natural disasters;(e) strategies for sustainable land management, including integrated coastal zone management (ICZM), and including integrated concepts for the multi-purpose utilisation of agricultural and forest resources, and the integrated forestry/wood chain;(f) operational forecasting and modelling, including global climate change observation systems.Research undertaken under this priority will be complemented by the development of advanced methods for risk assessment and methods of appraising environmental quality, including relevant pre-normative research on measurements and testing for these purposes.1.1.7. Citizens and governance in a knowledge-based societyObjectiveThe activities carried out in this area are intended to mobilise in a coherent effort, in all their wealth and diversity, European research capacities in economic, political, social sciences and humanities that are necessary to develop an understanding of, and to address issues related to, the emergence of the knowledge-based society and new forms of relationships between its citizens, on the one hand and between its citizens and institutions, on the other.Justification of the effort and European added valueAt the European Council in Lisbon in March 2000, the European Union set itself the ambitious objective of becoming “the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustained economic growth providing more and better jobs and greater social cohesion”.In this perspective, the European Council in Lisbon underlined that “human resources are Europe’s main strength”, stressing the need for Europe’s education and training systems to “adjust both to the needs of the knowledge-based society and to the need to raise the level of employment and improve quality”.Europe’s transition towards a knowledge-based economy and society, and its sustainable development in the interests of the quality of life of all citizens will be all the easier if it takes place in a way which is properly understood and managed. This requires a substantial research effort concerning the issues of integrated and sustainable economic and social progress based on the fundamental values of justice and solidarity and cultural diversity which characterise the European model of society, as well as research on issues relating to entrepreneurship and the setting up, growth and development of small enterprises.In this respect, economic, political, social and human sciences research should more particularly help to ensure the harnessing and exploitation of an exponentially increasing quantity of information and knowledge and an understanding of the processes at work in this area.In Europe, this issue arises in particular in connection to the future enlargement, the functioning of democracy and new forms of governance, and in the general context of this. What is at stake is the relationship between citizens and institutions in a complex political and decision-making environment characterised by the coexistence of national, regional and European decision-making levels and the increasing role of civil society and its representatives in the political debate.Issues such as these have a clear and intrinsic European dimension, and there is much to be gained by examining them from a global perspective, taking into account the historical dimension as well as the cultural heritage.This European dimension is only just starting to be taken into account in research conducted at national level, and is not yet receiving all the attention that it requires.It seems highly appropriate to address these aspects on the European scale. What is more, action taken at Union level will make it possible to ensure the requisite degree of methodological coherence and guarantee that full benefit is derived from the rich variety of approaches existing in Europe and European diversity.Actions envisagedAction by the Community will focus on the following themes:knowledge-based society and social cohesion:(a) research with reference to the objectives set by the Lisbon European Council and subsequent Councils, in particular systematic analysis of best methods for improving the production, transmission and utilisation of knowledge in Europe;(b) options and choices for the development of a knowledge-based society serving the Union objectives emphasised at the Lisbon, Nice and Stockholm European Councils, in particular as regards improving the quality of life, social, employment and labour market policies, lifelong learning, and strengthening social cohesion and sustainable development with due consideration for the various social models in Europe and taking into account aspects relating to the ageing of the population;(c) variety of transition dynamics and paths towards the knowledge-based society at local, national and regional level;citizenship, democracy and new forms of governance, in particular in the context of increased integration and globalisation, and from the perspectives of history and cultural heritage:- consequences of European integration and enlargement of the Union for democracy, the concept of legitimacy, and the functioning of Union institutions through a better understanding of political and social institutions in Europe, and their historical evolution,- research on the redefinition of and the relationship between areas of competence and responsibility, and new forms of governance,- issues connected with the resolution of conflicts and restoration of peace and justice, including the safeguarding of fundamental rights,- emergence of new forms of citizenship and cultural identities, forms and impact of integration and cultural diversity in Europe; social and cultural dialogue involving Europe as well as the rest of the world.In operational terms, Community activities will focus on support for:(a) transnational research and comparative studies and the coordinated development of statistics and qualitative and quantitative indicators;(b) interdisciplinary research in support of public policies;(c) the establishment and exploitation on a European scale of research infrastructures and data and knowledge bases.1.2. Specific activities covering a wider field of research1.2.1. Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needsThese activities will assure efficient and flexible conduct of research essential for the fundamental objectives of the Community, by underpinning the formulation and implementation of Community policies and by exploring new and emerging scientific problems and opportunities, where these requirements cannot be satisfied under the thematic priorities.A feature common to these activities is that they will be implemented within a multi-annual perspective which takes direct account of the needs and viewpoints of the main associated actors (as appropriate: policy makers, industrial user groups, leading edge research communities etc.). In principle, they will be implemented in conjunction with an annual programming mechanism, by which specific priorities, corresponding to identified needs and falling within the objectives indicated above, will be determined.A. Policy-oriented researchResearch activities under this heading are intended to respond to the scientific and technological needs of the policies of the Community, underpinning the formulation and implementation of Community policies, bearing in mind also the interests of future members of the Community and associated countries. They may include pre-normative research, measurement and testing where necessary for the needs of Community policies.These activities require flexible, policy-driven definition and specific actions and methods of intervention to complement the thematic priorities and to be coordinated within the overall context of this programme.They will accordingly include themes linked to the thematic priorities, but which do not lend themselves to the science-driven approach for identifying the relevant individual topics. Appropriate division of tasks, and synergy, will also be assured between these activities and the direct actions of the Joint Research Centre, oriented towards the needs of the Community policies.The areas concerned to be supported are as follows:(a) the common agricultural policy (CAP) and the common fisheries policy (CFP);(b) sustainable development, in particular the Community policy objectives relating to environment (including those set out in the sixth environment action programme), transport and energy;(c) other Community policies, namely health (in particular public health), regional development, trade, development aid, internal market and competitiveness, social policy and employment, education and training, culture, gender equality, consumer protection, the creation of an area of freedom, security and justice, and external relations, including those policies in support of enlargement, and including the requisite statistical methods and tools;(d) Community policy objectives derived from the orientations given by the European Council with regard to, for instance, economic policy, the information society as well as e-Europe and enterprise.Within these areas, the research priorities, responding to initially identified policy needs, which will be supplemented during the course of the implementation of this programme, are as follows:1. Sustainable management of Europe’s natural resourcesResearch under this heading will in particular focus on:(a) the modernisation and sustainability of agriculture and forestry, including their multifunctional role in order to ensure the sustainable development and promotion of rural areas;(b) tools and assessment methods for sustainable agriculture and forestry management;(c) the modernisation and sustainability of fisheries, including aquaculture-based production systems;(d) new and more environment friendly production methods to improve animal health and welfare;(e) environmental assessment (soil, water, air, noise, including the effects of chemical substances);(f) assessment of environmental technologies for support of policy decisions, in particular concerning effective but low-cost technologies in the context of fulfilling environmental legislation.2. Providing health, security and opportunity to the people of EuropeResearch under this heading will focus in particular on:(a) health determinants and the provision of high quality and sustainable health care services and pension systems (in particular in the context of ageing and demographic change);(b) public health issues, including epidemiology contributing to disease prevention and responses to emerging rare and communicable diseases, allergies, procedures for secure blood and organ donations, non-animal test methods;(c) the impact of environmental issues on health (including methods for risk assessment and the mitigation of risks of natural disasters to people);(d) quality of life issues relating to handicapped/disabled people (including equal access facilities);(e) understanding of migration and refugee flows;(f) understanding crime trends in the context of public safety;(g) issues related to civil protection (including bio-security and protection against risks arising from terrorist attacks) and crisis management.3. Underpinning the economic potential and cohesion of a larger and more integrated European UnionResearch under this heading will in particular focus on:(a) underpinning European integration, sustainable development, competitiveness and trade policies (including improved means to assess economic development and cohesion);(b) the development of tools, indicators and operational parameters for assessing sustainable transport and energy systems performance (economic, environmental and social);(c) global safety analysis and validation systems for transport and research relating to accident risks and safety in mobility systems;(d) forecasting and developing innovative policies for sustainability in the medium and long term;(e) information society issues (such as management and protection of digital assets, and inclusive access to the information society);(f) the protection of cultural heritage and associated conservation strategies;(g) improved quality, accessibility and dissemination of European statistics.B. Research to explore new and emerging scientific and technological problems and opportunitiesThe research activities carried out under this heading are intended to respond flexibly and rapidly to major unforeseeable developments, emerging scientific and technological problems and opportunities, as well as needs appearing at the frontiers of knowledge, more specifically in multi-thematic and interdisciplinary areas.In this context, the following activities will be carried out:(a) research in emerging areas of knowledge and on future technologies, outside or cutting across the thematic priority areas, in particular in transdisciplinary fields, which is highly innovative and involves correspondingly high (technical) risks. It will be open to new scientific endeavours at the frontiers of knowledge and technological know-how that have significant potential for major industrial and/or social impact, or for the development of Europe’s research capabilities in the longer term;(b) research to assess rapidly new discoveries, or newly observed phenomena, which may indicate emerging risks or problems of high importance to European society, and identify appropriate responses to them.In identifying potential research topics under this heading, special attention will be given to the views of the research community and to areas where European action is appropriate in view of the potential to develop strategic positions at the leading edge of knowledge and in new markets, or to anticipate major issues facing European society.1.2.2. Horizontal research activities involving SMEsCarried out in support of European competitiveness and enterprise and innovation policy, these specific activities are intended to help European SMEs in traditional or new areas to boost their technological capacities and develop their ability to operate on a European and international scale.Information and advice about the possibilities of SME involvement will be ensured via entry points set up by the Commission, and by making use of the national contact point scheme.In addition to these specific research activities for SMEs, SMEs will be encouraged to participate in all areas of this programme, in particular in the context of the activities carried out in the priority thematic areas.Actions that may be carried out in the entire field of science and technology covered by Community research policy, will take the form of:(a) Cooperative research activitiesResearch activities carried out by RTD performers for a number of SMEs on themes of common interest. These activities may also be carried out by innovative SMEs in cooperation with research centres and universities;(b) Collective research activitiesResearch activities carried out by RTD performers for industrial associations or industry groupings in entire sectors of industry where SMEs are prominent at the European level, including dissemination of results.1.2.3. Specific measures in support of international cooperationIn support of the external relations, including the development policy of the Community, specific measures aimed at encouraging international research cooperation will be undertaken. Apart from these specific measures, third country participation will be possible within the thematic priorities. The following groups of third countries will be involved:(a) developing countries;(b) Mediterranean countries, including the western Balkans;(c) Russia and the New Independent States (NIS) including, in particular, activities carried through the International Association for the Promotion of Cooperation with Scientists from the NIS (INTAS).The research priorities in this category of activities are defined according to the interests and objectives of the partnership between the Community and the groups of countries concerned, as well as their specific economic and social needs.In order to facilitate the involvement of these countries a single entry point within the Commission will be created for information about activities undertaken in the fields of international cooperation.These activities are complementary to international research cooperation undertaken within the thematic priority areas.1.3. Non-nuclear activities of the Joint Research Centre (JRC)In accordance with its mission of providing scientific and technical support for Community policies, the JRC will provide independent, customer-driven support for the formulation and implementation of Community policies, including the monitoring of the implementation of such policies, within the areas of its specific competence.The JRC will carry out its activities in close cooperation and by networking with scientific circles, national research organisations, universities and businesses in Europe. It is entitled to participate in all research activities of this programme on the same basis as entities established in Member States. Special attention will be given to cooperation with candidate countries.The essential common denominator of the JRC’s activities will be the safety of citizens in its different aspects, e.g. health, environment and combating fraud.Under this heading, the JRC will carry out the following activities:1. Activities to be carried out in accordance with the JRC mission. These activities will be clearly geared towards customer needs. In this context, there will be a degree of flexibility for unexpected research needs.Research will be concentrated on two core areas related to two of the priority thematic areas:(a) food, chemical products and health, with particular attention to:food safety and quality, in particular to combat BSE; genetically modified organisms; chemical products, including validation of alternative non-animal testing procedures; biomedical applications (more particularly the establishment of references in this area);(b) environment and sustainability, with particular attention to:Climate change (carbon cycle, modelling, impacts) and technologies for sustainable development (renewable energy sources, tools for the integration of policies); improvement of air quality, protection of the European environment; development of reference measurements and networks; technical support for the objectives of GMES.2. Horizontal activities in domains for which the JRC has specific competence:(a) technology foresight: technological and economic foresight work based on the activities of European networks;(b) reference materials and measurements: the Community reference bureau (BCR) and certified reference materials; validation and qualification of chemical and physical measurement methods;(c) the safety of citizens and anti-fraud: detection of anti-personnel mines; prevention of natural and technological hazards; networks in support of cybersecurity; fraud control technologies.II. STRUCTURING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA2.1. Research and innovationObjectiveThese activities are intended to stimulate technological innovation, utilisation of research results, transfer of knowledge and technologies and the setting up of technology businesses in the Community and in all its regions, not least in the less developed areas. Innovation is also one of the most important elements throughout this programme.Justification of the effort and European added valueEurope’s comparatively poor ability to transform the results of research work and scientific and technological breakthroughs into industrial, economic and commercial successes, is one of its most notable weaknesses. Actions to stimulate business innovation at European level can help to raise the overall level of Europe’s performance and increase European capacities in this area, by helping businesses and innovators in their efforts to operate on a European scale and on international markets, and by giving stakeholders in all regions of the Union the benefit of the experience and knowledge acquired in other regions through initiatives undertaken at this level.Actions envisagedActivities will be carried out under this heading to complement activities relating to innovation included in those carried out under Heading I.These actions will provide general support to innovation, and will complement national and regional activities, with a view to increasing the coherence of efforts in this area. They will take the form of support for:(a) networking of stakeholders and users in the European innovation system and carrying out analyses and studies in order to promote exchanges of experience and good practice and to engage users better in the innovation process;(b) actions to encourage transregional cooperation regarding innovation and support for the setting-up of technology businesses, as well as for the preparation of regional and transregional strategies in this area, including the accession countries;(c) actions to experiment with new tools and new approaches concerning technological innovation addressing in particular critical points in the innovation process;(d) establishment or consolidation of information services and in particular electronic services, such as CORDIS, and assistance services relating to innovation (technology transfer, protection of intellectual property, access to risk capital); including the activities of innovation relay centres;(e) economic and technological intelligence activities (analyses of technological developments, applications and markets and processing and dissemination of information which may help researchers, entrepreneurs, and in particular SMEs, and investors in their decision-making);(f) analysis and evaluation of innovation activities carried out in the framework of Community research projects and exploitation of lessons that can be drawn from innovation policies.Some of these activities will be carried out in liaison with those of the European Investment Bank (EIB) (in particular by means of the European Investment Fund (EIF)) under its “Innovation 2000 initiative” as well as in coordination with measures taken through the Structural Funds.2.2. Human resources and mobilityObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to support the development of abundant world-class human resources in all the regions of the Community by promoting transnational mobility for training purposes, the development of expertise or the transfer of knowledge, in particular between different sectors; supporting the development of excellence; and helping to make Europe more attractive to third country researchers. This should be done with the aim of making the most of the potential offered by all sectors of the population, especially women and younger researchers, taking appropriate measures for this purpose, including those taken towards creating synergies in the area of higher education in Europe.Justification of the effort and European added valuePromoting transnational mobility is a simple, particularly effective and powerful means of boosting European excellence as a whole, as well as its distribution in the different regions of the Union. It creates opportunities for significantly improving the quality of the training of researchers, promotes the circulation and exploitation of knowledge, and helps to establish world-class centres of excellence that are attractive throughout Europe. Union level action in this area (as in human resources in general) leading to the attainment of critical mass will inevitably have a major impact.Attention will be paid to the participation of women within all actions, and appropriate measures to promote a more equitable balance between men and women in research; the personal circumstances relating to mobility, particularly with respect to the family, career development and languages; the development of research activity in the less-favoured regions of the Union and associated countries, and to the need for increased and more effective cooperation between research disciplines and between academia and industry, including SMEs.In cooperation with the most appropriate national and Community actions, attention will be paid to the provision of practical assistance to foreign researchers in matters (legal, administrative, family or cultural) relating to their mobility.Actions envisagedThese activities, which will be carried out in the whole field of science and technology, will take in particular the following forms:(a) support measures for universities, research centres, businesses including in particular SMEs and networks, for the hosting of European and third country researchers, including training of pre-doctoral researchers. These activities could include the setting up of long-term training networks and encouraging mobility between different sectors;(b) individual support measures for European researchers for the purposes of mobility to another European or a third country, and for top-class third country researchers wishing to come to Europe. Such support will provide for a sufficiently long training period and focus on researchers with at least four years of research experience, while also addressing the needs of training in research management;(c) financial contribution to national or regional programmes in support of researcher mobility open to researchers from other European countries;(d) support for the creation and development of European research teams which are considered as having the potential to reach a high level of excellence, more particularly for leading edge or interdisciplinary research activities where such support can add value to national measures;(e) scientific prizes for work of excellence carried out by a researcher having received Union financial support for mobility.Mechanisms will be set up to facilitate the return of researchers to their countries or regions of origin, and their professional reintegration.Efforts aimed at achieving equal gender representation in the actions envisaged will be ensured.2.3. Research infrastructuresObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to help establish a fabric of research infrastructures of the highest level in Europe and to promote their optimum use on a European scale.Justification of the effort and European added valueThe development of a European approach with regard to research infrastructures, and the carrying out of activities in this area at Union level, can make a significant contribution to boosting European research potential and its exploitation: by helping to ensure wider access to the infrastructures existing in the different Member States and increasing the complementarity of the facilities in place; by promoting the development or establishment of infrastructures ensuring a service on a European scale, as well as optimum construction choices in European terms and in terms of regional and transregional technological development.These activities will be carried out in the whole field of science and technology, including in the priority thematic areas.Actions envisaged:(a) transnational access to research infrastructures;(b) implementing integrated activities, by means of European-scale infrastructures or consortia of infrastructures, making it possible to ensure the provision of services on a European scale and possibly covering, in addition to transnational access, the establishment and operation of cooperation networks, and the execution of joint research projects; raising the level of the performance of the infrastructures concerned;(c) a high-capacity and high-speed European communication infrastructure (possibly based on GRID-type architectures), building on the achievements of the Géant project as well as electronic publishing services;(d) carrying out feasibility studies and preparatory work for the creation of new European scale infrastructures taking into account the needs of all potential users and systematically exploring the possibilities of contributions from e.g. the EIB or the Structural Funds for the funding of these infrastructures;(e) optimising of European infrastructures by providing limited support for the development of a restricted number of projects for new infrastructures in duly justified cases where such support could have a critical catalysing effect in terms of European added value. This support, taking due account of Member States’ opinion, may supplement contributions from the EIB or the Structural Funds to the funding of these infrastructures.2.4. Science and societyObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to encourage the development of harmonious relations between science and society and the opening-up of innovation in Europe, as well as contributing to scientists’ critical thinking and responsiveness to societal concerns, as a result of the establishment of new relations and an informed dialogue between researchers, industrialists, political decision-makers and citizens. The activities under this heading are policy-related science and society initiatives, while the research activities under the thematic priorities and in particular thematic priority 7 cover in a broader manner research relating to citizens and governance.Justification of the effort and European added valueScience/society issues need to a large extent to be addressed at European level on account of their strong European dimension. This is bound up with the fact that very often they arise on a European scale (as the example of food safety problems shows), with the importance of being able to benefit from the often complementary experience and knowledge required in the different countries and with the need to take into account the variety of views on them, which reflects European cultural diversity.Actions envisagedThe activities carried out in this area in the whole field of science and technology will in particular address the following themes:(a) binging research closer to society: sience and governance; scientific advice; involvement of society in research; foresight;(b) responsible use of scientific and technological progress, in harmony with fundamental ethical values: assessment, management and communication of uncertainty and risk; expertise; analysis and support to best practice in the application of the precautionary principle in different areas of policy making; European reference system; research on ethics in relation to science, technology developments and their applications;(c) stepping up the science/society dialogue: new forms of dialogue with the participation of relevant stakeholders; knowledge of science by citizens; stimulation of awareness; promoting young people’s interest in scientific careers; initiatives aimed at promoting the role and place of women in science and research at all levels.They will take the form of activities in support of:(a) networking and establishment of structural links between the institutions and activities concerned at national, regional and European level, in particular using information society technologies;(b) exchange of experience and good practice;(c) carrying out specific research;(d) high-profile awareness-raising initiatives such as prizes and competitions;(e) establishing data and information bases and carrying out studies, in particular statistical and methodological studies, on the different themes.III. STRENGTHENING THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE UROPEAN RESEARCH AREAObjectiveThe activities carried out under this heading are intended to step up the coordination and to support the coherent development of research and innovation-stimulation policies and activities in Europe.Justification of the effort and European added valueMaking a reality of the European Research Area depends first and foremost on improving the coherence and coordination of research and innovation activities and policies conducted at national, regional and European level. Action by the Community can help to promote efforts to this end, as well as to lay the foundations in terms of the information, knowledge and analyses that are essential for the successful completion of this project.Actions envisagedA. Coordination activities, using a bottom up approach, will be carried out in the whole field of science and technology in areas such as:(a) health: health of key population groups; major diseases and disorders (e.g. cancer, diabetes and diabetes-related diseases, degenerative diseases of the nervous system, psychiatric diseases, cardiovascular diseases, hepatitis, allergies, visual impairment), rare diseases, alternative or non-conventional medicine and major diseases linked to poverty in developing countries; activities involved will be implemented, for instance, through coordination of research and comparative studies, development of European databases and interdisciplinary networks, exchange of clinical practice and coordination of clinical trials;(b) biotechnology: non-health and non-food applications;(c) environment: urban environment (including sustainable urban development and cultural heritage); marine environment and land/soil management; seismic risk;(d) energy: new generation power plants (“near-zero-emission”), energy storage, transport and distribution.These activities will take the form of stepping up the coordination of research activities carried out in Europe, at both national and European level with financial support for:(a) the mutual opening-up of national and regional programmes;(b) networking of research activities conducted at national and regional level;(c) the administration and coordination activities of European cooperation in the field of scientific and technological research (COST);(d) scientific and technological coordination activities carried out in other European cooperation frameworks, in particular the European Science Foundation;(e) collaboration and joint initiatives of specialised European scientific cooperation organisations such as CERN, EMBL, ESO, ENO and the ESA(6).These actions will be implemented in the general context of efforts undertaken to optimise the overall performance of European scientific and technological cooperation and ensure that its different components, including COST and Eureka, are complementary.B. In order to support the coherent development of research and innovation policies in Europe:(a) carrying out analyses and studies, and work relating to scientific and technological foresight, statistics and indicators;(b) setting up and support for the operation of specialised working groups and forums for concertation and political debate;(c) support for work on the benchmarking of research and innovation policies at national, regional and European level;(d) support for carrying out work on the mapping of scientific and technological excellence in Europe;(e) support for carrying out the work needed to improve the regulatory and administrative environment for research and innovation in Europe.(1) Fundamental knowledge in genomics (including human/animal/plant) is covered by the first priority, as well as its applications to human health. Applications to food are covered by the fifth priority (for example relating to nutrition/better quality food). Other issues related to life sciences are addressed under the sixth priority or covered, as appropriate, by Section 1.2.1. (“Policy oriented research”) as well as Heading III.(2) See also Section 1.2.1. “Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needs” and Heading III (Strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area) for other health-related topics.(3) OJ L 31, 1.2.2002, p. 1.(4) Other energy-related topics are included under Section 1.2.1. (“Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needs”) and in Heading III.(5) Other transport policy-related topics (such as transport security, tools and indicators for transport system performance and forecasting) are dealt with under Section 1.2.1. (“Policy support and anticipating scientific and technological needs”).(6) CERN: European Organisation for Nuclear Research; EMBL: European Molecular Biology Laboratory; ESO: European Southern Observatory; ENO: European Northern Observatory; ESA: European Space Agency.ANNEX IIMAXIMUM OVERALL AMOUNT, RESPECTIVE SHARES AND INDICATIVE BREAKDOWNThe maximum overall financial amount and the respective indicative shares of the various activities as referred to in Article 164 of the Treaty are as follows:>TABLE>These activities will be carried out under the following headings (the indicative financial breakdown is set out):>TABLE>ANNEX IIIINSTRUMENTS AND RULES FOR FINANCIAL PARTICIPATION BY THE COMMUNITYThe Community will contribute financially, under the specific programmes, and subject to the rules for participation, to research and technological activities, including demonstration activities, of this programme.These activities, which will incorporate measures to encourage innovation, will be implemented by means of a range of instruments described below, and referred to as “Indirect RTD actions”, to which the Community will contribute financially. In addition, the Community will undertake activities implemented by the JRC, and which are referred to as “direct actions”.1. INSTRUMENTSIntroductionAn instrument implementing an action must be commensurate with the scope and objectives of the research activity concerned, and will take into account, as appropriate, the views of the research community. Accordingly, the size of an action may vary in relation to the themes and subjects it covers, depending on the critical mass of expertise necessary to obtain European added value and achieve the expected results. In some cases, this may be achieved by the clustering of actions dedicated to different aspects of one and the same objective.All instruments should involve, as appropriate, universities or institutions of higher education of a similar level, research organisations and industry, including SMEs. They could entail activities relating to dissemination, transfer and exploitation of knowledge as well as analysis and evaluation of the economic and social impact of the technologies concerned and the factors involved in their successful implementation.As a general rule, selection of actions will be based on open calls for proposals and independent peer review, except in duly justified cases. All research activities will be reviewed regularly and this will, in particular, involve monitoring of the level of research excellence. The participation of SMEs including enterprise groupings of SMEs and smaller entities will be encouraged.Concerning research in the priority thematic areas (under Heading I as defined in Annex I):- the importance of the new instruments (integrated projects and networks of excellence) is recognised as being an overall priority means to attain the objectives of critical mass, management simplification and European added value contributed by Community research in relation to what is already undertaken at national level, and of the integration of the research capacities. However, the size of projects is not a criterion for exclusion, and access to new instruments is ensured for SMEs and other small entities,- the new instruments will be used from the start of this programme in each theme and, where deemed appropriate, as a priority means, while maintaining the use of specific targeted research projects and coordination actions,- in 2004 an evaluation will be undertaken by independent experts of the effectiveness of each of these three types of instruments in the execution of this programme.Research activities in areas involving “Specific activities covering a wider field of research” (under Heading I) will take the form of specific targeted research projects and specific research projects for SMEs. Networks of excellence and integrated projects may, however, be used in certain duly justified cases, where the objectives in question can be better achieved by these means.Activities referred to under Heading II (Structuring the European Research Area) and Heading III (Strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area), will take the form of specific targeted research and innovation projects, integrated infrastructure initiatives and actions to promote human resources and mobility.In addition, specific support actions, coordination actions and participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty may be applied throughout this programme.1.1. Networks of excellenceThe purpose of networks of excellence is to strengthen and develop Community scientific and technological excellence by means of the integration, at European level, of research capacities currently existing or emerging at both national and regional level. Each network will also aim at advancing knowledge in a particular area by assembling a critical mass of expertise. They will foster cooperation between capacities of excellence in universities, research centres, enterprises, including SMEs, and science and technology organisations. The activities concerned will be generally targeted towards long-term, multidisciplinary objectives, rather than predefined results in terms of products, processes or services.A network of excellence will be implemented by a joint programme of activities involving some or, where appropriate, all of the research capacities and activities of the participants in the relevant area to attain a critical mass of expertise and European added value. A joint programme of activities could aim at the creation of a self-standing virtual centre of excellence that may result in developing the necessary means for achieving a durable integration of the research capacities.A joint programme of activities will necessarily include those aimed at integration, as well as activities related to the spreading of excellence and dissemination of results outside the network.Subject to conditions to be specified in the specific programmes and in the rules for participation the networks of excellence will have a high level of management autonomy including, where appropriate, the possibility to adapt the composition of the network and the content of the joint programme of activities.1.2. Integrated projectsIntegrated projects are designed to give increased impetus to the Community’s competitiveness or to address major societal needs by mobilising a critical mass of research and technological development resources and competences. Each integrated project should be assigned clearly defined scientific and technological objectives and should be directed at obtaining specific results applicable in terms of, for instance, products, processes or services. Under these objectives they may include more long-term or “risky” research.Integrated projects should comprise a coherent set of component actions which may vary in size and structure according to the tasks to be carried out, each dealing with different aspects of the research needed to achieve common overall objectives, and forming a coherent whole and implemented in close coordination.The activities carried out as part of an integrated project should include research and, as appropriate, technological development and/or demonstration activities, activities for the management and use of knowledge in order to promote innovation, and any other type of activity directly related to the objectives of the integrated project.Subject to conditions to be specified in the specific programmes and in the rules for participation, the integrated projects will have a high level of management autonomy including, where appropriate, the possibility to adapt the partnership and the content of the project. They will be carried out on the basis of overall financing plans preferably involving significant mobilisation of public and private sector funding, including funding or collaboration schemes such as Eureka, EIB and EIF.1.3. Specific targeted research or innovation projectsSpecific targeted research projects will aim at improving European competitiveness. They should be sharply focussed and will take either of the following two forms, or a combination of the two:(a) a research and technological development project designed to gain new knowledge either to improve considerably or to develop new products, processes or services or to meet other needs of society and Community policies;(b) a demonstration project designed to prove the viability of new technologies offering potential economic advantage but which cannot be commercialised directly.Specific targeted innovation projects are designed to test, validate and disseminate new innovation concepts and methods at the European level.1.4. Specific research projects for SMEsSpecific research projects for SMEs may take either of the following forms:(a) cooperative research projects undertaken for the benefit of a number of SMEs on themes of common interest;(b) collective research projects carried out for industrial associations or industry groupings in entire sectors of industry where SMEs are prominent.1.5. Actions to promote and develop human resources and mobilityActions to promote and develop human resources and mobility will be targeted at training, development of expertise or transfer of knowledge. They will involve support to actions carried out by natural persons, host structures, including training networks, and also by European research teams.1.6. Coordination actionsCoordination actions are intended to promote and support the coordinated initiatives of a range of research and innovation operators aiming at improved integration. They will cover activities such as the organisation of conferences, meetings, the performance of studies, exchanges of personnel, the exchange and dissemination of good practices, setting up information systems and expert groups, and may, if necessary, include support for the definition, organisation and management of joint or common initiatives.1.7. Specific support actionsSpecific support actions will complement the implementation of this programme and may be used to help in preparations for future Community research and technological development policy activities including monitoring and assessment activities. In particular, they will involve conferences, seminars, studies and analyses, high level scientific awards and competitions, working groups and expert groups, operational support and dissemination, information and communication activities, or a combination of these, as appropriate in each case. They may also include actions in support of research infrastructure relating to, for instance, transnational access or preparatory technical work (including feasibility studies) and the development of new infrastructure.Specific support actions will also be implemented to stimulate, encourage and facilitate the participation of SMEs, small research teams, newly developed and remote research centres, as well as those organisations from the candidate countries in the activities of the priority thematic areas, in particular via the networks of excellence and the integrated projects. The implementation of these actions will rely on the specific information and assistance structures, including the network of national contact points, established by the Member States and the associated countries at local, regional and national level and will aim at ensuring a smooth transition from the fifth to the sixth framework programme.1.8. Integrated infrastructure initiativesIntegrated infrastructure initiatives should combine in a single action several activities essential to reinforce and develop research infrastructures, in order to provide services at the European level. To this end, they should combine networking activities with a support activity (such as relating to transnational access) or research activities needed to improve infrastructure performance, excluding, however, the financing of investment for new infrastructures, which can only be financed as specific support actions. They will include a component of dissemination of knowledge to potential users, including industry and in particular to SMEs.1.9. Participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States (Article 169)Pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty, this instrument will cover clearly identified programmes implemented by governments, national or regional authorities or research organisations and may be used in all the activities of this programme(1). The joint implementation of these programmes will entail recourse to a specific implementation structure. This may be achieved by means of harmonised work programmes and common, joint or coordinated calls for proposals.2. DETAILED RULES FOR FINANCIAL PARTICIPATION BY THE COMMUNITY(2)The Community will implement the financial instruments in compliance with the Community framework for state aid to research and development, as well as international rules in this area, and in particular the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures. In compliance with this international framework, it will need to be possible to adjust the scale and form of financial participation under this programme on a case by case basis, in particular if funding from other public sector sources is available, including other sources of Community financing such as the EIB and EIF.In the case of participation of bodies from regions lagging in development, when a project receives the maximum intensity of co-financing authorised under this Programme or an overall grant, an additional contribution from the Structural Funds, pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) No 1260/1999 of 21 June 1999 laying down general provisions on the Structural Funds(3), could be granted.In the case of participation of entities from the candidate countries, an additional contribution from the pre-accession financial instruments could be granted under similar conditions.In the case of participation of organisations from Mediterranean or developing countries, a contribution of the MEDA programme and of the financial instruments of the Community’s aid to development could be envisaged.Financial participation by the Community will be granted in compliance with the principle of co-financing, with the exception of financing for studies, conferences and public tenders.Financial participation by the Community will, except in duly justified cases, be decided following open calls for proposals or invitation to tender procedures. Selection of projects will be based on independent peer review.The Commission will carry out the research activities in such a way as to ensure the protection of the Community’s financial interests by means of effective controls and, if irregularities are detected, by means of dissuasive and proportionate penalties.In the decisions adopting the specific programmes implementing this programme, there can be no derogations from the rules set out in the table below.RTD activities and Community financial contribution according to type of instrument>TABLE>(1) It is recalled that national programmes to be carried out jointly pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty are subject to decision by the European Parliament and the Council under the procedure provided for in Article 251 of the Treaty.(2) It is recalled that, pursuant to Article 167 of the Treaty, the rules for the participation of undertakings, research centres and universities and for the dissemination of research results for the implementation of the framework programme are to be adopted by the European Parliament and the Council subject to the procedure provided for in Article 251 of the Treaty. These rules will cover, inter alia, minimum number of participants, the participation of bodies from candidate and third countries, criteria for evaluation and selection of RTD actions, management of RTD actions, liability issues and intellectual property rights.(3) OJ L 161, 26.6.1999, p. 1.
1. A multiannual framework programme for Community research, technological development and demonstration activities, hereinafter referred to as the “sixth framework programme” is hereby adopted for the period 2002 to 2006.
2. The sixth framework programme shall comprise all Community activities envisaged in Article 164 of the Treaty.
3. The sixth framework programme shall contribute to the creation of the European Research Area and to innovation.
4. Annex I sets out the scientific and technological objectives and the related priorities and indicates the broad lines of the activities envisaged.
1. The maximum overall amount for Community financial participation in the entire sixth framework programme shall be EUR 16270 million. The proportion assigned to each of the activities is fixed in Annex II.
2. The detailed rules for financial participation by the Community shall be governed by the Financial Regulation applicable to the General Budget of the European Communities, supplemented by Annex III.
All the research activities carried out under the sixth framework programme must be carried out in compliance with fundamental ethical principles.
In the context of the annual report to be submitted by the Commission pursuant to Article 173 of the Treaty, the Commission shall report in detail on progress with implementing the sixth framework programme, and in particular progress towards achieving its objectives and meeting its priorities as set out under each heading of Annex I; information on financial aspects and the use of the instruments shall also be included.
The sixth framework programme shall be implemented through specific programmes. These programmes shall establish precise objectives and the detailed rules for implementation.
1. The Commission shall continually and systematically monitor, with the help of independent qualified experts, the implementation of the sixth framework programme and its specific programmes.
2. Before submitting its proposal for the next framework programme, the Commission shall have an external assessment carried out by independent highly qualified experts of the implementation and achievements of Community activities during the five years preceding that assessment.
The Commission shall communicate the conclusions thereof, accompanied by its observations, to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions.
Done at Luxembourg, 27 June 2002.
For the European Parliament
The President
For the Council
M. Arias Cañete
(1) OJ C 180 E, 26.6.2001, p. 156 and OJ C 75 E, 26.3.2002, p. 132.
(2) OJ C 260, 17.9.2001, p. 3.
(3) OJ C 107, 3.5.2002, p. 111.
(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 November 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal), Council Common Position of 28 January 2002 (OJ C 113 E, 14.5.2002, p. 54) and Decision of the European Parliament of 15 May 2002 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Council Decision of 3 June 2002.
(5) Resolution of 18 May 2000 (OJ C 59, 23.2.2001, p. 250).
(6) Resolution of 15 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2002, p. 271).
(7) Resolution of 15 June 2000 (OJ C 205, 19.7.2000, p. 1).
(8) Resolution of 16 November 2000 (OJ C 374, 28.12.2000, p. 1).
(9) Opinion of 24 May 2000 (OJ C 204, 18.7.2000, p. 70).
(10) Opinion of 12 April 2000 (OJ C 226, 8.8.2000, p. 18).
(11) OJ C 201, 16.7.1999, p. 1.
SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL OBJECTIVES, BROAD LINES OF THE ACTIVITIES AND PRIORITIES
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL OUTLINE
The sixth framework programme (“this programme”) will be carried out to further the objective set out in Article 163(1) of the Treaty, “of strengthening the scientific and technological bases of Community industry and encouraging it to become more competitive at international level, while promoting all the research activities deemed necessary by virtue of other Chapters of this Treaty”.
In order to achieve this more effectively, and in order to contribute to the creation of the European Research Area and to innovation, this programme will be structured around the following three headings, under which the four activities as set out in Article 164 of the Treaty will be undertaken:
– focusing and integrating Community research,
– structuring the European Research Area,
– strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area.
The activities under these three headings will contribute to the integration of research efforts and activities on a European scale as well as contributing to the structuring of the various dimensions of the European Research Area. Coordination of activities carried out under these headings will be ensured.
In order to help the development of SMEs in the knowledge society and the use of the economic potential of SMEs in an enlarged and better integrated European Union, SMEs, including small and micro enterprises as well as craft enterprises, will be encouraged to participate in all areas and all instruments as set out in Annex III of the sixth framework programme, in particular in the context of the activities carried out in the priority thematic areas in the spirit of “stairway of excellence”. A smooth transition from the modalities used in the fifth framework programme to those used in the sixth framework programme will be ensured.
International participation in these activities will be assured. Participation will be open to all countries having concluded association agreements with the Community to this effect. Other third countries may participate in this programme via bilateral cooperation agreements.
Researchers and organisations from third countries may also participate on a case by case basis in projects. The detailed conditions under which entities from third countries and international organisations involved in research activities may participate in this programme, including the financial arrangements, are specified in the decision which will be adopted pursuant to Article 167 of the Treaty.
Participation in the activities of this programme will be encouraged through publication of the necessary information on content, conditions and procedures, to be made available in a timely and thorough manner to potential participants, including those from the associated candidate and other associated countries.
During the implementation of this programme and in the research activities arising from it, fundamental ethical principles including animal welfare requirements, are to be respected. These include, inter alia, principles reflected in the Charter of fundamental rights of the European Union, protection of human dignity and human life, protection of personal data and privacy as well as the environment in accordance with Community law and, where relevant, international conventions, such as the Declaration of Helsinki, the Council of Europe Convention on Human Rights and Biomedicine signed in Oviedo on 4 April 1997 and the Additional Protocol on the Prohibition of Cloning Human Beings signed in Paris on 12 January 1998, the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, the Universal Declaration on the Human Genome and Human Rights adopted by UNESCO, and the relevant World Health Organisation (WHO) resolutions, the Amsterdam Protocol on Animal Protection and Welfare; and current legislation, regulations and ethical guidelines in countries where the research will be carried out.
1. FOCUSING AND INTEGRATING COMMUNITY RESEARCH
The activities carried out under this heading, which will represent the major part of the efforts deployed under this programme, are intended to integrate research efforts and activities on a European scale. They will be focussed primarily on seven clearly defined thematic priority areas, while further specific measures will be undertaken across a wider field of scientific and technological research.
The Joint Research Centre (JRC) will provide independent customer-driven support for the formulation and implementation of Community policies, including the monitoring of implementation of such policies, within its areas of specific competence.
1.1. Thematic priorities
Seven priority thematic areas are identified, namely:
1. life sciences, genomics and biotechnology for health;
2. information society technologies;
3. nanotechnologies and nanosciences, knowledge-based multifunctional materials, and new production processes and devices;
4. aeronautics and space;
5. food quality and safety;
6. sustainable development, global change and ecosystems;
7. citizens and governance in a knowledge-based society.
1.2. Specific activities covering a wider field of research
1.2.1. Supporting policies and anticipating scientific and technological needs
Activities in support of Community policies and research responding to new and emerging scientific and technological needs
1.2.2. Horizontal research activities involving SMEs
These specific activities are intended to help European SMEs in traditional or new areas to boost their technological capacities and develop their ability to operate on a European and international scale.
1.2.3. Specific measures in support of international cooperation
In support of external relations and the development policy of the Community, specific measures aimed at encouraging international research cooperation will be undertaken. In principle, the following three groups of third countries will be involved:
(a) developing countries;
(b) Mediterranean countries, including the western Balkans;
(c) Russia and the new independent states (NIS).
1.3. Non-nuclear activities of the Joint Research Centre
Two specific research areas have been selected for JRC activities, namely:
(a) food, chemical products and health;
(b) environment and sustainability.
2. STRUCTURING THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA
Activities in this area will cover the following:
2.1. Research and innovation
Activities to stimulate technological innovation, utilisation of research results, transfer of knowledge and technologies and the setting up of technology businesses in the Community and in all its regions will be carried out under this heading to complement the activities relating to innovation under the heading “focusing and integrating community research”.
2.2. Human resources and mobility
Activities to support the development of world-class human resources in all the regions of the Community by promoting transnational mobility for training purposes, development of expertise or transfer of knowledge between different sectors, supporting the development of excellence and helping to make Europe more attractive to the best of third country researchers. The potential offered by all sectors of the population, especially women, should be developed through appropriate supporting measures.
2.3. Research infrastructures
Activities to promote the optimum use of, including access to, research infrastructures and to support the identification, planning and, in duly justified cases, setting up of advanced research facilities of European interest.
2.4. Science and society
Activities to encourage harmonious relations between science and society and the awareness of society in respect of innovation, as a result of new relations and informed dialogue between researchers, industrialists, political decision-makers and citizens.
3. STRENGTHENING THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE EUROPEAN RESEARCH AREA
MAXIMUM OVERALL AMOUNT, RESPECTIVE SHARES AND INDICATIVE BREAKDOWN
The maximum overall financial amount and the respective indicative shares of the various activities as referred to in Article 164 of the Treaty are as follows:
These activities will be carried out under the following headings (the indicative financial breakdown is set out):
INSTRUMENTS AND RULES FOR FINANCIAL PARTICIPATION BY THE COMMUNITY
The Community will contribute financially, under the specific programmes, and subject to the rules for participation, to research and technological activities, including demonstration activities, of this programme.
These activities, which will incorporate measures to encourage innovation, will be implemented by means of a range of instruments described below, and referred to as “Indirect RTD actions”, to which the Community will contribute financially. In addition, the Community will undertake activities implemented by the JRC, and which are referred to as “direct actions”.
1. INSTRUMENTS
Introduction
An instrument implementing an action must be commensurate with the scope and objectives of the research activity concerned, and will take into account, as appropriate, the views of the research community. Accordingly, the size of an action may vary in relation to the themes and subjects it covers, depending on the critical mass of expertise necessary to obtain European added value and achieve the expected results. In some cases, this may be achieved by the clustering of actions dedicated to different aspects of one and the same objective.
All instruments should involve, as appropriate, universities or institutions of higher education of a similar level, research organisations and industry, including SMEs. They could entail activities relating to dissemination, transfer and exploitation of knowledge as well as analysis and evaluation of the economic and social impact of the technologies concerned and the factors involved in their successful implementation.
As a general rule, selection of actions will be based on open calls for proposals and independent peer review, except in duly justified cases. All research activities will be reviewed regularly and this will, in particular, involve monitoring of the level of research excellence. The participation of SMEs including enterprise groupings of SMEs and smaller entities will be encouraged.
Concerning research in the priority thematic areas (under Heading I as defined in Annex I):
– the importance of the new instruments (integrated projects and networks of excellence) is recognised as being an overall priority means to attain the objectives of critical mass, management simplification and European added value contributed by Community research in relation to what is already undertaken at national level, and of the integration of the research capacities. However, the size of projects is not a criterion for exclusion, and access to new instruments is ensured for SMEs and other small entities,
– the new instruments will be used from the start of this programme in each theme and, where deemed appropriate, as a priority means, while maintaining the use of specific targeted research projects and coordination actions,
– in 2004 an evaluation will be undertaken by independent experts of the effectiveness of each of these three types of instruments in the execution of this programme.
Research activities in areas involving “Specific activities covering a wider field of research” (under Heading I) will take the form of specific targeted research projects and specific research projects for SMEs. Networks of excellence and integrated projects may, however, be used in certain duly justified cases, where the objectives in question can be better achieved by these means.
Activities referred to under Heading II (Structuring the European Research Area) and Heading III (Strengthening the foundations of the European Research Area), will take the form of specific targeted research and innovation projects, integrated infrastructure initiatives and actions to promote human resources and mobility.
In addition, specific support actions, coordination actions and participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty may be applied throughout this programme.
1.1. Networks of excellence
The purpose of networks of excellence is to strengthen and develop Community scientific and technological excellence by means of the integration, at European level, of research capacities currently existing or emerging at both national and regional level. Each network will also aim at advancing knowledge in a particular area by assembling a critical mass of expertise. They will foster cooperation between capacities of excellence in universities, research centres, enterprises, including SMEs, and science and technology organisations. The activities concerned will be generally targeted towards long-term, multidisciplinary objectives, rather than predefined results in terms of products, processes or services.
A network of excellence will be implemented by a joint programme of activities involving some or, where appropriate, all of the research capacities and activities of the participants in the relevant area to attain a critical mass of expertise and European added value. A joint programme of activities could aim at the creation of a self-standing virtual centre of excellence that may result in developing the necessary means for achieving a durable integration of the research capacities.
A joint programme of activities will necessarily include those aimed at integration, as well as activities related to the spreading of excellence and dissemination of results outside the network.
Subject to conditions to be specified in the specific programmes and in the rules for participation the networks of excellence will have a high level of management autonomy including, where appropriate, the possibility to adapt the composition of the network and the content of the joint programme of activities.
1.2. Integrated projects
Integrated projects are designed to give increased impetus to the Community’s competitiveness or to address major societal needs by mobilising a critical mass of research and technological development resources and competences. Each integrated project should be assigned clearly defined scientific and technological objectives and should be directed at obtaining specific results applicable in terms of, for instance, products, processes or services. Under these objectives they may include more long-term or “risky” research.
Integrated projects should comprise a coherent set of component actions which may vary in size and structure according to the tasks to be carried out, each dealing with different aspects of the research needed to achieve common overall objectives, and forming a coherent whole and implemented in close coordination.
The activities carried out as part of an integrated project should include research and, as appropriate, technological development and/or demonstration activities, activities for the management and use of knowledge in order to promote innovation, and any other type of activity directly related to the objectives of the integrated project.
Subject to conditions to be specified in the specific programmes and in the rules for participation, the integrated projects will have a high level of management autonomy including, where appropriate, the possibility to adapt the partnership and the content of the project. They will be carried out on the basis of overall financing plans preferably involving significant mobilisation of public and private sector funding, including funding or collaboration schemes such as Eureka, EIB and EIF.
1.3. Specific targeted research or innovation projects
Specific targeted research projects will aim at improving European competitiveness. They should be sharply focussed and will take either of the following two forms, or a combination of the two:
(a) a research and technological development project designed to gain new knowledge either to improve considerably or to develop new products, processes or services or to meet other needs of society and Community policies;
(b) a demonstration project designed to prove the viability of new technologies offering potential economic advantage but which cannot be commercialised directly.
Specific targeted innovation projects are designed to test, validate and disseminate new innovation concepts and methods at the European level.
1.4. Specific research projects for SMEs
Specific research projects for SMEs may take either of the following forms:
(a) cooperative research projects undertaken for the benefit of a number of SMEs on themes of common interest;
(b) collective research projects carried out for industrial associations or industry groupings in entire sectors of industry where SMEs are prominent.
1.5. Actions to promote and develop human resources and mobility
Actions to promote and develop human resources and mobility will be targeted at training, development of expertise or transfer of knowledge. They will involve support to actions carried out by natural persons, host structures, including training networks, and also by European research teams.
1.6. Coordination actions
Coordination actions are intended to promote and support the coordinated initiatives of a range of research and innovation operators aiming at improved integration. They will cover activities such as the organisation of conferences, meetings, the performance of studies, exchanges of personnel, the exchange and dissemination of good practices, setting up information systems and expert groups, and may, if necessary, include support for the definition, organisation and management of joint or common initiatives.
1.7. Specific support actions
Specific support actions will complement the implementation of this programme and may be used to help in preparations for future Community research and technological development policy activities including monitoring and assessment activities. In particular, they will involve conferences, seminars, studies and analyses, high level scientific awards and competitions, working groups and expert groups, operational support and dissemination, information and communication activities, or a combination of these, as appropriate in each case. They may also include actions in support of research infrastructure relating to, for instance, transnational access or preparatory technical work (including feasibility studies) and the development of new infrastructure.
Specific support actions will also be implemented to stimulate, encourage and facilitate the participation of SMEs, small research teams, newly developed and remote research centres, as well as those organisations from the candidate countries in the activities of the priority thematic areas, in particular via the networks of excellence and the integrated projects. The implementation of these actions will rely on the specific information and assistance structures, including the network of national contact points, established by the Member States and the associated countries at local, regional and national level and will aim at ensuring a smooth transition from the fifth to the sixth framework programme.
1.8. Integrated infrastructure initiatives
Integrated infrastructure initiatives should combine in a single action several activities essential to reinforce and develop research infrastructures, in order to provide services at the European level. To this end, they should combine networking activities with a support activity (such as relating to transnational access) or research activities needed to improve infrastructure performance, excluding, however, the financing of investment for new infrastructures, which can only be financed as specific support actions. They will include a component of dissemination of knowledge to potential users, including industry and in particular to SMEs.
1.9. Participation of the Community in programmes undertaken by several Member States (Article 169)
Pursuant to Article 169 of the Treaty, this instrument will cover clearly identified programmes implemented by governments, national or regional authorities or research organisations and may be used in all the activities of this programme(1). The joint implementation of these programmes will entail recourse to a specific implementation structure. This may be achieved by means of harmonised work programmes and common, joint or coordinated calls for proposals.
2. DETAILED RULES FOR FINANCIAL PARTICIPATION BY THE COMMUNITY(2)
The Community will implement the financial instruments in compliance with the Community framework for state aid to research and development, as well as international rules in this area, and in particular the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures. In compliance with this international framework, it will need to be possible to adjust the scale and form of financial participation under this programme on a case by case basis, in particular if funding from other public sector sources is available, including other sources of Community financing such as the EIB and EIF.
In the case of participation of bodies from regions lagging in development, when a project receives the maximum intensity of co-financing authorised under this Programme or an overall grant, an additional contribution from the Structural Funds, pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) No 1260/1999 of 21 June 1999 laying down general provisions on the Structural Funds(3), could be granted.
In the case of participation of entities from the candidate countries, an additional contribution from the pre-accession financial instruments could be granted under similar conditions.
In the case of participation of organisations from Mediterranean or developing countries, a contribution of the MEDA programme and of the financial instruments of the Community’s aid to development could be envisaged.

Pending: 32002D1145

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 129 thereof,Having regard to the proposal from the Commission(1),Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2),Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(3),Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(4), in the light of the joint text approved by the Conciliation Committee on 3 April 2002,Whereas:(1) Article 3 of the Treaty sets out that the activities of the Community shall include the promotion of coordination between employment policies of the Member States with a view to enhancing their effectiveness by developing a coordinated strategy for employment.(2) The Extraordinary European Council Meeting on Employment in Luxembourg on 20 and 21 November 1997 launched an overall strategy for employment, the European Employment Strategy, encompassing the coordination of Member States’ employment policies on the basis of commonly-agreed employment guidelines (the Luxembourg process), the continuation and development of a coordinated macroeconomic policy and of an efficient internal market, with a view to laying the foundations for sustainable growth, new dynamism and a climate of confidence conducive to boosting employment. This strategy also involves the harnessing in a more systematic way of all Community policies in support of employment, both framework policies and support policies.(3) The European Council of Lisbon of 23 and 24 March 2000 has agreed on a new strategic goal for the Union to build a competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy capable of sustaining economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion and so to regain the conditions for full employment. To this end, it has set a new range of targets and benchmarks and introduced them in a new open method of coordination at all levels coupled with a stronger guiding and coordination role for the European Council, to ensure more coherent strategic direction and effective monitoring of progress. Moreover, it requested that the mid-term review of the Luxembourg process should give a new impetus by enriching the employment guidelines with more concrete targets establishing closer links with other relevant policy areas.(4) A specific strength of the European Employment Strategy is that Member States cooperate on employment policy, while retaining the right to take decisions appropriate to their individual circumstances. Another strength is that they learn from the experiences of each other, including the ways in which they involve the social partners, and local and regional authorities.(5) The European Council has determined on several occasions that comparable and reliable statistics and indicators in the field of employment and the labour market should be defined and collected.(6) Council Decision 2000/98/EC of 24 January 2000 establishing the Employment Committee(5) aims at promoting coordination between the Member States on employment and labour market policies.(7) Council Decision 98/171/EC of 23 February 1998 on Community activities concerning analysis, research and cooperation in the field of employment and the labour market(6) which provided for such activities ceased to apply on 31 December 2000.(8) This Decision should provide for the continuation and development of the activities launched on the basis of Decision 98/171/EC. In implementing activities under this Decision, the Commission should take full account of the results of the programme carried out under Decision 98/171/EC.(9) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(7).(10) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the activities, a financial framework constituting the prime reference within the meaning of point 33 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 6 May 1999 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission, on budgetary discipline and improvement of the budgetary procedure(8) for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure,HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Article 1Establishment of Community activitiesCommunity activities concerning analysis, research and cooperation among the Member States in the field of employment and the labour market shall be carried out in the period from 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006.Article 2Principles1. The activities referred to in this Decision are those directly linked to the implementation of Title VIII of the Treaty.2. The activities shall contribute to achieving the new strategic goal set by the European Council at Lisbon of enabling the Community to re-establish the conditions for full employment.Article 3Objectives1. The objectives of these activities are:(a) to underpin a coordinated approach to employment policy in the Community within the overall aim of raising the employment rate set out by the European Council at Lisbon;(b) to contribute to the development of the coordinated strategy for employment through the analysis, monitoring and support of actions carried out in the Member States, with due regard for the latter’ responsibilities in this field;(c) to develop, follow up and evaluate the European Employment Strategy with a strong forward-looking emphasis;(d) to foster cooperation between Member States in analysis, research and monitoring of labour market policy;(e) to identify best practices and promote exchanges and transfers of information and experience;(f) to develop the approach and contents of the European Employment Strategy, including ways of cooperating with the social partners and relevant local and regional authorities, and(g) to implement an active information policy responding to the public’s need for transparency and recognising the importance of ensuring that European citizens can be fully informed on all aspects of the European Employment strategy. This is achieved in particular by specific information measures to increase the general awareness of the European Employment Strategy and by making the Employment Package including the national action plans on employment, and their evaluations as presented in the Joint Employment Report, accessible to the general public, notably through the use of internet facilities.2. The analysis in the context of these activities shall to the maximum possible extent be gender specific.Article 4Community measures1. Bearing in mind the principles set out in Article 2 and with a view to achieving the objectives referred to in Article 3, the Community measures shall cover the following activities:(a) analysis and evaluation of employment trends and framework policy conditions; prospective analysis on policy areas of importance to the Commission and Member States for the assessment of policy options and the impact of Community policies; forward analysis and research of new policy issues arising in the development of the coordinated strategy for employment;(b) providing support for Member States’ efforts in evaluating in a consistent and coordinated manner their National Action Plans for Employment, including the way in which the social partners and relevant regional and local authorities have been and may be involved in their implementation. A special evaluation exercise shall be completed at the end of the first period of application of the annual employment policy guidelines agreed in accordance with the Luxembourg process;(c) a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of the effects of the European Employment Strategy in general, including assessment of the effectiveness of the methodology used, and analysis of the consistency between the European Employment Strategy and general economic policy, as well as other policy areas;(d) bringing together and exchanging experience in the Member States, including the peer review process, in terms of both the pillars and individual guidelines, as defined in the annual Employment Policy Guidelines for the Member States. Increasing this cooperation will help Member States in developing their employment policies in the light of the lessons learned;(e) monitoring of the European Employment Strategy in the Member States, in particular through the European Employment Observatory;(f) technical and scientific work needed to underpin the development of common quantitative and qualitative indicators, improving and completing statistics, benchmarking performances and the exchange of information on best practices;(g) supporting the input of presidencies of the Council of the European Union in order to create a special focus on priority elements of the European Employment Strategy and on special events of high international importance or of general interest to the Community and the Member States.2. Under the activities referred to in paragraph 1, particular attention will be given to people experiencing a combination of disadvantages which inhibit their prospects of participating actively on the labour market. In addition, efforts shall be made to mainstream the principle of gender equality, in particular with regard to equal opportunities for men and women in employment and labour markets and to reconciling working life and family life.3. In implementing the measures referred to in paragraph 1, the Commission shall take into account the statistical data, studies and project reports available from international organisations such as the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the International Labour Organisation (ILO).4. The activities referred to in paragraph 1 shall be based on the objective of ensuring that there is a high level of awareness of the European Employment Strategy at all geographic levels of the European Union so that the general public and interest groups, such as social partners, local and regional authorities and other key local actors, including the mutual and non-profit sector, are aware of their potential to enhance the economic and social prospects of their localities, and encouraged and facilitated in making contributions to that end.The activities aimed at promoting cooperation, best practice and innovative approaches, improving knowledge, developing an exchange of information and evaluating the experience in implementing the National Action Plans at all levels, will include:(a) studies on all innovative approaches and measures relating to the implementation of the Employment strategy including at local and regional level;(b) the exchange of experiences to promote best practices including at local and regional level;(c) studies on measures to encourage local and regional partners in the implementation of the European Employment Strategy;(d) dissemination of the results of the abovementioned studies on the implementation of the European Employment Strategy including at local and regional levels.Article 5OutputsThe output of the activities referred to in Article 4 shall be used or published according to the type of activity involved, including:1. the Employment in Europe report and other publications, working documents, reports to be submitted to the Council, the Commission and the Employment Committee; including reports on the evaluation of the Luxembourg process referred to in Article 4(1)(b);2. national seminars in preparation for the National Action Plans for Employment, seminars on employment policy or the organisation of important international events on priority topics or topics of general importance;3. the use of Internet facilities for the dissemination of results (web publishing, Internet chats and seminars) and as a tool to foster cooperation and the exchange of information.Article 6Consistency and complementarityThe Commission shall take all necessary steps to ensure consistency and the absence of duplication between the measures implemented under this Decision and those of other related and relevant Community programmes and initiatives. In this regard a high priority will be accorded to assessing both positive and negative outcomes of all measures assisted under such related programmes and initiatives and ensuring that lessons learned in one sphere progressively inform activities which are being undertaken in others. To this end the Commission shall ensure the internal links with relevant Community programmes and initiatives and the decentralised agencies.Article 7Participation of third countries1. The activities which may be open to participation by the countries of the European Economic Area, the associated countries of Central and Eastern Europe, Cyprus, Malta and Turkey, and Mediterranean countries which are partners of the European Union shall be defined in the context of the European Union’s relations with those countries.2. The cost of the participation referred to in paragraph 1 shall be borne either by the countries concerned or under the Community budget headings covering implementation of the cooperation, association or partnership agreements with those countries in the area concerned.Article 8Implementing measures1. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the matters referred to below shall be adopted in accordance with the management procedure referred to in Article 9(2):(a) the general guidelines for the implementation of the activities and the annual plan of work;(b) the breakdown of funding between measures;(c) the Commission proposals for selection criteria for financial support;(d) the criteria for assessing activities receiving such support, and the procedure for disseminating and transferring the results.2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to all other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the advisory procedure referred to in Article 9(3).Article 9Committee1. The Commission shall be assisted by a Committee.2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.4. The Committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.Article 10Cooperation with other CommitteesTo ensure the consistency and complementarity of these activities with other measures referred to in Article 6, the Commission shall keep the Committee referred to in Article 9 regularly informed about other relevant Community action. Where appropriate, the Commission shall establish regular and structured cooperation between this Committee and the committees established for other relevant policies, instruments and actions.Article 11Links to be establishedWithout prejudice to Articles 8, 9 and 10, the Commission shall establish the necessary links with the Employment Committee, in order to ensure that that Committee is regularly and appropriately informed about the implementation of the activities referred to in this Decision.Furthermore, the Commission shall, within the framework of the activities referred to in this Decision, establish the necessary links with the European Parliament and the social partners and regularly exchange views with them. To that end, the Commission shall make the relevant information available to the European Parliament and the social partners. The Commission shall inform the Employment Committee and the Committee referred to in Article 9 of the views of the European Parliament and the social partners.Article 12Financing1. The financial framework for implementing the Community activities referred to in this Decision for the period 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006 shall be EUR 55 million.2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspective.3. The Commission may have recourse to technical and/or administrative assistance, to the mutual benefit of the Commission and of the beneficiaries, as well as to support expenditure.Article 13Evaluation and reporting1. The Commission shall identify performance indicators for the actions, monitor achievement of interim results, and carry out independent evaluations in the third year (mid-term) and early during the last year (ex-post) of the activities. The evaluations shall assess in particular the impact achieved and the efficiency of the use of resources, and provide decision-oriented recommendations for adjustments and the eventual extension of the activities.2. The Commission shall make the results of the actions undertaken and evaluation reports publicly available.3. In the light of the evaluations, the Commission may propose an extension of the activities.4. The Commission shall submit an interim report on the results of the activities to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions by 31 December 2004 at the latest, and a final report by 31 December 2007 at the latest. It shall incorporate into these reports information on Community financing within the framework of the activities and on consistency and complementarity with other relevant programmes, actions and initiatives, as well as the relevant evaluation results.Article 14Entry into forceThis Decision shall enter into force the day of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.Done at Luxembourg, 10 June 2002.For the European ParliamentThe PresidentP. CoxFor the CouncilThe PresidentJ. Piqué I Camps(1) OJ C 337 E of 28.11.2000, p. 242.(2) OJ C 139, 11.5.2001, p. 30.(3) OJ C 144, 16.5.2001, p. 30.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2001, p. 53), Council Common Position of 25 June 2001 (OJ C 301, 26.10.2001, p. 14) and Decision of the European Parliament of 23 October 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Decision of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 and Council Decision of 7 May 2002.(5) OJ L 29, 4.2.2000, p. 21.(6) OJ L 63, 4.3.1998, p. 26.(7) OJ L 184, 17.7.1999, p. 23.(8) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.Statement by the CommissionThe Commission recalls the importance of the European Social Fund in underpinning the European Employment Strategy. It underlines, inter alia, the importance of innovative measures supported under Article 6 of the European Social Fund Regulation(1) in order to reinforce the implementation of the European Employment Strategy at local level. It equally recalls in this respect its commitment to ensure appropriate dissemination of the results of the activities of the Fund, including Article 6, with a view to providing appropriate input to the European Employment Strategy.Therefore, when implementing the Decision on employment incentive measures, the Commission will ensure the necessary synergies with dissemination activities of the European Social Fund.The Commission will fully inform the European Parliament of the priorities chosen in the framework of Article 6 of the European Social Fund and, in particular, of the local initiatives.(1) Regulation (EC) No 1784/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 July 1999 on the European Social Fund (OJ L 213, 13.8.1999, p.5).

Article 1
Establishment of Community activities
Community activities concerning analysis, research and cooperation among the Member States in the field of employment and the labour market shall be carried out in the period from 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006.

Article 2
1. The activities referred to in this Decision are those directly linked to the implementation of Title VIII of the Treaty.
2. The activities shall contribute to achieving the new strategic goal set by the European Council at Lisbon of enabling the Community to re-establish the conditions for full employment.

Article 3
1. The objectives of these activities are:
(a) to underpin a coordinated approach to employment policy in the Community within the overall aim of raising the employment rate set out by the European Council at Lisbon;
(b) to contribute to the development of the coordinated strategy for employment through the analysis, monitoring and support of actions carried out in the Member States, with due regard for the latter’ responsibilities in this field;
(c) to develop, follow up and evaluate the European Employment Strategy with a strong forward-looking emphasis;
(d) to foster cooperation between Member States in analysis, research and monitoring of labour market policy;
(e) to identify best practices and promote exchanges and transfers of information and experience;
(f) to develop the approach and contents of the European Employment Strategy, including ways of cooperating with the social partners and relevant local and regional authorities, and
(g) to implement an active information policy responding to the public’s need for transparency and recognising the importance of ensuring that European citizens can be fully informed on all aspects of the European Employment strategy. This is achieved in particular by specific information measures to increase the general awareness of the European Employment Strategy and by making the Employment Package including the national action plans on employment, and their evaluations as presented in the Joint Employment Report, accessible to the general public, notably through the use of internet facilities.
2. The analysis in the context of these activities shall to the maximum possible extent be gender specific.

Article 4
Community measures
1. Bearing in mind the principles set out in Article 2 and with a view to achieving the objectives referred to in Article 3, the Community measures shall cover the following activities:
(a) analysis and evaluation of employment trends and framework policy conditions; prospective analysis on policy areas of importance to the Commission and Member States for the assessment of policy options and the impact of Community policies; forward analysis and research of new policy issues arising in the development of the coordinated strategy for employment;
(b) providing support for Member States’ efforts in evaluating in a consistent and coordinated manner their National Action Plans for Employment, including the way in which the social partners and relevant regional and local authorities have been and may be involved in their implementation. A special evaluation exercise shall be completed at the end of the first period of application of the annual employment policy guidelines agreed in accordance with the Luxembourg process;
(c) a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of the effects of the European Employment Strategy in general, including assessment of the effectiveness of the methodology used, and analysis of the consistency between the European Employment Strategy and general economic policy, as well as other policy areas;
(d) bringing together and exchanging experience in the Member States, including the peer review process, in terms of both the pillars and individual guidelines, as defined in the annual Employment Policy Guidelines for the Member States. Increasing this cooperation will help Member States in developing their employment policies in the light of the lessons learned;
(e) monitoring of the European Employment Strategy in the Member States, in particular through the European Employment Observatory;
(f) technical and scientific work needed to underpin the development of common quantitative and qualitative indicators, improving and completing statistics, benchmarking performances and the exchange of information on best practices;
(g) supporting the input of presidencies of the Council of the European Union in order to create a special focus on priority elements of the European Employment Strategy and on special events of high international importance or of general interest to the Community and the Member States.
2. Under the activities referred to in paragraph 1, particular attention will be given to people experiencing a combination of disadvantages which inhibit their prospects of participating actively on the labour market. In addition, efforts shall be made to mainstream the principle of gender equality, in particular with regard to equal opportunities for men and women in employment and labour markets and to reconciling working life and family life.
3. In implementing the measures referred to in paragraph 1, the Commission shall take into account the statistical data, studies and project reports available from international organisations such as the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the International Labour Organisation (ILO).
4. The activities referred to in paragraph 1 shall be based on the objective of ensuring that there is a high level of awareness of the European Employment Strategy at all geographic levels of the European Union so that the general public and interest groups, such as social partners, local and regional authorities and other key local actors, including the mutual and non-profit sector, are aware of their potential to enhance the economic and social prospects of their localities, and encouraged and facilitated in making contributions to that end.
The activities aimed at promoting cooperation, best practice and innovative approaches, improving knowledge, developing an exchange of information and evaluating the experience in implementing the National Action Plans at all levels, will include:
(a) studies on all innovative approaches and measures relating to the implementation of the Employment strategy including at local and regional level;
(b) the exchange of experiences to promote best practices including at local and regional level;
(c) studies on measures to encourage local and regional partners in the implementation of the European Employment Strategy;
(d) dissemination of the results of the abovementioned studies on the implementation of the European Employment Strategy including at local and regional levels.

Article 5
The output of the activities referred to in Article 4 shall be used or published according to the type of activity involved, including:
1. the Employment in Europe report and other publications, working documents, reports to be submitted to the Council, the Commission and the Employment Committee; including reports on the evaluation of the Luxembourg process referred to in Article 4(1)(b);
2. national seminars in preparation for the National Action Plans for Employment, seminars on employment policy or the organisation of important international events on priority topics or topics of general importance;
3. the use of Internet facilities for the dissemination of results (web publishing, Internet chats and seminars) and as a tool to foster cooperation and the exchange of information.

Article 6
Consistency and complementarity
The Commission shall take all necessary steps to ensure consistency and the absence of duplication between the measures implemented under this Decision and those of other related and relevant Community programmes and initiatives. In this regard a high priority will be accorded to assessing both positive and negative outcomes of all measures assisted under such related programmes and initiatives and ensuring that lessons learned in one sphere progressively inform activities which are being undertaken in others. To this end the Commission shall ensure the internal links with relevant Community programmes and initiatives and the decentralised agencies.

Article 7
Participation of third countries
1. The activities which may be open to participation by the countries of the European Economic Area, the associated countries of Central and Eastern Europe, Cyprus, Malta and Turkey, and Mediterranean countries which are partners of the European Union shall be defined in the context of the European Union’s relations with those countries.
2. The cost of the participation referred to in paragraph 1 shall be borne either by the countries concerned or under the Community budget headings covering implementation of the cooperation, association or partnership agreements with those countries in the area concerned.

Article 8
Implementing measures
1. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the matters referred to below shall be adopted in accordance with the management procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a) the general guidelines for the implementation of the activities and the annual plan of work;
(b) the breakdown of funding between measures;
(c) the Commission proposals for selection criteria for financial support;
(d) the criteria for assessing activities receiving such support, and the procedure for disseminating and transferring the results.
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to all other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the advisory procedure referred to in Article 9(3).

Article 9
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a Committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The Committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.

Article 10
Cooperation with other Committees
To ensure the consistency and complementarity of these activities with other measures referred to in Article 6, the Commission shall keep the Committee referred to in Article 9 regularly informed about other relevant Community action. Where appropriate, the Commission shall establish regular and structured cooperation between this Committee and the committees established for other relevant policies, instruments and actions.

Article 11
Links to be established
Without prejudice to Articles 8, 9 and 10, the Commission shall establish the necessary links with the Employment Committee, in order to ensure that that Committee is regularly and appropriately informed about the implementation of the activities referred to in this Decision.
Furthermore, the Commission shall, within the framework of the activities referred to in this Decision, establish the necessary links with the European Parliament and the social partners and regularly exchange views with them. To that end, the Commission shall make the relevant information available to the European Parliament and the social partners. The Commission shall inform the Employment Committee and the Committee referred to in Article 9 of the views of the European Parliament and the social partners.

Article 12
1. The financial framework for implementing the Community activities referred to in this Decision for the period 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006 shall be EUR 55 million.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspective.
3. The Commission may have recourse to technical and/or administrative assistance, to the mutual benefit of the Commission and of the beneficiaries, as well as to support expenditure.

Article 13
Evaluation and reporting
1. The Commission shall identify performance indicators for the actions, monitor achievement of interim results, and carry out independent evaluations in the third year (mid-term) and early during the last year (ex-post) of the activities. The evaluations shall assess in particular the impact achieved and the efficiency of the use of resources, and provide decision-oriented recommendations for adjustments and the eventual extension of the activities.
2. The Commission shall make the results of the actions undertaken and evaluation reports publicly available.
3. In the light of the evaluations, the Commission may propose an extension of the activities.
4. The Commission shall submit an interim report on the results of the activities to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions by 31 December 2004 at the latest, and a final report by 31 December 2007 at the latest. It shall incorporate into these reports information on Community financing within the framework of the activities and on consistency and complementarity with other relevant programmes, actions and initiatives, as well as the relevant evaluation results.

Article 14
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force the day of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.
Done at Luxembourg, 10 June 2002.
For the European Parliament
The President
For the Council
J. Piqué I Camps
(1) OJ C 337 E of 28.11.2000, p. 242.
(2) OJ C 139, 11.5.2001, p. 30.
(3) OJ C 144, 16.5.2001, p. 30.
(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2001, p. 53), Council Common Position of 25 June 2001 (OJ C 301, 26.10.2001, p. 14) and Decision of the European Parliament of 23 October 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Decision of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 and Council Decision of 7 May 2002.
(5) OJ L 29, 4.2.2000, p. 21.
(6) OJ L 63, 4.3.1998, p. 26.
(7) OJ L 184, 17.7.1999, p. 23.
(8) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.
Statement by the Commission
The Commission recalls the importance of the European Social Fund in underpinning the European Employment Strategy. It underlines, inter alia, the importance of innovative measures supported under Article 6 of the European Social Fund Regulation(1) in order to reinforce the implementation of the European Employment Strategy at local level. It equally recalls in this respect its commitment to ensure appropriate dissemination of the results of the activities of the Fund, including Article 6, with a view to providing appropriate input to the European Employment Strategy.
Therefore, when implementing the Decision on employment incentive measures, the Commission will ensure the necessary synergies with dissemination activities of the European Social Fund.
The Commission will fully inform the European Parliament of the priorities chosen in the framework of Article 6 of the European Social Fund and, in particular, of the local initiatives.

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 129 thereof,Having regard to the proposal from the Commission(1),Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee(2),Having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions(3),Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty(4), in the light of the joint text approved by the Conciliation Committee on 3 April 2002,Whereas:(1) Article 3 of the Treaty sets out that the activities of the Community shall include the promotion of coordination between employment policies of the Member States with a view to enhancing their effectiveness by developing a coordinated strategy for employment.(2) The Extraordinary European Council Meeting on Employment in Luxembourg on 20 and 21 November 1997 launched an overall strategy for employment, the European Employment Strategy, encompassing the coordination of Member States’ employment policies on the basis of commonly-agreed employment guidelines (the Luxembourg process), the continuation and development of a coordinated macroeconomic policy and of an efficient internal market, with a view to laying the foundations for sustainable growth, new dynamism and a climate of confidence conducive to boosting employment. This strategy also involves the harnessing in a more systematic way of all Community policies in support of employment, both framework policies and support policies.(3) The European Council of Lisbon of 23 and 24 March 2000 has agreed on a new strategic goal for the Union to build a competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy capable of sustaining economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion and so to regain the conditions for full employment. To this end, it has set a new range of targets and benchmarks and introduced them in a new open method of coordination at all levels coupled with a stronger guiding and coordination role for the European Council, to ensure more coherent strategic direction and effective monitoring of progress. Moreover, it requested that the mid-term review of the Luxembourg process should give a new impetus by enriching the employment guidelines with more concrete targets establishing closer links with other relevant policy areas.(4) A specific strength of the European Employment Strategy is that Member States cooperate on employment policy, while retaining the right to take decisions appropriate to their individual circumstances. Another strength is that they learn from the experiences of each other, including the ways in which they involve the social partners, and local and regional authorities.(5) The European Council has determined on several occasions that comparable and reliable statistics and indicators in the field of employment and the labour market should be defined and collected.(6) Council Decision 2000/98/EC of 24 January 2000 establishing the Employment Committee(5) aims at promoting coordination between the Member States on employment and labour market policies.(7) Council Decision 98/171/EC of 23 February 1998 on Community activities concerning analysis, research and cooperation in the field of employment and the labour market(6) which provided for such activities ceased to apply on 31 December 2000.(8) This Decision should provide for the continuation and development of the activities launched on the basis of Decision 98/171/EC. In implementing activities under this Decision, the Commission should take full account of the results of the programme carried out under Decision 98/171/EC.(9) The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision should be adopted in accordance with Council Decision 1999/468/EC of 28 June 1999 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission(7).(10) This Decision lays down, for the entire duration of the activities, a financial framework constituting the prime reference within the meaning of point 33 of the Interinstitutional Agreement of 6 May 1999 between the European Parliament, the Council and the Commission, on budgetary discipline and improvement of the budgetary procedure(8) for the budgetary authority during the annual budgetary procedure,HAVE DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Article 1Establishment of Community activitiesCommunity activities concerning analysis, research and cooperation among the Member States in the field of employment and the labour market shall be carried out in the period from 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006.Article 2Principles1. The activities referred to in this Decision are those directly linked to the implementation of Title VIII of the Treaty.2. The activities shall contribute to achieving the new strategic goal set by the European Council at Lisbon of enabling the Community to re-establish the conditions for full employment.Article 3Objectives1. The objectives of these activities are:(a) to underpin a coordinated approach to employment policy in the Community within the overall aim of raising the employment rate set out by the European Council at Lisbon;(b) to contribute to the development of the coordinated strategy for employment through the analysis, monitoring and support of actions carried out in the Member States, with due regard for the latter’ responsibilities in this field;(c) to develop, follow up and evaluate the European Employment Strategy with a strong forward-looking emphasis;(d) to foster cooperation between Member States in analysis, research and monitoring of labour market policy;(e) to identify best practices and promote exchanges and transfers of information and experience;(f) to develop the approach and contents of the European Employment Strategy, including ways of cooperating with the social partners and relevant local and regional authorities, and(g) to implement an active information policy responding to the public’s need for transparency and recognising the importance of ensuring that European citizens can be fully informed on all aspects of the European Employment strategy. This is achieved in particular by specific information measures to increase the general awareness of the European Employment Strategy and by making the Employment Package including the national action plans on employment, and their evaluations as presented in the Joint Employment Report, accessible to the general public, notably through the use of internet facilities.2. The analysis in the context of these activities shall to the maximum possible extent be gender specific.Article 4Community measures1. Bearing in mind the principles set out in Article 2 and with a view to achieving the objectives referred to in Article 3, the Community measures shall cover the following activities:(a) analysis and evaluation of employment trends and framework policy conditions; prospective analysis on policy areas of importance to the Commission and Member States for the assessment of policy options and the impact of Community policies; forward analysis and research of new policy issues arising in the development of the coordinated strategy for employment;(b) providing support for Member States’ efforts in evaluating in a consistent and coordinated manner their National Action Plans for Employment, including the way in which the social partners and relevant regional and local authorities have been and may be involved in their implementation. A special evaluation exercise shall be completed at the end of the first period of application of the annual employment policy guidelines agreed in accordance with the Luxembourg process;(c) a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of the effects of the European Employment Strategy in general, including assessment of the effectiveness of the methodology used, and analysis of the consistency between the European Employment Strategy and general economic policy, as well as other policy areas;(d) bringing together and exchanging experience in the Member States, including the peer review process, in terms of both the pillars and individual guidelines, as defined in the annual Employment Policy Guidelines for the Member States. Increasing this cooperation will help Member States in developing their employment policies in the light of the lessons learned;(e) monitoring of the European Employment Strategy in the Member States, in particular through the European Employment Observatory;(f) technical and scientific work needed to underpin the development of common quantitative and qualitative indicators, improving and completing statistics, benchmarking performances and the exchange of information on best practices;(g) supporting the input of presidencies of the Council of the European Union in order to create a special focus on priority elements of the European Employment Strategy and on special events of high international importance or of general interest to the Community and the Member States.2. Under the activities referred to in paragraph 1, particular attention will be given to people experiencing a combination of disadvantages which inhibit their prospects of participating actively on the labour market. In addition, efforts shall be made to mainstream the principle of gender equality, in particular with regard to equal opportunities for men and women in employment and labour markets and to reconciling working life and family life.3. In implementing the measures referred to in paragraph 1, the Commission shall take into account the statistical data, studies and project reports available from international organisations such as the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the International Labour Organisation (ILO).4. The activities referred to in paragraph 1 shall be based on the objective of ensuring that there is a high level of awareness of the European Employment Strategy at all geographic levels of the European Union so that the general public and interest groups, such as social partners, local and regional authorities and other key local actors, including the mutual and non-profit sector, are aware of their potential to enhance the economic and social prospects of their localities, and encouraged and facilitated in making contributions to that end.The activities aimed at promoting cooperation, best practice and innovative approaches, improving knowledge, developing an exchange of information and evaluating the experience in implementing the National Action Plans at all levels, will include:(a) studies on all innovative approaches and measures relating to the implementation of the Employment strategy including at local and regional level;(b) the exchange of experiences to promote best practices including at local and regional level;(c) studies on measures to encourage local and regional partners in the implementation of the European Employment Strategy;(d) dissemination of the results of the abovementioned studies on the implementation of the European Employment Strategy including at local and regional levels.Article 5OutputsThe output of the activities referred to in Article 4 shall be used or published according to the type of activity involved, including:1. the Employment in Europe report and other publications, working documents, reports to be submitted to the Council, the Commission and the Employment Committee; including reports on the evaluation of the Luxembourg process referred to in Article 4(1)(b);2. national seminars in preparation for the National Action Plans for Employment, seminars on employment policy or the organisation of important international events on priority topics or topics of general importance;3. the use of Internet facilities for the dissemination of results (web publishing, Internet chats and seminars) and as a tool to foster cooperation and the exchange of information.Article 6Consistency and complementarityThe Commission shall take all necessary steps to ensure consistency and the absence of duplication between the measures implemented under this Decision and those of other related and relevant Community programmes and initiatives. In this regard a high priority will be accorded to assessing both positive and negative outcomes of all measures assisted under such related programmes and initiatives and ensuring that lessons learned in one sphere progressively inform activities which are being undertaken in others. To this end the Commission shall ensure the internal links with relevant Community programmes and initiatives and the decentralised agencies.Article 7Participation of third countries1. The activities which may be open to participation by the countries of the European Economic Area, the associated countries of Central and Eastern Europe, Cyprus, Malta and Turkey, and Mediterranean countries which are partners of the European Union shall be defined in the context of the European Union’s relations with those countries.2. The cost of the participation referred to in paragraph 1 shall be borne either by the countries concerned or under the Community budget headings covering implementation of the cooperation, association or partnership agreements with those countries in the area concerned.Article 8Implementing measures1. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the matters referred to below shall be adopted in accordance with the management procedure referred to in Article 9(2):(a) the general guidelines for the implementation of the activities and the annual plan of work;(b) the breakdown of funding between measures;(c) the Commission proposals for selection criteria for financial support;(d) the criteria for assessing activities receiving such support, and the procedure for disseminating and transferring the results.2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to all other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the advisory procedure referred to in Article 9(3).Article 9Committee1. The Commission shall be assisted by a Committee.2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.4. The Committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.Article 10Cooperation with other CommitteesTo ensure the consistency and complementarity of these activities with other measures referred to in Article 6, the Commission shall keep the Committee referred to in Article 9 regularly informed about other relevant Community action. Where appropriate, the Commission shall establish regular and structured cooperation between this Committee and the committees established for other relevant policies, instruments and actions.Article 11Links to be establishedWithout prejudice to Articles 8, 9 and 10, the Commission shall establish the necessary links with the Employment Committee, in order to ensure that that Committee is regularly and appropriately informed about the implementation of the activities referred to in this Decision.Furthermore, the Commission shall, within the framework of the activities referred to in this Decision, establish the necessary links with the European Parliament and the social partners and regularly exchange views with them. To that end, the Commission shall make the relevant information available to the European Parliament and the social partners. The Commission shall inform the Employment Committee and the Committee referred to in Article 9 of the views of the European Parliament and the social partners.Article 12Financing1. The financial framework for implementing the Community activities referred to in this Decision for the period 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006 shall be EUR 55 million.2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspective.3. The Commission may have recourse to technical and/or administrative assistance, to the mutual benefit of the Commission and of the beneficiaries, as well as to support expenditure.Article 13Evaluation and reporting1. The Commission shall identify performance indicators for the actions, monitor achievement of interim results, and carry out independent evaluations in the third year (mid-term) and early during the last year (ex-post) of the activities. The evaluations shall assess in particular the impact achieved and the efficiency of the use of resources, and provide decision-oriented recommendations for adjustments and the eventual extension of the activities.2. The Commission shall make the results of the actions undertaken and evaluation reports publicly available.3. In the light of the evaluations, the Commission may propose an extension of the activities.4. The Commission shall submit an interim report on the results of the activities to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions by 31 December 2004 at the latest, and a final report by 31 December 2007 at the latest. It shall incorporate into these reports information on Community financing within the framework of the activities and on consistency and complementarity with other relevant programmes, actions and initiatives, as well as the relevant evaluation results.Article 14Entry into forceThis Decision shall enter into force the day of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.Done at Luxembourg, 10 June 2002.For the European ParliamentThe PresidentP. CoxFor the CouncilThe PresidentJ. Piqué I Camps(1) OJ C 337 E of 28.11.2000, p. 242.(2) OJ C 139, 11.5.2001, p. 30.(3) OJ C 144, 16.5.2001, p. 30.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2001, p. 53), Council Common Position of 25 June 2001 (OJ C 301, 26.10.2001, p. 14) and Decision of the European Parliament of 23 October 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Decision of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 and Council Decision of 7 May 2002.(5) OJ L 29, 4.2.2000, p. 21.(6) OJ L 63, 4.3.1998, p. 26.(7) OJ L 184, 17.7.1999, p. 23.(8) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.Statement by the CommissionThe Commission recalls the importance of the European Social Fund in underpinning the European Employment Strategy. It underlines, inter alia, the importance of innovative measures supported under Article 6 of the European Social Fund Regulation(1) in order to reinforce the implementation of the European Employment Strategy at local level. It equally recalls in this respect its commitment to ensure appropriate dissemination of the results of the activities of the Fund, including Article 6, with a view to providing appropriate input to the European Employment Strategy.Therefore, when implementing the Decision on employment incentive measures, the Commission will ensure the necessary synergies with dissemination activities of the European Social Fund.The Commission will fully inform the European Parliament of the priorities chosen in the framework of Article 6 of the European Social Fund and, in particular, of the local initiatives.(1) Regulation (EC) No 1784/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 July 1999 on the European Social Fund (OJ L 213, 13.8.1999, p.5).
Establishment of Community activities
Community activities concerning analysis, research and cooperation among the Member States in the field of employment and the labour market shall be carried out in the period from 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006.
1. The activities referred to in this Decision are those directly linked to the implementation of Title VIII of the Treaty.
2. The activities shall contribute to achieving the new strategic goal set by the European Council at Lisbon of enabling the Community to re-establish the conditions for full employment.
1. The objectives of these activities are:
(a) to underpin a coordinated approach to employment policy in the Community within the overall aim of raising the employment rate set out by the European Council at Lisbon;
(b) to contribute to the development of the coordinated strategy for employment through the analysis, monitoring and support of actions carried out in the Member States, with due regard for the latter’ responsibilities in this field;
(c) to develop, follow up and evaluate the European Employment Strategy with a strong forward-looking emphasis;
(d) to foster cooperation between Member States in analysis, research and monitoring of labour market policy;
(e) to identify best practices and promote exchanges and transfers of information and experience;
(f) to develop the approach and contents of the European Employment Strategy, including ways of cooperating with the social partners and relevant local and regional authorities, and
(g) to implement an active information policy responding to the public’s need for transparency and recognising the importance of ensuring that European citizens can be fully informed on all aspects of the European Employment strategy. This is achieved in particular by specific information measures to increase the general awareness of the European Employment Strategy and by making the Employment Package including the national action plans on employment, and their evaluations as presented in the Joint Employment Report, accessible to the general public, notably through the use of internet facilities.
2. The analysis in the context of these activities shall to the maximum possible extent be gender specific.
Community measures
1. Bearing in mind the principles set out in Article 2 and with a view to achieving the objectives referred to in Article 3, the Community measures shall cover the following activities:
(a) analysis and evaluation of employment trends and framework policy conditions; prospective analysis on policy areas of importance to the Commission and Member States for the assessment of policy options and the impact of Community policies; forward analysis and research of new policy issues arising in the development of the coordinated strategy for employment;
(b) providing support for Member States’ efforts in evaluating in a consistent and coordinated manner their National Action Plans for Employment, including the way in which the social partners and relevant regional and local authorities have been and may be involved in their implementation. A special evaluation exercise shall be completed at the end of the first period of application of the annual employment policy guidelines agreed in accordance with the Luxembourg process;
(c) a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of the effects of the European Employment Strategy in general, including assessment of the effectiveness of the methodology used, and analysis of the consistency between the European Employment Strategy and general economic policy, as well as other policy areas;
(d) bringing together and exchanging experience in the Member States, including the peer review process, in terms of both the pillars and individual guidelines, as defined in the annual Employment Policy Guidelines for the Member States. Increasing this cooperation will help Member States in developing their employment policies in the light of the lessons learned;
(e) monitoring of the European Employment Strategy in the Member States, in particular through the European Employment Observatory;
(f) technical and scientific work needed to underpin the development of common quantitative and qualitative indicators, improving and completing statistics, benchmarking performances and the exchange of information on best practices;
(g) supporting the input of presidencies of the Council of the European Union in order to create a special focus on priority elements of the European Employment Strategy and on special events of high international importance or of general interest to the Community and the Member States.
2. Under the activities referred to in paragraph 1, particular attention will be given to people experiencing a combination of disadvantages which inhibit their prospects of participating actively on the labour market. In addition, efforts shall be made to mainstream the principle of gender equality, in particular with regard to equal opportunities for men and women in employment and labour markets and to reconciling working life and family life.
3. In implementing the measures referred to in paragraph 1, the Commission shall take into account the statistical data, studies and project reports available from international organisations such as the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the International Labour Organisation (ILO).
4. The activities referred to in paragraph 1 shall be based on the objective of ensuring that there is a high level of awareness of the European Employment Strategy at all geographic levels of the European Union so that the general public and interest groups, such as social partners, local and regional authorities and other key local actors, including the mutual and non-profit sector, are aware of their potential to enhance the economic and social prospects of their localities, and encouraged and facilitated in making contributions to that end.
The activities aimed at promoting cooperation, best practice and innovative approaches, improving knowledge, developing an exchange of information and evaluating the experience in implementing the National Action Plans at all levels, will include:
(a) studies on all innovative approaches and measures relating to the implementation of the Employment strategy including at local and regional level;
(b) the exchange of experiences to promote best practices including at local and regional level;
(c) studies on measures to encourage local and regional partners in the implementation of the European Employment Strategy;
(d) dissemination of the results of the abovementioned studies on the implementation of the European Employment Strategy including at local and regional levels.
The output of the activities referred to in Article 4 shall be used or published according to the type of activity involved, including:
1. the Employment in Europe report and other publications, working documents, reports to be submitted to the Council, the Commission and the Employment Committee; including reports on the evaluation of the Luxembourg process referred to in Article 4(1)(b);
2. national seminars in preparation for the National Action Plans for Employment, seminars on employment policy or the organisation of important international events on priority topics or topics of general importance;
3. the use of Internet facilities for the dissemination of results (web publishing, Internet chats and seminars) and as a tool to foster cooperation and the exchange of information.
Consistency and complementarity
The Commission shall take all necessary steps to ensure consistency and the absence of duplication between the measures implemented under this Decision and those of other related and relevant Community programmes and initiatives. In this regard a high priority will be accorded to assessing both positive and negative outcomes of all measures assisted under such related programmes and initiatives and ensuring that lessons learned in one sphere progressively inform activities which are being undertaken in others. To this end the Commission shall ensure the internal links with relevant Community programmes and initiatives and the decentralised agencies.
Participation of third countries
1. The activities which may be open to participation by the countries of the European Economic Area, the associated countries of Central and Eastern Europe, Cyprus, Malta and Turkey, and Mediterranean countries which are partners of the European Union shall be defined in the context of the European Union’s relations with those countries.
2. The cost of the participation referred to in paragraph 1 shall be borne either by the countries concerned or under the Community budget headings covering implementation of the cooperation, association or partnership agreements with those countries in the area concerned.
Implementing measures
1. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to the matters referred to below shall be adopted in accordance with the management procedure referred to in Article 9(2):
(a) the general guidelines for the implementation of the activities and the annual plan of work;
(b) the breakdown of funding between measures;
(c) the Commission proposals for selection criteria for financial support;
(d) the criteria for assessing activities receiving such support, and the procedure for disseminating and transferring the results.
2. The measures necessary for the implementation of this Decision relating to all other matters shall be adopted in accordance with the advisory procedure referred to in Article 9(3).
1. The Commission shall be assisted by a Committee.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 4 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
The period laid down in Article 4(3) of Decision 1999/468/EC shall be set at two months.
3. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Articles 3 and 7 of Decision 1999/468/EC shall apply, having regard to the provisions of Article 8 thereof.
4. The Committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.
Cooperation with other Committees
To ensure the consistency and complementarity of these activities with other measures referred to in Article 6, the Commission shall keep the Committee referred to in Article 9 regularly informed about other relevant Community action. Where appropriate, the Commission shall establish regular and structured cooperation between this Committee and the committees established for other relevant policies, instruments and actions.
Links to be established
Without prejudice to Articles 8, 9 and 10, the Commission shall establish the necessary links with the Employment Committee, in order to ensure that that Committee is regularly and appropriately informed about the implementation of the activities referred to in this Decision.
Furthermore, the Commission shall, within the framework of the activities referred to in this Decision, establish the necessary links with the European Parliament and the social partners and regularly exchange views with them. To that end, the Commission shall make the relevant information available to the European Parliament and the social partners. The Commission shall inform the Employment Committee and the Committee referred to in Article 9 of the views of the European Parliament and the social partners.
1. The financial framework for implementing the Community activities referred to in this Decision for the period 1 January 2002 to 31 December 2006 shall be EUR 55 million.
2. The annual appropriations shall be authorised by the budgetary authority within the limits of the financial perspective.
3. The Commission may have recourse to technical and/or administrative assistance, to the mutual benefit of the Commission and of the beneficiaries, as well as to support expenditure.
Evaluation and reporting
1. The Commission shall identify performance indicators for the actions, monitor achievement of interim results, and carry out independent evaluations in the third year (mid-term) and early during the last year (ex-post) of the activities. The evaluations shall assess in particular the impact achieved and the efficiency of the use of resources, and provide decision-oriented recommendations for adjustments and the eventual extension of the activities.
2. The Commission shall make the results of the actions undertaken and evaluation reports publicly available.
3. In the light of the evaluations, the Commission may propose an extension of the activities.
4. The Commission shall submit an interim report on the results of the activities to the European Parliament, the Council, the Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions by 31 December 2004 at the latest, and a final report by 31 December 2007 at the latest. It shall incorporate into these reports information on Community financing within the framework of the activities and on consistency and complementarity with other relevant programmes, actions and initiatives, as well as the relevant evaluation results.
Entry into force
This Decision shall enter into force the day of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities.
Done at Luxembourg, 10 June 2002.
For the European Parliament
The President
For the Council
J. Piqué I Camps
(1) OJ C 337 E of 28.11.2000, p. 242.
(2) OJ C 139, 11.5.2001, p. 30.
(3) OJ C 144, 16.5.2001, p. 30.
(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 14 February 2001 (OJ C 276, 1.10.2001, p. 53), Council Common Position of 25 June 2001 (OJ C 301, 26.10.2001, p. 14) and Decision of the European Parliament of 23 October 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Decision of the European Parliament of 25 April 2002 and Council Decision of 7 May 2002.
(5) OJ L 29, 4.2.2000, p. 21.
(6) OJ L 63, 4.3.1998, p. 26.
(7) OJ L 184, 17.7.1999, p. 23.
(8) OJ C 172, 18.6.1999, p. 1.
Statement by the Commission
The Commission recalls the importance of the European Social Fund in underpinning the European Employment Strategy. It underlines, inter alia, the importance of innovative measures supported under Article 6 of the European Social Fund Regulation(1) in order to reinforce the implementation of the European Employment Strategy at local level. It equally recalls in this respect its commitment to ensure appropriate dissemination of the results of the activities of the Fund, including Article 6, with a view to providing appropriate input to the European Employment Strategy.
Therefore, when implementing the Decision on employment incentive measures, the Commission will ensure the necessary synergies with dissemination activities of the European Social Fund.
The Commission will fully inform the European Parliament of the priorities chosen in the framework of Article 6 of the European Social Fund and, in particular, of the local initiatives.

Pending: 32002D0986

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 97/78/EC of 18 December 1997 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on products entering the Community from third countries(1), as amended by Commission Decision 2000/208/EC(2), and in particular Article 6(2) thereof,Having regard to Council Directive 91/496/EEC of 15 July 1991 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on animals entering the Community from third countries and amending Directives 89/662/EEC, 90/425/EEC and 90/675/EEC(3), as last amended by Directive 96/43/EC(4) and in particular Article 6(4) thereof,Whereas:(1) The list of border inspection posts for veterinary checks on live animals and animal products from third countries, approved by Commission Decision 2001/881/EC(5), as amended by Decision 2002/455/EC(6), which includes the ANIMO unit number for every border inspection post, must be updated to take account in particular of developments in certain Member States and of Community inspections.(2) The list of ANIMO units in Commission Decision 2002/459/EC(7), which includes the ANIMO unit number for each border inspection post in the Community, must accordingly be updated to take account of any relevant changes and to maintain an identical list to that in Decision 2002/881/EC.(3) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,

Article 1
The Annex to Decision 2001/881/EC is replaced by the text in Annex I to this Decision.

Article 2
The Annex to Decision 2002/459/EC is amended in accordance with Annex II to this Decision.

Article 3
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 13 December 2002.
For the Commission
David Byrne
Member of the Commission
(1) OJ L 24, 30.1.1998, p. 9.
(2) OJ L 64, 11.3.2000, p. 20.
(3) OJ L 268, 24.9.1991, p. 56.
(4) OJ L 162, 1.7.1996, p. 1.
(5) OJ L 326, 11.12.2001, p. 44.
(6) OJ L 155, 14.6.2002, p. 59.
(7) OJ L 159, 17.6.2002, p. 27.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 97/78/EC of 18 December 1997 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on products entering the Community from third countries(1), as amended by Commission Decision 2000/208/EC(2), and in particular Article 6(2) thereof,Having regard to Council Directive 91/496/EEC of 15 July 1991 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on animals entering the Community from third countries and amending Directives 89/662/EEC, 90/425/EEC and 90/675/EEC(3), as last amended by Directive 96/43/EC(4) and in particular Article 6(4) thereof,Whereas:(1) The list of border inspection posts for veterinary checks on live animals and animal products from third countries, approved by Commission Decision 2001/881/EC(5), as amended by Decision 2002/455/EC(6), which includes the ANIMO unit number for every border inspection post, must be updated to take account in particular of developments in certain Member States and of Community inspections.(2) The list of ANIMO units in Commission Decision 2002/459/EC(7), which includes the ANIMO unit number for each border inspection post in the Community, must accordingly be updated to take account of any relevant changes and to maintain an identical list to that in Decision 2002/881/EC.(3) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,
The Annex to Decision 2001/881/EC is replaced by the text in Annex I to this Decision.
The Annex to Decision 2002/459/EC is amended in accordance with Annex II to this Decision.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 13 December 2002.
For the Commission
David Byrne
Member of the Commission
(1) OJ L 24, 30.1.1998, p. 9.
(2) OJ L 64, 11.3.2000, p. 20.
(3) OJ L 268, 24.9.1991, p. 56.
(4) OJ L 162, 1.7.1996, p. 1.
(5) OJ L 326, 11.12.2001, p. 44.
(6) OJ L 155, 14.6.2002, p. 59.
(7) OJ L 159, 17.6.2002, p. 27.
“ANEXO/BILAG/ANHANG/ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ/ANNEX/ANNEXE/ALLEGATO/BIJLAGE/ANEXO/LIITE/BILAGA
LISTA DE PUESTOS DE INSPECCIÓN FRONTERIZOS AUTORIZADOS/LISTE OVER GODKENDTE GRÆNSEKONTROLSTEDER/VERZEICHNIS DER ZUGELASSENEN GRENZKONTROLLSTELLEN/ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΕΓΚΕΚΡΙΜΕΝΩΝ ΜΕΘΟΡΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΤΑΘΜΩΝ ΕΠΙΘΕΩΡΗΣΗΣ/LIST OF AGREED BORDER INSPECTION POSTS/LISTE DES POSTES D’INSPECTION FRONTALIERS AGRÉÉS/ELENCO DEI POSTI DI ISPEZIONE FRONTALIERI RICONOSCIUTI/LIJST VAN DE ERKENDE INSPECTIEPOSTEN AAN DE GRENS/LISTA DOS POSTOS DE INSPECÇÃO APROVADOS/LUETTELO HYVÄKSYTYISTÄ RAJATARKASTUSASEMISTA/FÖRTECKNING ÖVER GODKÄNDA GRÄNSKONTROLLSTATIONER
The Annex to Decision 2002/459/EC is amended as follows:
1. In the section for border inspection posts in FRANCE:
– in the entry for ST LOUIS BÂLE the letter F is deleted.
2. In the section for border inspection posts in ITALY:
– in the entry for TRIESTE the letter R is deleted,
– the whole of the entry for CAGLIARI is deleted,
– the whole of the entry for CATANIA is deleted.
– and the following entries for new border inspection posts are added;
“0304199 A RIMINI,
0302999 A VERONA”.
3. In the section for border inspection posts in the UNITED KINGDOM:
– the whole of the entry for LERWICK is deleted,
– the whole of the entry for ROSYTH is deleted,
– the whole of the entry for SHEERNESS is deleted.
4. In the section for border inspection posts in GREECE:
– the name HELLINIKON-ATHINA is replaced by ATHENS INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT;
– the whole of the entry for IGOUMENITSA is deleted.
5. In the section for border inspection posts in SPAIN:
– the name GIJÓN is replaced by ASTURIAS.
6. In the section for border inspection posts in DENMARK:
– the name of NEKSØ is replaced by RØNNE.

Pending: 32002D0922

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Article 23(2) thereof,Having regard to Joint Action 2002/921/CFSP of 25 November 2002 extending the mandate of the European Union Monitoring Mission(1), and in particular Article 5 thereof,Whereas:(1) By Decision 2001/285/CFSP of 9 April 2001(2), the Council appointed Mr Antóin MAC UNFRAIDH, whose mandate expires on 31 December 2002, Head of Mission of the EUMM.(2) The mandate of the Head of Mission of the EUMM should be extended,HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Article 1The mandate of Mr Antóin MAC UNFRAIDH as Head of Mission of the EUMM is hereby extended.Article 2This Decision shall take effect on the date of its adoption.It shall apply until 31 December 2003.Article 3This Decision shall be published in the Official Journal.Done at Brussels, 25 November 2002.For the CouncilThe PresidentT. Pedersen(1) See page 51 of this Official Journal.(2) OJ L 99, 10.4.2001, p. 2, as last extended by Decision 2001/846/CFSP (OJ L 315, 1.12.2001, p. 3).

Article 1
The mandate of Mr Antóin MAC UNFRAIDH as Head of Mission of the EUMM is hereby extended.

Article 2
This Decision shall take effect on the date of its adoption.
It shall apply until 31 December 2003.

Article 3
This Decision shall be published in the Official Journal.
Done at Brussels, 25 November 2002.
For the Council
The President
T. Pedersen
(1) See page 51 of this Official Journal.
(2) OJ L 99, 10.4.2001, p. 2, as last extended by Decision 2001/846/CFSP (OJ L 315, 1.12.2001, p. 3).

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Article 23(2) thereof,Having regard to Joint Action 2002/921/CFSP of 25 November 2002 extending the mandate of the European Union Monitoring Mission(1), and in particular Article 5 thereof,Whereas:(1) By Decision 2001/285/CFSP of 9 April 2001(2), the Council appointed Mr Antóin MAC UNFRAIDH, whose mandate expires on 31 December 2002, Head of Mission of the EUMM.(2) The mandate of the Head of Mission of the EUMM should be extended,HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Article 1The mandate of Mr Antóin MAC UNFRAIDH as Head of Mission of the EUMM is hereby extended.Article 2This Decision shall take effect on the date of its adoption.It shall apply until 31 December 2003.Article 3This Decision shall be published in the Official Journal.Done at Brussels, 25 November 2002.For the CouncilThe PresidentT. Pedersen(1) See page 51 of this Official Journal.(2) OJ L 99, 10.4.2001, p. 2, as last extended by Decision 2001/846/CFSP (OJ L 315, 1.12.2001, p. 3).
The mandate of Mr Antóin MAC UNFRAIDH as Head of Mission of the EUMM is hereby extended.
This Decision shall take effect on the date of its adoption.
It shall apply until 31 December 2003.
This Decision shall be published in the Official Journal.
Done at Brussels, 25 November 2002.
For the Council
The President
T. Pedersen
(1) See page 51 of this Official Journal.
(2) OJ L 99, 10.4.2001, p. 2, as last extended by Decision 2001/846/CFSP (OJ L 315, 1.12.2001, p. 3).

Pending: 32002D0887

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 2000/29/EC of 8 May 2000 on protective measures against the introduction into the Community of organisms harmful to plants or plant products and against their spread within the Community(1), as last amended by Commission Directive 2002/36/EC(2), and in particular Article 15(1) thereof,Having regard to the request made by the United Kingdom,Whereas:(1) Under Directive 2000/29/EC, plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L., other than fruits and seeds, originating in non-European countries, must not in principle be introduced into the Community. However, Directive 2000/29/EC permits derogations from this rule, provided that it is established that there is no risk of introduction of harmful organisms.(2) Since 1993, derogations from certain provisions of Directive 2000/29/EC, in respect of plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L. originating in Japan have been authorised by Commission Decision 93/452/EEC(3) for limited periods and subject to specific conditions. This was as a result of an exchange of information between the Commission and Japan, which permitted the Commission to establish that there was no risk of introducing harmful organisms with the import of those plants provided that the specified conditions were satisfied.(3) Since the circumstances justifying the authorisation still apply and there is no new information giving cause for revision of the specific conditions, the authorisation should be extended.(4) Derogations should therefore be authorised for a limited period subject to specific conditions.(5) Decision 93/452/EEC should accordingly be repealed.(6) The authorisation pursuant to this Decision should be terminated if it is established that the specific conditions are not sufficient to prevent the introduction of harmful organisms or have not been complied with.(7) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plant Health,HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:Article 1The Member States are hereby authorised to provide for derogations from Article 4(1) of Directive 2000/29/EC, with regard to the prohibitions referred to in Part A, point 1 of Annex III to that Directive for plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L., other than fruits and seeds, originating in Japan.In order to qualify for those derogations the plants shall satisfy, in addition to or by derogation of the requirements laid down in Annex I, Annex II and in Part A, Section I, point 43 of Annex IV to Directive 2000/29/EC, the conditions set out in the Annex to this Decision.Article 2Member States shall provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with information on quantities imported prior to that date pursuant to this Decision and with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.Any Member State, other than that of importation, in which the plants are introduced, shall also provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants introduced prior to that date during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.Article 3Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of all cases of consignments introduced into their territory pursuant to this Decision which were subsequently found not to comply with the conditions laid down herein.Article 4Member States may apply the derogations mentioned in

Article 1
The Member States are hereby authorised to provide for derogations from Article 4(1) of Directive 2000/29/EC, with regard to the prohibitions referred to in Part A, point 1 of Annex III to that Directive for plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L., other than fruits and seeds, originating in Japan.
In order to qualify for those derogations the plants shall satisfy, in addition to or by derogation of the requirements laid down in Annex I, Annex II and in Part A, Section I, point 43 of Annex IV to Directive 2000/29/EC, the conditions set out in the Annex to this Decision.

Article 2
Member States shall provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with information on quantities imported prior to that date pursuant to this Decision and with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.
Any Member State, other than that of importation, in which the plants are introduced, shall also provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants introduced prior to that date during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.

Article 3
Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of all cases of consignments introduced into their territory pursuant to this Decision which were subsequently found not to comply with the conditions laid down herein.

Article 4
Member States may apply the derogations mentioned in Article 1 to plants imported into the Community in the following periods:

Article 5
Decision 93/452/EEC is repealed with effect from 1 January 2003.

Article 6
This decision shall apply from 15 November 2002.

Article 7
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 8 November 2002.
For the Commission
David Byrne
Member of the Commission
(1) OJ L 169, 10.7.2000, p. 1.
(2) OJ L 116, 3.5.2002, p. 16.
(3) OJ L 210, 21.8.1993, p. 29.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 2000/29/EC of 8 May 2000 on protective measures against the introduction into the Community of organisms harmful to plants or plant products and against their spread within the Community(1), as last amended by Commission Directive 2002/36/EC(2), and in particular Article 15(1) thereof,Having regard to the request made by the United Kingdom,Whereas:(1) Under Directive 2000/29/EC, plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L., other than fruits and seeds, originating in non-European countries, must not in principle be introduced into the Community. However, Directive 2000/29/EC permits derogations from this rule, provided that it is established that there is no risk of introduction of harmful organisms.(2) Since 1993, derogations from certain provisions of Directive 2000/29/EC, in respect of plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L. originating in Japan have been authorised by Commission Decision 93/452/EEC(3) for limited periods and subject to specific conditions. This was as a result of an exchange of information between the Commission and Japan, which permitted the Commission to establish that there was no risk of introducing harmful organisms with the import of those plants provided that the specified conditions were satisfied.(3) Since the circumstances justifying the authorisation still apply and there is no new information giving cause for revision of the specific conditions, the authorisation should be extended.(4) Derogations should therefore be authorised for a limited period subject to specific conditions.(5) Decision 93/452/EEC should accordingly be repealed.(6) The authorisation pursuant to this Decision should be terminated if it is established that the specific conditions are not sufficient to prevent the introduction of harmful organisms or have not been complied with.(7) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plant Health,HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:Article 1The Member States are hereby authorised to provide for derogations from Article 4(1) of Directive 2000/29/EC, with regard to the prohibitions referred to in Part A, point 1 of Annex III to that Directive for plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L., other than fruits and seeds, originating in Japan.In order to qualify for those derogations the plants shall satisfy, in addition to or by derogation of the requirements laid down in Annex I, Annex II and in Part A, Section I, point 43 of Annex IV to Directive 2000/29/EC, the conditions set out in the Annex to this Decision.Article 2Member States shall provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with information on quantities imported prior to that date pursuant to this Decision and with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.Any Member State, other than that of importation, in which the plants are introduced, shall also provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants introduced prior to that date during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.Article 3Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of all cases of consignments introduced into their territory pursuant to this Decision which were subsequently found not to comply with the conditions laid down herein.Article 4Member States may apply the derogations mentioned in
The Member States are hereby authorised to provide for derogations from Article 4(1) of Directive 2000/29/EC, with regard to the prohibitions referred to in Part A, point 1 of Annex III to that Directive for plants of Chamaecyparis Spach, Juniperus L. and Pinus L., other than fruits and seeds, originating in Japan.
In order to qualify for those derogations the plants shall satisfy, in addition to or by derogation of the requirements laid down in Annex I, Annex II and in Part A, Section I, point 43 of Annex IV to Directive 2000/29/EC, the conditions set out in the Annex to this Decision.
Member States shall provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with information on quantities imported prior to that date pursuant to this Decision and with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.
Any Member State, other than that of importation, in which the plants are introduced, shall also provide the Commission and the other Member States, before 1 August 2003 and 1 August 2004, with a detailed technical report of the examination and/or tests carried out on these plants introduced prior to that date during the quarantine period referred to in point 10 of the Annex.
Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of all cases of consignments introduced into their territory pursuant to this Decision which were subsequently found not to comply with the conditions laid down herein.
Member States may apply the derogations mentioned in Article 1 to plants imported into the Community in the following periods:
Decision 93/452/EEC is repealed with effect from 1 January 2003.
This decision shall apply from 15 November 2002.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 8 November 2002.
For the Commission
David Byrne
Member of the Commission
(1) OJ L 169, 10.7.2000, p. 1.
(2) OJ L 116, 3.5.2002, p. 16.
(3) OJ L 210, 21.8.1993, p. 29.
SPECIFIC CONDITIONS APPLYING TO PLANTS, ORIGINATING IN JAPAN, BENEFITING FROM THE DEROGATION PROVIDED FOR IN ARTICLE 1 OF THIS DECISION
1. The plants shall be naturally or artificially dwarfed plants of the genus Chamaecyparis Spach, genus Juniperus L., or in the case of the genus Pinus L. either entirely of the species Pinus parviflora Sieb. & Zucc. (Pinus pentaphylla Mayr), or that species grafted on a rootstock of a Pinus species other than Pinus parviflora Sieb. & Zucc. In the latter case, the rootstock shall not bear any shoots.
2. The total number of plants shall not exceed quantities which have been determined by the importing Member State, having regard to available quarantine facilities.
3. Prior to export to the European Community, the plants shall have been grown, held and trained for at least two consecutive years in officially registered nurseries, which are subject to an officially supervised control regime. The annual lists of the registered nurseries shall be made available to the Commission, at the latest by 31 October of each year. These lists shall be immediately transmitted to the Member States. They shall include the number of plants grown in each of these nurseries, as far as they are deemed suitable for dispatch to the Community, under the conditions laid down in this Decision.
4. For Juniperus plants, the plants of the genera Chaenomeles Lindl., Crataegus L., Cydonia Mill., Juniperus L., Malus Mill., Photinia Ldl. and Pyrus L., which have been grown in the two last years prior to dispatch in the abovementioned naturally or artificially dwarfed plants nurseries and their immediate vicinity shall have been officially inspected at least six times a year at appropriate intervals for the presence of harmful organisms of concern. For Chamaecyparis and Pinus plants, the plants of the genus Chamaecyparis Spach and of the genus Pinus L. which have been grown in the abovementioned naturally or artificially dwarfed plants nurseries and their immediate vicinity shall have been officially inspected at least six times a year at appropriate intervals, for the presence of harmful organisms of concern.
The harmful organisms of concern are:
(a) for Juniperus plants,
(i) Aschistonyx eppoi Inouye,
(ii) Gymnosporangium asiaticum Miyabe ex Yamada and G. yamadae Miyabe ex Yamada,
(iii) Oligonychus perditus Pritchard et Baker,
(iv) Popillia japonica Newman,
(v) any other harmful organism which is not known to occur in the Community;
(b) for Chamaecyparis plants,
(i) Popillia japonica Newman,
(ii) any other harmful organism which is not known to occur in the Community;
(c) for Pinus plants,
(i) Bursaphelenchus xylophilus (Steiner & Buehrer) Nickle et al.,
(ii) Cercoseptoria pini-densiflorae (Hori & Nambu) Deighton,
(iii) Coleosporium paederiae,
(iv) Coleosporium phellodendri Komr,
(v) Cronartium quercuum (Berk.) Miyabe ex Shirai,
(vi) Dendrolimus spectabilis Butler,
(vii) Monochamus spp. (non European),
(viii) Peridermium kurilense Dietel,
(ix) Popillia japonica Newman,
(x) Thecodiplosis japonensis Uchida & Inouye,
(xi) any other harmful organism which is not known to occur in the Community.
The plants shall have been found free, in these inspections, from the harmful organisms abovementioned. Infested plants shall be removed. The remaining plants shall be effectively treated.
5. Any detection of harmful organisms of concern specified in point 4 in the inspections carried out pursuant to point 4 shall be officially recorded, and the records shall be kept available to the Commission, upon its request. Any detection of any of the harmful organisms, which are specified in point 4, shall disqualify the nursery from its status under point 3. The Commission shall be informed immediately thereof. In such case, the registration can be renewed only in the following year.
6. The plants intended for the Community shall at least during the period referred to in point 3:
(a) be potted, at least during the same period, in pots which are placed either on shelves at least 50 cm above ground or onto concrete flooring, impenetrable for nematodes, which is well maintained and free from debris,
(b) be found free, in the inspections referred to in point 4, from the harmful organisms of concern specified in point 4 and not be affected by the measures referred to in point 5,
(c) if they belong to the genus Pinus L. and in the case of grafting on a rootstock of a Pinus species other than Pinus parviflora Sieb. & Zucc., have a rootstock derived from sources officially approved as healthy material,
(d) be made recognisable with a marking, exclusive for each individual plant and notified to the official plant protection organisation of Japan, enabling the identification of the registered nursery and the year of potting.
7. The official plant protection organisation of Japan shall ensure the identifiability of the plants from the time of their removal from the nursery until the time of loading for export, through sealing of transport vehicles or appropriate alternatives.
8. The plants and the adhering or associated growing medium (hereinafter referred to as the material) shall be accompanied by a phytosanitary certificate issued in Japan in accordance with Article 7 of Directive 2000/29/EC, on the basis of the examination laid down in Article 6 of that Directive relating to the conditions laid down therein, in particular freedom from harmful organisms of concern, as well as to the requirements specified in points 1 to 7.
The certificate shall indicate:
(a) the name or the names of the registered nursery or nurseries,
(b) the markings referred to in point 6, as far as they enable identification of the registered nursery and the year of potting,
(c) the specification of the last treatment applied, prior to dispatch,
(d) under “Additional Declaration”, the statement “This consignment meets the conditions laid down in Decision 2002/887/EC”.
9. Prior to introduction into a Member State, the importer shall notify each introduction sufficiently in advance to the responsible official bodies referred to in Directive 2000/29/EC, in the Member State concerned, indicating:
(a) the type of material,
(b) the quantity,
(c) the declared date of import,
(d) the officially approved site where the plants will be held under the post-entry quarantine referred to in point 10.
The importers shall be officially informed, prior to the introduction, of the conditions laid down in points 1 to 12.
10. The material shall be subject, before it is released, to official post-entry quarantine for a period of not less than three months of active growth in the case of Pinus and Chamaecyparis plants and for a period including the active growth season from 1 April until 30 June in the case of Juniperus plants and must be found free, during this quarantine period, from any harmful organisms of concern. Particular attention shall be given to preserve for each plant the marking referred to in point 6(d).
11. The post-entry quarantine referred to in point 10 shall:
(a) be supervised by the responsible official bodies of the Member State concerned and executed by officially approved and trained staff, with the possible assistance of the experts referred to in Article 21 of Directive 2000/29/EC under the procedure laid down therein;

Pending: 32002D0757

20.9.2002 EN Official Journal of the European Communities L 252/37
(1) Where a Member State considers that there is a danger of introduction into or spread within its territory of a harmful organism not listed in Annex I or Annex II to Directive 2000/29/EC, it may temporarily take any additional measures necessary to protect itself from that danger.
(2) The United Kingdom informed the other Member States and the Commission on 29 April 2002 of outbreaks ofPhytophthora ramorumWerres, De Cock & Man in 't Veld sp. nov. (hereinafter referred to as: ‘the harmful organism’) on its territory and adopted on 13 May 2002 additional measures to prevent the introduction into and the spread within the Community of the harmful organism. The Netherlands and Germany also reported on 29 April 2002 outbreaks of the organism in their respective territories.
(3) The harmful organism is currently not listed in Annex I or II to Directive 2000/29/EC. However, a preliminary pest-risk analysis based on available scientific information has demonstrated that the harmful organism and its damaging effects could be of significant plant-health concern to the Community, in particular the non-European isolates only present in the United States of America for the oak trees in the Community and the European isolates for ornamental plants such asRhododendronspp. andViburnumspp. The relevant services in the Member States have been asked to continue scientific work on the risk of the non-European isolates for the oak trees in the Community, the epidemiology of the harmful organism and the potential host plants.
(4) It is therefore necessary to take provisional emergency phytosanitary measures against the introduction into and spread within the Community of the harmful organism.
(5) Those measures should apply to the introduction or the spread of the harmful organism, the production and movement of known host plants of the harmful organism within the Community, the control of the harmful organism and to a more general surveillance for the presence or continued absence of the harmful organism in the Member States. However, it is not necessary to apply such measures to plants ofRhododendron simsiiPlanch, other than fruit and seeds, because the available information indicates that these plants are not affected by the harmful organism.
(6) The results of the above measures will be regularly assessed in 2002 and 2003, in particular on the basis of information to be provided by the Member States. Possible subsequent measures will be considered in the light of the results of that assessment, and the scientific opinion delivered by the Member States.
(7) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plant Health,
1. ‘the harmful organism’ meansPhytophthora ramorumWerres, De Cock & Man in 't Veld sp. nov.
2. ‘susceptible plants’ means plants, other than fruit and seeds, ofAcer macrophyllumPursh.,Aesculus californicaNutt.,Arbutus menziesiiPursch.,Arctostaphylosspp. Adans,Heteromeles arbutifolia(Lindley) M. Roemer,Lithocarpus densiflorus(H & A),Lonicera hispidula(Dougl.),Quercusspp. L.,Rhamnus californica(Esch),Rhododendronspp. L., other thanRhododendron simsiiPlanch.,Umbellularia californica(Pursch.),Vaccinium ovatum(Hook & Arn) Nutt. andViburnumspp. L.
3. ‘susceptible wood’ means wood ofAcer macrophyllumPursh.,Aesculus californicaNutt.,Lithocarpus densiflorus(H & A) andQuercusL.
4. ‘susceptible bark’ means isolated bark ofAcer macrophyllumPursh.,Aesculus californicaNutt.,Lithocarpus densiflorus(H & A) andQuercusL.
1a. Without prejudice to the provisions of Annex III, Part A(2), and Annex IV, Part A(1),(11.1), (39) and (40) of Directive 2000/29/EC, susceptible plants originating in the United States of America shall be accompanied by a certificate referred to in Article 7 or 8 of Directive 2000/29/EC:(a)stating that they originate in areas in which non-European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or(b)issued after official verification that no signs of non–European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on any susceptible plants at the place of production during official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms carried out since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation.Further, the certificate shall only be issued after representative samples of the plants have been taken before shipment and have been inspected and found free from non-European isolates of the harmful organism in these inspections. The latter shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘additional declaration’ as ‘found free from non-European isolates ofPhytophthora ramorumWerres, De Cock & Man in 't Veld sp. nov.’. (a) stating that they originate in areas in which non-European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or (b) issued after official verification that no signs of non–European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on any susceptible plants at the place of production during official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms carried out since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation.
(a) stating that they originate in areas in which non-European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or
(b) issued after official verification that no signs of non–European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on any susceptible plants at the place of production during official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms carried out since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation.
(a) stating that they originate in areas in which non-European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or
(b) issued after official verification that no signs of non–European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on any susceptible plants at the place of production during official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms carried out since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation.
1b. The introduced susceptible plants referred to in point 1a may only be moved within the Community if they are accompanied by a plant passport prepared and issued in accordance with the provisions of Directive 92/105/EEC attesting to the inspections referred to in Article 3(1).
2. Susceptible wood originating in the United States of America may only be imported into the Community if, it is accompanied by a certificate referred to in Article 7 or 8 of Directive 2000/29/EC:(a)stating that it originates in areas in which non–European isolates of the harmful organism is known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or(b)issued after official verification that the wood has been stripped of its bark and:(i)that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or(ii)that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or(iii)that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;or(c)in the case of sawn wood with or without residual bark attached, if there is evidence by a mark ‘Kiln-dried’, ‘KD’ or another internationally recognised mark put on the wood or on its packaging in accordance with current commercial usage, that it has undergone kiln-drying to below 20 % moisture content, expressed as a percentage of dry matter, at time of manufacture, achieved through an appropriate time/temperature schedule. (a) stating that it originates in areas in which non–European isolates of the harmful organism is known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or (b) issued after official verification that the wood has been stripped of its bark and:(i)that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or(ii)that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or(iii)that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;or (i) that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or (ii) that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or (iii) that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment; (c) in the case of sawn wood with or without residual bark attached, if there is evidence by a mark ‘Kiln-dried’, ‘KD’ or another internationally recognised mark put on the wood or on its packaging in accordance with current commercial usage, that it has undergone kiln-drying to below 20 % moisture content, expressed as a percentage of dry matter, at time of manufacture, achieved through an appropriate time/temperature schedule.
(a) stating that it originates in areas in which non–European isolates of the harmful organism is known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or
(b) issued after official verification that the wood has been stripped of its bark and:(i)that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or(ii)that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or(iii)that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;or (i) that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or (ii) that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or (iii) that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;
(i) that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or
(ii) that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or
(iii) that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;
(c) in the case of sawn wood with or without residual bark attached, if there is evidence by a mark ‘Kiln-dried’, ‘KD’ or another internationally recognised mark put on the wood or on its packaging in accordance with current commercial usage, that it has undergone kiln-drying to below 20 % moisture content, expressed as a percentage of dry matter, at time of manufacture, achieved through an appropriate time/temperature schedule.
(a) stating that it originates in areas in which non–European isolates of the harmful organism is known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or
(b) issued after official verification that the wood has been stripped of its bark and:(i)that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or(ii)that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or(iii)that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;or (i) that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or (ii) that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or (iii) that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;
(i) that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or
(ii) that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or
(iii) that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;
(i) that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or
(ii) that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or
(iii) that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;
(c) in the case of sawn wood with or without residual bark attached, if there is evidence by a mark ‘Kiln-dried’, ‘KD’ or another internationally recognised mark put on the wood or on its packaging in accordance with current commercial usage, that it has undergone kiln-drying to below 20 % moisture content, expressed as a percentage of dry matter, at time of manufacture, achieved through an appropriate time/temperature schedule.
3. Plants ofRhododendronspp., other thanRhododendron simsiiPlanch., andViburnumspp., other than fruits and seeds, originating in the Community may be moved from the place of production only if they are accompanied by a plant passport as referred to in point 1 of this Annex and:(a)they originate in areas in which European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur; or(b)no signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on the above plants on the place of production since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation on official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms, carried out at least once at appropriate times when the plants are in active growth; or(c)in cases where signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been found on the above plants at the place of production, appropriate procedures have been implemented aiming at eradicating the harmful organism, consisting at least of destruction of the infected plants and all susceptible plants within 2 m of the infected plants, and—for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,—for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections. (a) they originate in areas in which European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur; or (b) no signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on the above plants on the place of production since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation on official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms, carried out at least once at appropriate times when the plants are in active growth; or (c) in cases where signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been found on the above plants at the place of production, appropriate procedures have been implemented aiming at eradicating the harmful organism, consisting at least of destruction of the infected plants and all susceptible plants within 2 m of the infected plants, and—for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,—for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections. — for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections, — for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections.
(a) they originate in areas in which European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur; or
(b) no signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on the above plants on the place of production since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation on official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms, carried out at least once at appropriate times when the plants are in active growth; or
(c) in cases where signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been found on the above plants at the place of production, appropriate procedures have been implemented aiming at eradicating the harmful organism, consisting at least of destruction of the infected plants and all susceptible plants within 2 m of the infected plants, and—for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,—for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections. — for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections, — for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections.
— for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,
— for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections.
(a) they originate in areas in which European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur; or
(b) no signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on the above plants on the place of production since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation on official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms, carried out at least once at appropriate times when the plants are in active growth; or
(c) in cases where signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been found on the above plants at the place of production, appropriate procedures have been implemented aiming at eradicating the harmful organism, consisting at least of destruction of the infected plants and all susceptible plants within 2 m of the infected plants, and—for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,—for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections. — for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections, — for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections.
— for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,
— for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections.
— for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,
— for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections.
THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Council Directive 2000/29/EC of 8 May 2000 on protective measures against the introduction into the Community of organisms harmful to plants or plant products and against their spread within the Community (1), as last amended by Commission Directive 2002/36/EC (2), and in particular Article 16(3), third sentence thereof,
Whereas:

(1)

Where a Member State considers that there is a danger of introduction into or spread within its territory of a harmful organism not listed in Annex I or Annex II to Directive 2000/29/EC, it may temporarily take any additional measures necessary to protect itself from that danger.

(2)

The United Kingdom informed the other Member States and the Commission on 29 April 2002 of outbreaks of Phytophthora ramorum Werres, De Cock & Man in ‘t Veld sp. nov. (hereinafter referred to as: ‘the harmful organism’) on its territory and adopted on 13 May 2002 additional measures to prevent the introduction into and the spread within the Community of the harmful organism. The Netherlands and Germany also reported on 29 April 2002 outbreaks of the organism in their respective territories.

(3)

The harmful organism is currently not listed in Annex I or II to Directive 2000/29/EC. However, a preliminary pest-risk analysis based on available scientific information has demonstrated that the harmful organism and its damaging effects could be of significant plant-health concern to the Community, in particular the non-European isolates only present in the United States of America for the oak trees in the Community and the European isolates for ornamental plants such as Rhododendron spp. and Viburnum spp. The relevant services in the Member States have been asked to continue scientific work on the risk of the non-European isolates for the oak trees in the Community, the epidemiology of the harmful organism and the potential host plants.

(4)

It is therefore necessary to take provisional emergency phytosanitary measures against the introduction into and spread within the Community of the harmful organism.

(5)

Those measures should apply to the introduction or the spread of the harmful organism, the production and movement of known host plants of the harmful organism within the Community, the control of the harmful organism and to a more general surveillance for the presence or continued absence of the harmful organism in the Member States. However, it is not necessary to apply such measures to plants of Rhododendron simsii Planch, other than fruit and seeds, because the available information indicates that these plants are not affected by the harmful organism.

(6)

The results of the above measures will be regularly assessed in 2002 and 2003, in particular on the basis of information to be provided by the Member States. Possible subsequent measures will be considered in the light of the results of that assessment, and the scientific opinion delivered by the Member States.

(7)

The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plant Health,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
For the purpose of this Decision:
‘the harmful organism’ means Phytophthora ramorum Werres, De Cock & Man in ‘t Veld sp. nov.
‘susceptible plants’ means plants, other than fruit and seeds, of Acer macrophyllum Pursh., Aesculus californica Nutt., Arbutus menziesii Pursch., Arctostaphylos spp. Adans, Heteromeles arbutifolia (Lindley) M. Roemer, Lithocarpus densiflorus (H & A), Lonicera hispidula (Dougl.), Quercus spp. L., Rhamnus californica (Esch), Rhododendron spp. L., other than Rhododendron simsii Planch., Umbellularia californica (Pursch.), Vaccinium ovatum (Hook & Arn) Nutt. and Viburnum spp. L.
‘susceptible wood’ means wood of Acer macrophyllum Pursh., Aesculus californica Nutt., Lithocarpus densiflorus (H & A) and Quercus L.
‘susceptible bark’ means isolated bark of Acer macrophyllum Pursh., Aesculus californica Nutt., Lithocarpus densiflorus (H & A) and Quercus L.

Article 2
The introduction into the Community and spread within the Community of non-European or European isolates of the harmful organism shall be banned.

Article 3
1.   Susceptible plants and susceptible wood may only be introduced into the territory of the Community if they comply with the emergency phytosanitary measures laid down in points 1a and 2 of the Annex to this Decision and if they are inspected on entry into the Community for the presence of non-European isolates of the harmful organism, in accordance with Article 13(1)(a) of Directive 2000/29/EC, and found free from the harmful organism in this inspection.
2.   The provisions specified in points 1a and 2 of the Annex to this Decision shall apply only to susceptible plants and susceptible wood originating in the United States of America destined for the Community and leaving on or after 1 November 2002.
3.   The measures laid down in Part A, Section I(3) of Annex IV as regards wood of Quercus L., including wood which has not kept its natural round surface, originating in the United States of America, shall not apply to susceptible wood of Quercus L. which satisfies the requirements of point 2(b) of the Annex to this Decision.
4.   As of 1 November 2002 plants of Rhododendron spp., other than Rhododendron simsii Planch, and Viburnum spp., other than fruit and seeds, originating in third countries, other than the United States of America, introduced into the Community may only be moved in the Community if they are accompanied by a plant passport prepared and issued in accordance with Commission Directive 92/105/EEC (3).

Article 4
Susceptible bark originating in the United States of America shall not be permitted entry in the Community.

Article 5
As of 1 November 2002, plants of Rhododendron spp., other than Rhododendron simsii Planch., and Viburnum spp., other than fruits and seeds, originating in the Community may not be moved from their place of production unless they meet the conditions laid down in point 3 of the Annex to this Decision. The producers of these plants shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of Council Directive 92/90/EEC (4).

Article 6
1.   Member States shall conduct official surveys for the harmful organism in their territory, to determine whether there is an evidence of infestation by the harmful organism.
2.   Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 16(1) of Directive 2000/29/EC, the results of these surveys provided for in the first paragraph shall be notified to the Commission and to the other Member States by 1 November 2003.

Article 7
Member States shall adjust at the latest, by 31 October 2002, the measures which they have adopted with a view to protecting themselves against the introduction and spread of the harmful organism in such a manner that the measures comply with this Decision and shall forthwith inform the Commission of the adjusted measures.

Article 8
This Decision shall be reviewed by 31 December 2003 at the latest.

Article 9
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 19 September 2002.
For the Commission
David BYRNE
Member of the Commission
(1)  OJ L 169, 10.7.2000, p. 1.
(2)  OJ L 116, 3.5.2002, p. 16.
(3)  OJ L 4, 8.1.1993, p. 22.
(4)  OJ L 344, 26.11.1992, p. 38.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Council Directive 2000/29/EC of 8 May 2000 on protective measures against the introduction into the Community of organisms harmful to plants or plant products and against their spread within the Community (1), as last amended by Commission Directive 2002/36/EC (2), and in particular Article 16(3), third sentence thereof,
Whereas:

(1)

Where a Member State considers that there is a danger of introduction into or spread within its territory of a harmful organism not listed in Annex I or Annex II to Directive 2000/29/EC, it may temporarily take any additional measures necessary to protect itself from that danger.

(2)

The United Kingdom informed the other Member States and the Commission on 29 April 2002 of outbreaks of Phytophthora ramorum Werres, De Cock & Man in ‘t Veld sp. nov. (hereinafter referred to as: ‘the harmful organism’) on its territory and adopted on 13 May 2002 additional measures to prevent the introduction into and the spread within the Community of the harmful organism. The Netherlands and Germany also reported on 29 April 2002 outbreaks of the organism in their respective territories.

(3)

The harmful organism is currently not listed in Annex I or II to Directive 2000/29/EC. However, a preliminary pest-risk analysis based on available scientific information has demonstrated that the harmful organism and its damaging effects could be of significant plant-health concern to the Community, in particular the non-European isolates only present in the United States of America for the oak trees in the Community and the European isolates for ornamental plants such as Rhododendron spp. and Viburnum spp. The relevant services in the Member States have been asked to continue scientific work on the risk of the non-European isolates for the oak trees in the Community, the epidemiology of the harmful organism and the potential host plants.

(4)

It is therefore necessary to take provisional emergency phytosanitary measures against the introduction into and spread within the Community of the harmful organism.

(5)

Those measures should apply to the introduction or the spread of the harmful organism, the production and movement of known host plants of the harmful organism within the Community, the control of the harmful organism and to a more general surveillance for the presence or continued absence of the harmful organism in the Member States. However, it is not necessary to apply such measures to plants of Rhododendron simsii Planch, other than fruit and seeds, because the available information indicates that these plants are not affected by the harmful organism.

(6)

The results of the above measures will be regularly assessed in 2002 and 2003, in particular on the basis of information to be provided by the Member States. Possible subsequent measures will be considered in the light of the results of that assessment, and the scientific opinion delivered by the Member States.

(7)

The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on Plant Health,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

For the purpose of this Decision:
‘the harmful organism’ means Phytophthora ramorum Werres, De Cock & Man in ‘t Veld sp. nov.
‘susceptible plants’ means plants, other than fruit and seeds, of Acer macrophyllum Pursh., Aesculus californica Nutt., Arbutus menziesii Pursch., Arctostaphylos spp. Adans, Heteromeles arbutifolia (Lindley) M. Roemer, Lithocarpus densiflorus (H & A), Lonicera hispidula (Dougl.), Quercus spp. L., Rhamnus californica (Esch), Rhododendron spp. L., other than Rhododendron simsii Planch., Umbellularia californica (Pursch.), Vaccinium ovatum (Hook & Arn) Nutt. and Viburnum spp. L.
‘susceptible wood’ means wood of Acer macrophyllum Pursh., Aesculus californica Nutt., Lithocarpus densiflorus (H & A) and Quercus L.
‘susceptible bark’ means isolated bark of Acer macrophyllum Pursh., Aesculus californica Nutt., Lithocarpus densiflorus (H & A) and Quercus L.
The introduction into the Community and spread within the Community of non-European or European isolates of the harmful organism shall be banned.
1.   Susceptible plants and susceptible wood may only be introduced into the territory of the Community if they comply with the emergency phytosanitary measures laid down in points 1a and 2 of the Annex to this Decision and if they are inspected on entry into the Community for the presence of non-European isolates of the harmful organism, in accordance with Article 13(1)(a) of Directive 2000/29/EC, and found free from the harmful organism in this inspection.
2.   The provisions specified in points 1a and 2 of the Annex to this Decision shall apply only to susceptible plants and susceptible wood originating in the United States of America destined for the Community and leaving on or after 1 November 2002.
3.   The measures laid down in Part A, Section I(3) of Annex IV as regards wood of Quercus L., including wood which has not kept its natural round surface, originating in the United States of America, shall not apply to susceptible wood of Quercus L. which satisfies the requirements of point 2(b) of the Annex to this Decision.
4.   As of 1 November 2002 plants of Rhododendron spp., other than Rhododendron simsii Planch, and Viburnum spp., other than fruit and seeds, originating in third countries, other than the United States of America, introduced into the Community may only be moved in the Community if they are accompanied by a plant passport prepared and issued in accordance with Commission Directive 92/105/EEC (3).
Susceptible bark originating in the United States of America shall not be permitted entry in the Community.
As of 1 November 2002, plants of Rhododendron spp., other than Rhododendron simsii Planch., and Viburnum spp., other than fruits and seeds, originating in the Community may not be moved from their place of production unless they meet the conditions laid down in point 3 of the Annex to this Decision. The producers of these plants shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of Council Directive 92/90/EEC (4).
1.   Member States shall conduct official surveys for the harmful organism in their territory, to determine whether there is an evidence of infestation by the harmful organism.
2.   Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 16(1) of Directive 2000/29/EC, the results of these surveys provided for in the first paragraph shall be notified to the Commission and to the other Member States by 1 November 2003.
Member States shall adjust at the latest, by 31 October 2002, the measures which they have adopted with a view to protecting themselves against the introduction and spread of the harmful organism in such a manner that the measures comply with this Decision and shall forthwith inform the Commission of the adjusted measures.
This Decision shall be reviewed by 31 December 2003 at the latest.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 19 September 2002.
For the Commission
David BYRNE
Member of the Commission
(1)  OJ L 169, 10.7.2000, p. 1.
(2)  OJ L 116, 3.5.2002, p. 16.
(3)  OJ L 4, 8.1.1993, p. 22.
(4)  OJ L 344, 26.11.1992, p. 38.
$(document).ready(function(){generateTOC(true,”, ‘Top’,’false’);scrollToCurrentUrlAnchor();});
1a.

Without prejudice to the provisions of Annex III, Part A(2), and Annex IV, Part A(1),(11.1), (39) and (40) of Directive 2000/29/EC, susceptible plants originating in the United States of America shall be accompanied by a certificate referred to in Article 7 or 8 of Directive 2000/29/EC:

(a)

stating that they originate in areas in which non-European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or

(b)

issued after official verification that no signs of non–European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on any susceptible plants at the place of production during official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms carried out since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation.

Further, the certificate shall only be issued after representative samples of the plants have been taken before shipment and have been inspected and found free from non-European isolates of the harmful organism in these inspections. The latter shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘additional declaration’ as ‘found free from non-European isolates of Phytophthora ramorum Werres, De Cock & Man in ‘t Veld sp. nov.’.
1b.

The introduced susceptible plants referred to in point 1a may only be moved within the Community if they are accompanied by a plant passport prepared and issued in accordance with the provisions of Directive 92/105/EEC attesting to the inspections referred to in Article 3(1).
2.

Susceptible wood originating in the United States of America may only be imported into the Community if, it is accompanied by a certificate referred to in Article 7 or 8 of Directive 2000/29/EC:

(a)

stating that it originates in areas in which non–European isolates of the harmful organism is known not to occur. The name of the area shall be mentioned on the certificate under the rubric ‘place of origin’; or

(b)

issued after official verification that the wood has been stripped of its bark and:

(i)

that it has been squared so as to remove entirely the rounded surface; or

(ii)

that the water content of the wood does not exceed 20 % expressed as a percentage of the dry matter, or

(iii)

that the wood has been disinfected by an appropriate hot-air or hot-water treatment;

or

(c)

in the case of sawn wood with or without residual bark attached, if there is evidence by a mark ‘Kiln-dried’, ‘KD’ or another internationally recognised mark put on the wood or on its packaging in accordance with current commercial usage, that it has undergone kiln-drying to below 20 % moisture content, expressed as a percentage of dry matter, at time of manufacture, achieved through an appropriate time/temperature schedule.
3.

Plants of Rhododendron spp., other than Rhododendron simsii Planch., and Viburnum spp., other than fruits and seeds, originating in the Community may be moved from the place of production only if they are accompanied by a plant passport as referred to in point 1 of this Annex and:

(a)

they originate in areas in which European isolates of the harmful organism are known not to occur; or

(b)

no signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been observed on the above plants on the place of production since the beginning of the last complete cycle of vegetation on official inspections, including laboratory testing of any suspicious symptoms, carried out at least once at appropriate times when the plants are in active growth; or

(c)

in cases where signs of European isolates of the harmful organism have been found on the above plants at the place of production, appropriate procedures have been implemented aiming at eradicating the harmful organism, consisting at least of destruction of the infected plants and all susceptible plants within 2 m of the infected plants, and

—

for all susceptible plants within 10 m radius of the infected plants, and any remaining plants from the affected lot, the plants have been retained at the place of production and additional inspections have been carried out at least twice in the three months following the finding when the plants are in active growth and they have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections,

—

for all other susceptible plants at the place of production, the plants have been subject to intensive re-inspection following the finding and have been found free from the harmful organism in these inspections.

Pending: 32002D0731

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 96/48/EC of 23 July 1996 on the interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail network(1), and in particular Article 6(1) thereof,Whereas:(1) In accordance with Article 2(c) of Directive 96/48/EC, the trans-European high-speed rail system is subdivided into structural or functional subsystems. These subsystems are described in Annex II to the Directive.(2) In accordance with Article 5(1) of the Directive, each of the subsystems shall be covered by a technical specification for interoperability (TSI).(3) In accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive, draft TSIs shall be drawn up by the joint representative body.(4) The Committee set up pursuant to Article 21 of Directive 96/48/EC has appointed the European Association for Railway Interoperability (AEIF) as the joint representative body in accordance with Article 2(h) of the Directive.(5) The AEIF has been given a mandate to draw up a draft TSI for the control-command and signalling subsystem in accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive. This mandate was established in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 21(2) of the Directive.(6) The AEIF has drawn up the draft TSI, together with an introductory report containing a cost-benefit analysis as provided for in Article 6(3) of the Directive.(7) The draft TSI has been examined by the representatives of the Member States, in the framework of the Committee set up by the Directive, in the light of the introductory report.(8) As specified in

Article 1
The TSI relating to the “control-command and signalling” subsystem of the trans-European high-speed rail system referred to in Article 6(1) of Directive 96/48/EC is hereby adopted by the Commission. The TSI is set out in the Annex to this Decision. The TSI is fully applicable to the infrastructure and rolling stock of the trans-European high-speed rail system as defined in Annex I to Directive 96/48/EC, taking into account Article 2 and Article 3 hereunder.

Article 2
1. With regard to the systems referred to in Annex B to the attached TSI, the conditions to be complied with for the verification of the interoperability within the meaning of Article 16(2) of Directive 96/48/EC are the applicable technical rules in use in the Member State which authorises the placing in service of the subsystem concerned by this Decision.
2. Each Member State shall notify to the other Member States and to the Commission within six months of the notification of this Decision:
– the list of the applicable technical rules mentioned under Article 2(1),
– the conformity assessment and checking procedures to be applied with regard to the application of these rules,
– the bodies it appoints for carrying out those conformity assessment and checking procedures.

Article 3
1. For the purposes of this Article:
– “upgrading” means major work to modify a subsystem or part of a subsystem which changes the performance of the subsystem,
– “renewal” means major work to replace a subsystem or part of a subsystem which does not change the performance of the subsystem,
– “maintenance-related replacement” means replacement of components by parts of identical function and performances in the context of predictive or corrective maintenance.
2. In the case of upgrading, the contracting entity will submit a dossier describing the project to the Member State concerned. The Member State will examine the dossier and, taking into account the implementation strategy in Chapter 7 of the attached TSI, will (where appropriate) decide whether the scale of the work requires the need for a new authorisation for placing in service under Article 14 of Directive 96/48/EC. Such authorisation for placing in service is necessary whenever the level of safety may objectively be affected by the work envisaged.
Where a new authorisation for placing in service under Article 14 of Directive 96/48/EC is necessary, the Member State decides whether:
(a) the project includes full application of the TSI, in which case the subsystem will be subject to the EC verification procedure in Directive 96/48/EC; or
(b) full application of the TSI is not yet possible. In this case the subsystem will not be in full conformity with the TSI and the EC verification procedure in Directive 96/48/EC shall be applied only in respect of the parts of the TSI applied.
In these two cases the Member State will inform the Committee set up pursuant to Directive 96/48/EC of the dossier including the parts of TSI being applied and the degree of interoperability being achieved.
3. In the case of renewal and maintenance-related replacement, application of the attached TSI is voluntary.

Article 4
Member States shall establish a national implementation plan of the attached TSI according with the criteria specified in its Chapter 7. They shall forward this implementation plan to the other Member States and the Commission not later than six months after notification of this Decision.

Article 5
Commission Decisions 1999/569/EC(3) and 2001/260/EC(4) have no further effect from the date of entry into force of the attached TSI.

Article 6
The attached TSI shall enter into force six months after notification of this Decision.

Article 7
This Decision is addressed to the Member States
Done at Brussels, 30 May 2002.
For the Commission
Loyola De Palacio
Vice-President
(1) OJ L 235, 17.9.1996, p. 6.
(2) OJ L 110, 20.4.2001, p. 1.
(3) OJ L 216, 14.8.1999, p. 23.
(4) OJ L 93, 3.4.2001, p. 53.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 96/48/EC of 23 July 1996 on the interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail network(1), and in particular Article 6(1) thereof,Whereas:(1) In accordance with Article 2(c) of Directive 96/48/EC, the trans-European high-speed rail system is subdivided into structural or functional subsystems. These subsystems are described in Annex II to the Directive.(2) In accordance with Article 5(1) of the Directive, each of the subsystems shall be covered by a technical specification for interoperability (TSI).(3) In accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive, draft TSIs shall be drawn up by the joint representative body.(4) The Committee set up pursuant to Article 21 of Directive 96/48/EC has appointed the European Association for Railway Interoperability (AEIF) as the joint representative body in accordance with Article 2(h) of the Directive.(5) The AEIF has been given a mandate to draw up a draft TSI for the control-command and signalling subsystem in accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive. This mandate was established in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 21(2) of the Directive.(6) The AEIF has drawn up the draft TSI, together with an introductory report containing a cost-benefit analysis as provided for in Article 6(3) of the Directive.(7) The draft TSI has been examined by the representatives of the Member States, in the framework of the Committee set up by the Directive, in the light of the introductory report.(8) As specified in
The TSI relating to the “control-command and signalling” subsystem of the trans-European high-speed rail system referred to in Article 6(1) of Directive 96/48/EC is hereby adopted by the Commission. The TSI is set out in the Annex to this Decision. The TSI is fully applicable to the infrastructure and rolling stock of the trans-European high-speed rail system as defined in Annex I to Directive 96/48/EC, taking into account Article 2 and Article 3 hereunder.
1. With regard to the systems referred to in Annex B to the attached TSI, the conditions to be complied with for the verification of the interoperability within the meaning of Article 16(2) of Directive 96/48/EC are the applicable technical rules in use in the Member State which authorises the placing in service of the subsystem concerned by this Decision.
2. Each Member State shall notify to the other Member States and to the Commission within six months of the notification of this Decision:
– the list of the applicable technical rules mentioned under Article 2(1),
– the conformity assessment and checking procedures to be applied with regard to the application of these rules,
– the bodies it appoints for carrying out those conformity assessment and checking procedures.
1. For the purposes of this Article:
– “upgrading” means major work to modify a subsystem or part of a subsystem which changes the performance of the subsystem,
– “renewal” means major work to replace a subsystem or part of a subsystem which does not change the performance of the subsystem,
– “maintenance-related replacement” means replacement of components by parts of identical function and performances in the context of predictive or corrective maintenance.
2. In the case of upgrading, the contracting entity will submit a dossier describing the project to the Member State concerned. The Member State will examine the dossier and, taking into account the implementation strategy in Chapter 7 of the attached TSI, will (where appropriate) decide whether the scale of the work requires the need for a new authorisation for placing in service under Article 14 of Directive 96/48/EC. Such authorisation for placing in service is necessary whenever the level of safety may objectively be affected by the work envisaged.
Where a new authorisation for placing in service under Article 14 of Directive 96/48/EC is necessary, the Member State decides whether:
(a) the project includes full application of the TSI, in which case the subsystem will be subject to the EC verification procedure in Directive 96/48/EC; or
(b) full application of the TSI is not yet possible. In this case the subsystem will not be in full conformity with the TSI and the EC verification procedure in Directive 96/48/EC shall be applied only in respect of the parts of the TSI applied.
In these two cases the Member State will inform the Committee set up pursuant to Directive 96/48/EC of the dossier including the parts of TSI being applied and the degree of interoperability being achieved.
3. In the case of renewal and maintenance-related replacement, application of the attached TSI is voluntary.
Member States shall establish a national implementation plan of the attached TSI according with the criteria specified in its Chapter 7. They shall forward this implementation plan to the other Member States and the Commission not later than six months after notification of this Decision.
Commission Decisions 1999/569/EC(3) and 2001/260/EC(4) have no further effect from the date of entry into force of the attached TSI.
The attached TSI shall enter into force six months after notification of this Decision.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States
Done at Brussels, 30 May 2002.
For the Commission
Loyola De Palacio
Vice-President
(1) OJ L 235, 17.9.1996, p. 6.
(2) OJ L 110, 20.4.2001, p. 1.
(3) OJ L 216, 14.8.1999, p. 23.
(4) OJ L 93, 3.4.2001, p. 53.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR INTEROPERABILITY RELATING TO THE CONTROL-COMMAND AND SIGNALLING SUBSYSTEM
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. TECHNICAL SCOPE
This TSI concerns the control-command and signalling subsystem, which is one of the subsystems listed in Annex II(1) to Directive 96/48/EC. It is referred to in this document as “control-command” or “CC”.
This TSI is part of a set of six TSIs, which cover all the eight subsystems defined in the Directive. The specifications concerning the “users” and “environment” subsystems, which are necessary to ensure interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail system in compliance with the essential requirements, are set out in the TSIs concerned.
More information about the control-command and signalling subsystem is given in Chapter 2.
1.2. GEOGRAPHICAL SCOPE
The geographical scope of this TSI is the trans-European high-speed rail system as described in Annex I to Directive 96/48/EC.
Reference shall be made in particular to the lines of the trans-European rail network described in Decision No 1692/96/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 1996 on Community guidelines for the development of the trans-European transport network or in any update to the same Decision as a result of the revision provided for in Article 21 of that Decision.
1.3. CONTENT OF THIS TSI
In accordance with Article 5(3) of and with Annex I(1)(b) to Directive 96/48/EC, this TSI:
(a) specifies the essential requirements for the subsystems and their interfaces (Chapter 3);
(b) establishes the basic parameters described in Annex II(3) to that Directive, which are necessary to meet the essential requirements (Chapter 4);
(c) establishes the conditions to be complied with to achieve the specified performances for each of the following categories of line (Chapter 4):
– category I: specially built high-speed lines equipped for speeds generally equal to or greater than 250 km/h,
– category II: specially upgraded high-speed lines equipped for speeds of the order of 200 km/h,
– category III: specially upgraded high-speed lines which have special features as a result of topographical, relief or town-planning constraints, on which the speed must be adapted to each case;
(d) establishes implementing provisions in certain specific cases (Chapter 7);
(e) determines the interoperability constituents and interfaces which must be covered by European specifications, including European standards, which are needed in order to achieve interoperability within the trans-European high-speed rail system while meeting the essential requirements (Chapter 5);
(f) states, in each case under consideration, which of the modules defined in Decision 93/465/EEC or, where appropriate, which specific procedures are to be used in order to assess either the conformity or the suitability for use of the interoperability constituents, as well as “EC” verification of the subsystems (Chapter 6).
2. SUBSYSTEM DEFINITION AND SCOPE
2.1. GENERAL
Definition: control-command subsystem. The control-command subsystem is defined as that set of functions and their implementation which allow the safe and predictable movement of rail traffic in order to meet the desired operational activities.
Scope: The TSI control-command defines the essential requirements for those parts of the control-command subsystem that have relevance to interoperability, and therefore are subject to EC declaration of verification.
The features of the control-command subsystem that are related to the interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail system are determined by:
(1) the Functions that are essential for the safe control of the railway traffic, and that are essential for operations, including those required under degraded conditions;
(2) Interfaces,
(3) the level of Performance required to meet the essential requirements.
The requirements on the necessary functions, interfaces and performance are introduced in the characterisation of control-command, which is described in section 4 where the supporting standards are referenced.
2.2. OVERVIEW
The interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail network depends in part on the ability of the on-board control-command equipment to work with the various trackside equipment installed upon it(1).
2.2.1. INTEROPERABILITY
Technical interoperability ensures that the trains are able to run safely on the interoperable lines, receiving the necessary control-command data from the trackside. Technical interoperability is obtained by providing the trains with the correct functions, interfaces and performance for the infrastructure over which the service is to pass. Technical interoperability is the prerequisite for operational interoperability, in which the driving is based on consistent information displayed in the cabs and is in accordance with signalling principles defined for the high-speed network that are independent of the technology used.
2.2.2. CLASSES OF CONTROL-COMMAND INTERFACES BETWEEN TRACK AND TRAIN
Interoperability of the control-command functions is to be founded upon the development of unified specifications of the interfaces which provide for interoperability. In the meantime, the specification of the interfaces presently used for interoperable services (termed class B) are subject to the requirements of this TSI. Each class B specification shall be managed as follows. Member States have the responsibility to ensure that during their life the class B systems are managed in the interests of interoperability, in particular any changes to these specifications are to be managed such that interoperability is not prejudiced.
Two classes of control-command interfaces between track and train are defined:
class A: the unified control-command interfaces – these interfaces are defined in Chapter 4. Annex A includes the specifications that define the interoperability requirements of the class A control-command interfaces,
class B: control-command interfaces and applications existing before entry into force of Directive 96/48/EC limited to those described in Annex B. These can be implemented as STMs(2).
In order to achieve interoperability, the trains’ on-board control-command assembly will consist of:
– the class A radio and data communication interfaces to the infrastructure, in case of operation with class A Infrastructure,
– the class B radio and data communication interfaces to the infrastructure, in case of operation with class B infrastructure.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR INTEROPERABILITY
This Annex deals with requirements of this TSI only.
ERTMS references are to be reviewed after the consolidation phase.
The complete text of a specification is relevant for this TSI, unless otherwise indicated.
The European specifications quoted in this TSI are grouped into two columns: “European specifications defining basic parameters” and “Other European specifications”. To ensure interoperability, those European specifications defining basic parameters must be fully applied in every implementation; alternative solutions to satisfy the essential requirements are not allowed.
GLOBAL REQUIREMENTS
CONTROL COMMAND FUNCTIONS
INTERFACES BETWEEN ONBOARD AND TRACKSIDE ASSEMBLIES
INTERFACES ONBOARD BETWEEN CONTROL-COMMAND INTEROPERABILITY CONSTITUENTS
INTERFACES AT THE TRACKSIDE BETWEEN CONTROL-COMMAND INTEROPERABILITY CONSTITUENTS
COMPATIBILITY (NOT EMC) BETWEEN TRAINS AND TRACK-CIRCUITS
DATA INTERFACES BETWEEN CONTROL-COMMAND AND ROLLING-STOCK
CONTROL-COMMAND PERFORMANCE
VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
(SPECIFICATIONS FOR INTEROPERABILITY)
– to be updated –
Requirements from the control-command subsystem on the rolling stock subsystem upon obligatory conditions to be fulfilled in order to support the operation of track circuits and treadles (including “axle counters”)
These requirements apply to interoperable high-speed trains according to Directive 96/48/EC and the TSI rolling stock. The term wheelset shall apply to any pair of wheels, even without a common axle.
Electrical resistance between tyres of a wheelset (or parts of the wheels replacing the tyres) of an empty vehicle:
– less than 0,01 Ohm when new or after re-tyring,
– less than 0,1 Ohm after overhaul of wheel sets with tyred wheels (without replacement of the tyre).
Conditions for measurement:
– voltage between 1,8 V and 2,0 V.
The distance between adjacent wheelsets must not exceed 17,5 m (16,4 m for running in the United Kingdom).
The distance between the front/end wheelset and the buffer head must not exceed 4,2 m.
USE OF ANNEX B
This Annex presents the train-protection, control and warning systems and radio systems that predate the introduction of the class A train control systems and radio systems and that are authorised for use on the European high-speed network up to speed limits defined by the responsible Member State. These class B systems were not developed under unified European specifications, and therefore there may be proprietary specification rights with their suppliers. The provision and maintenance of these specifications shall not conflict with national regulations – especially those concerning patents.
During the transition phase in which these systems will be gradually replaced by the unified system, there will be a need to manage the engineering specifications in the interests of interoperability. This is the responsibility of the Member State concerned or its representative in cooperation with the respective system supplier in accordance with point 7.2.1.5 of this TSI.
Train operators needing to install one or more of these systems on their trains shall refer to the appropriate Member State. Annex C manages the corresponding geographical distribution of each system, requiring for each line a register of infrastructure describing the equipment type and the associated operational arrangements. By means of the register of infrastructure, the infrastructure manager ensures the coherence between the system and the rulebook under his authority.
The Member State shall provide to the train operator the advice necessary to obtain a safe installation compatible with the requirements of this TSI and Annex C.
The class B installations shall include the fallback arrangements, as required by Annex C.
For the class B systems, this Annex provides basic information. For each system listed, the Member State identified shall guarantee that its interoperability is maintained and shall provide the information required for the purposes of its application, in particular the information relevant to its approval.
PART 1: SIGNALLING
0. Use of Annex B
4. Crocodile
6. Indusi/PZB
14. ZUB 123
For information only, systems not used in Member States:
17. ZUB 121
– The selection of systems is based on the list elaborated in the EU research project EURET 1.2.
– System 9 (RSDD) was accepted as an additional system in the TSI meeting on 26 February 1998 in Paris.
– System 12 (TPWS) was accepted at the 26th AEIF Board meeting. TPWS on-board equipment includes the AWS functions.
– System 15 (EVM) is for information only, as Hungary is not a Member State.
– System 16 (LS) is for information only, as the Czech Republic and the Slovak Republic are not Member States.
– System 17 (ZUB 121) is for information only, as Switzerland is not a Member State.
– It is accepted that systems 14 and 17 (ZUB 123 and ZUB 121) are not compatible for mechanical reasons and therefore have individual descriptions.
Description:
ASFA is a cab-signalling and ATP system installed on most lines of RENFE (1676 mm), on metre gauge lines of FEVE, and on the new European gauge NAFA line.
ASFA is found on all lines being considered for interoperability.
Track-to-train communication is based on magnetically coupled resonant circuits in such a way that nine different data can be transmitted. A resonant circuit trackside is tuned to a frequency representing the signal aspect. The magnetically coupled on-board PLL is locked to the trackside frequency. The system is safety related, not fail safe, but safe enough to supervise the driver. It reminds the driver of the signalling conditions and obliges him to acknowledge restrictive aspects.
The trackside and on-board units are of conventional design.
Main characteristics
– Nine frequencies
range: 55 kHz to 115 kHz
– Three different train categories can be selected on-board
– Supervision:
– acknowledgement of restrictive signal by driver within three seconds
– continuous speed supervision (160 km/h or 180 km/h) after passing restrictive signal
– speed check (60 km/h, 50 km/h or 35 km/h depending on train type) after passing a transponder 300 m in rear of signal
– train trip at signal at danger
– line speed.
– Reaction:
the emergency brake is called if any supervision is violated. The emergency brake can be released at standstill.
– Responsible Member State: Spain
ATB exists in two basic versions: ATB first generation and ATB new generation.
Description of ATB First Generation:
ATB first generation is installed on the vast majority of lines of NS.
The system consists of coded track circuits of rather conventional design and a computerised (ACEC) or conventional electronic (GRS) on-board equipment.
The data transmission between coded track circuits and on-board equipment is via inductively coupled air coil pick-up antennae above the rails.
Main characteristics
– Data transmission to trains:
– 75 Hz carrier frequency
– AM modulated speed codes
– six speed codes (40, 60, 80, 130, 140) km/h
– one exit code
LINE-SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS AND TRAIN-SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS FOR LINES AND TRAINS DECLARED AS INTEROPERABLE, AND RESULTING REQUIREMENTS
1. General requirements
As stated in section 7, the line-specific characteristics defined in this Annex shall be included in the register of infrastructure by the infrastructure manager of lines declared as interoperable by the responsible Member State (Article 14 of Directive 96/48/EC) in the frame of the trans-European high-speed rail system (Annex I to Directive 96/48/EC).
As stated in section 7, the train-specific characteristics defined in this Annex shall be included in the register of rolling stock by the train operator of trains declared as interoperable in the frame of the trans-European high-speed rail system (Annex I to Directive 96/48/EC).
As stated in section 6.2, as a precondition for operating a train, the corresponding register of rolling stock and register of infrastructure have to be cross-checked for the sake of interoperability.
2. Register of infrastructure
This TSI allows some options of equipment, functions and infrastructure-related values. In addition, where European specifications do not cover the whole control-command trackside assembly, special requirements in the context of existing technical systems and in particular the use of specific operational requirements are possible and are the responsibility of the infrastructure controller.
Such information concerns for example:
– choices in the frame of technical compatibility requirements listed in Annex A,
– choices in the frame of technical compatibility requirements listed in Annex B,
– EMC-values (because of the use of equipment which is not covered by European specification referred to by TSIs, for instance axle-counter systems),
– climatic conditions and physical conditions along the line.
This information has to be available for and used by the train operators in the form of a line specific handbook (register of infrastructure) which can also contain other particularities of other TSIs (e.g., the TSI operation contains in the rule book Annex B systems and degraded modes)
The register of infrastructure may be specific to one line or a group of lines having the same characteristics.
The objective is that the requirements and characteristics stated in the register of infrastructure and in the register of rolling stock accord with the TSIs; particularly they must not be a hindrance to interoperability.
3. Register of rolling stock
In the frame of this TSI, for the train operator, some choices of equipment, functions and values related to the type of train are foreseen. In addition, because European specifications do not cover the whole onboard assembly control-command the infrastructure controller needs additional information concerning the use of class B systems, and the characteristics of the train which are relevant for trackside non-class B systems. This information concerns, for example:
– choices in the frame of technical compatibility requirements listed in Annex A,
– choices in the frame of technical compatibility requirements listed in Annex B,
– EMC values (because of the use on the lines concerned of equipment which is not covered by European specification referred to by TSIs, for instance track circuits being sensitive to traction currents and their harmonics and axle-counters systems being sensitive to electromagnetic fields),
– geometric and electrical parameters of the train such as length, maximal distance of axles in the train, length of the nose of the first and of the last car of the train, maximal electrical resistance between the wheels of an axle (in context with Annex A, item 16, because of the track-circuit design arrangement),
– braking parameters for class A system,
– braking parameters for class B systems,
– general braking parameters,
– types of brakes,
– eddy current brake installed,
– magnetic brake installed,
– climatic conditions and physical conditions in which the train is specified to operate.
This information has to be available for and to be used by the infrastructure managers by means of a train specific handbook (register of rolling stock) which can also address the possibility of or the need for auxiliary functions for the train to be manageable or to be managed by control-command, e.g., for passage of neutral sections, speed reduction in special circumstances depending of the train and line characteristics (tunnels) and particularities of other TSIs.
The register of rolling stock can be specific to one train or a category of trains having the same characteristics
4. Lists of specific characteristics and requirements
The following list is the mandatory requirement for the register of infrastructure and for the register of rolling stock in order to describe sufficiently the specific characteristics and requirements, and to facilitate interoperability. The list deals only with technical issues, the operational issues are contained in the TSI operation.
The requirements may be satisfied by the application of a standard. In this case, the reference concerned must be given in these handbooks.
Otherwise, any special requirements (methods of measurement) must be inserted into or appended to the register of rolling stock and the register of infrastructure.
For class B systems, the measures implemented in the context of the responsible Member State given in Annex B apply. The register of infrastructure shall include the following items:
– responsible Member State,
– name of Annex B system,
– version and placing-into-service date,
– speed restrictions and other class B specific conditions/requirements, due to system limitations,
– further details according to the lists below.
List of specific technical characteristics and the requirements associated with an interoperable line (from A to B) and with an interoperable train (type xyz)
TSI CC (high-speed rail system) – Figure 1
>PIC FILE= “L_2002245EN.011802.TIF”>
This figure shows the principle only
MODULES FOR EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY AND EC DECLARATION OF SUBSYSTEM VERIFICATION
Module B (type-examination)
Conformity assessment of interoperability constituents
1. This module describes that part of the procedure by which a notified body ascertains and attests that a type, representative of the production envisaged, meets the provisions of the TSI that apply to it.
2. The application for the type-examination must be lodged by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community with a notified body of his choice.
The application must include:
– the name and address of the manufacturer and, if the application is lodged by the authorised representative, his name and address in addition,
– a written declaration that the same application has not been lodged with any other notified body,
– the technical documentation, as described in point 3.
The applicant must place at the disposal of the notified body a specimen representative of the production envisaged and hereinafter called “type”. A type may cover several versions of the interoperability constituent provided that the differences between the versions do not affect the provisions of the TSI.
The notified body may request further specimens if needed for carrying out the test programme.
If no type tests are requested within the type-examination procedure (see point 4.4), and the type is sufficiently defined by the technical documentation, as described in point 3., the notified body may agree, that no specimens are placed at its disposal.
3. The technical documentation must enable the conformity of the interoperability constituent with the provisions of the TSI to be assessed. It must, as far as relevant for such assessment, cover the design, manufacture and operation of the product. The technical documentation must contain:
– a general type-description,
– conceptual design and manufacturing drawings and schemes of components, subassemblies, circuits, etc.,
– descriptions and explanations necessary for the understanding of said drawings and schemes and the operation of the product,
– conditions of integration of the interoperability constituent in its system environment (subassembly, assembly, subsystem) and the necessary interface conditions,
– conditions for use and maintenance of the interoperability constituent (restrictions of running time or distance, wear limits, etc.),
– a list of the technical specifications, against which the conformity of the interoperability constituent is to be assessed (relevant TSI and/or European specification with relevant clauses),
– descriptions of the solutions adopted to meet the requirements of the TSI in cases where the European specifications referred to in the TSI have not been applied in full(1),
– results of design calculations made, examinations carried out, etc.,
– test reports.
4. The notified body must:
4.1. examine the technical documentation,
4.2. if a design review is requested in the TSI, perform an examination of the design methods, the design tools and the design results to evaluate their capability to fulfil the requirements for conformity for the interoperability constituent at the completion of the design process,
4.3. if a review of the manufacturing process is requested in the TSI, perform an examination of the manufacturing process devised for manufacturing the interoperability constituent, to evaluate its contribution to product conformity, and/or examine the review carried out by the manufacturer at the completion of the design process,
4.4. if type tests are requested in the TSI, verify that the specimen(s) has (have) been manufactured in conformity with the technical documentation, and carry out or have carried out the type tests in accordance with the provisions of the TSI and the European specification referred to in the TSI,
4.5. identify the elements which have been designed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the TSI and the European specification referred to in the TSI, as well as the elements which have been designed without applying the relevant provisions of those European specifications(2),
4.6. perform or have performed the appropriate examinations and necessary tests in accordance with points 4.2., 4.3. and 4.4. to establish whether, where the appropriate European specification referred to in the TSI have not been applied, the solutions adopted by the manufacturer meet the requirements of the TSI(3).
4.7. perform or have performed the appropriate examinations and necessary tests in accordance with points 4.2., 4.3. and 4.4. to establish whether, where the manufacturer has chosen to apply the relevant European specification, these have actually been applied,
4.8. agree with the applicant the location where the examinations and necessary tests will be carried out.
5. Where the type meets the provisions of the TSI, the notified body must issue a type-examination certificate to the applicant. The certificate must contain the name and address of the manufacturer, conclusions of the examination, conditions for its validity and the necessary data for identification of the approved type.
The time period of validity shall be no longer than three years.
A list of the relevant parts of the technical documentation must be annexed to the certificate and a copy kept by the notified body.
If the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community is denied an EC type-examination certificate, the notified body must provide detailed reasons for such denial.
Provision must be made for an appeals procedure.
6. The applicant must inform the notified body that holds the technical documentation concerning the EC type-examination certificate of all modifications to the approved product which must receive additional approval where such changes may affect the conformity with the requirements of the TSI or the prescribed conditions for use of the product. This additional approval is given in the form of an addition to the original type-examination certificate, or a new certificate will be issued after withdrawal of the old certificate.
7. If no modifications as under point 6 have been made, the validity of an expiring certificate can be extended for another period of validity. The applicant will apply for such a prolongation by a written confirmation that no such modifications have been made, and the notified body issues a prolongation for another period of validity as in point 5, if no contrary information exists. This procedure can be repeated.
8. Each notified body must communicate to the other notified bodies the relevant information concerning the type-examination certificates it has withdrawn or refused.
9. The other notified bodies will receive copies of the type-examination certificates issued and/or their additions on request. The annexes to the certificates must be kept at the disposal of the other notified bodies.
10. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community must keep with the technical documentation copies of the EC type-examination certificates and their additions for a period of 10 years after the last product has been manufactured Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative is established within the Community, the obligation to keep the technical documentation available is the responsibility of the person who places the product on the Community market.
Module D (production quality assurance)
Conformity assessment of interoperability constituents
1. This module describes the procedure whereby the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community who satisfies the obligations of point 2 ensures and declares that the interoperability constituent concerned is in conformity with the type as described in the EC type-examination certificate and satisfies the requirements of the Directive 96/48/EC and of the TSI that apply to it.
2. The manufacturer must operate an approved quality system for production, final product inspection and testing as specified in point 3 and is subject to monitoring as specified in point 4.
3. Quality system
3.1. The manufacturer must lodge an application for assessment of his quality system with a notified body of his choice, for the interoperability constituents concerned.
The application must include:
– all relevant information for the product category representative for the interoperability constituents envisaged,
– the documentation concerning the quality system,

Pending: 32002D0730

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 96/48/EC of 23 July 1996 on the interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail network(1), and in particular Article 6(1) thereof,Whereas:(1) In accordance with Article 2(c) of Directive 96/48/EC, the trans-European high-speed rail system is subdivided into structural or functional subsystems. These subsystems are described in Annex II to the Directive.(2) In accordance with Article 5(1) of the Directive, each of the subsystems shall be covered by a technical specification for interoperability (TSI).(3) In accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive, draft TSIs shall be drawn up by the joint representative body.(4) The Committee set up under Article 21 of Directive 96/48/EC has appointed the European Association for Railway Interoperability (AEIF) as the joint representative body in accordance with Article 2(h) of the Directive.(5) The AEIF has been given a mandate to draw up a draft TSI for the maintenance subsystem in accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive. This mandate has been established in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 21(2) of the Directive.(6) The AEIF has drawn up the draft TSI, together with an introductory report containing a cost-benefit analysis as provided for in Article 6(3) of the Directive.(7) The draft TSI has been examined by the representatives of the Member States, in the framework of the Committee set up by the Directive, in the light of the introductory report.(8) As specified in

Article 1
The TSI relating to the “maintenance” subsystem of the trans-European high-speed rail system referred to in Article 6(1) of Directive 96/48/EC is hereby adopted by the Commission. The TSI is set out in the Annex to this Decision. The TSI is fully applicable to the infrastructure and rolling stock of the trans-European high-speed rail system as defined in Annex I of Directive 96/48/EC, taking into account Article 2 hereunder.

Article 2
1. For the purposes of this Article:
– “upgrading” means major work to modify a subsystem or part of a subsystem which changes the performance of the subsystem,
– “renewal” means major work to replace a subsystem or part of a subsystem which does not change the performance of the subsystem,
– “maintenance-related replacement” means replacement of components by parts of identical function and performances in the context of predictive or corrective maintenance.
2. In the case of upgrading, the contracting entity will submit a dossier describing the project to the Member State concerned. The Member State will examine the dossier and, taking into account the implementation strategy in Chapter 7 of the attached TSI, will (where appropriate) decide whether the application of the attached TSI is needed. If so, it will inform the Committee set up pursuant to Directive 96/48/EC.
3. In the case of renewal and maintenance-related replacement, application of the attached TSI is voluntary.

Article 3
The attached TSI shall enter into force six months after notification of this Decision.

Article 4
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 30 May 2002.
For the Commission
Loyola De Palacio
Vice-President
(1) OJ L 235, 17.9.1996, p. 6.
(2) OJ L 110, 20.4.2001, p. 1.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,Having regard to Council Directive 96/48/EC of 23 July 1996 on the interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail network(1), and in particular Article 6(1) thereof,Whereas:(1) In accordance with Article 2(c) of Directive 96/48/EC, the trans-European high-speed rail system is subdivided into structural or functional subsystems. These subsystems are described in Annex II to the Directive.(2) In accordance with Article 5(1) of the Directive, each of the subsystems shall be covered by a technical specification for interoperability (TSI).(3) In accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive, draft TSIs shall be drawn up by the joint representative body.(4) The Committee set up under Article 21 of Directive 96/48/EC has appointed the European Association for Railway Interoperability (AEIF) as the joint representative body in accordance with Article 2(h) of the Directive.(5) The AEIF has been given a mandate to draw up a draft TSI for the maintenance subsystem in accordance with Article 6(1) of the Directive. This mandate has been established in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 21(2) of the Directive.(6) The AEIF has drawn up the draft TSI, together with an introductory report containing a cost-benefit analysis as provided for in Article 6(3) of the Directive.(7) The draft TSI has been examined by the representatives of the Member States, in the framework of the Committee set up by the Directive, in the light of the introductory report.(8) As specified in
The TSI relating to the “maintenance” subsystem of the trans-European high-speed rail system referred to in Article 6(1) of Directive 96/48/EC is hereby adopted by the Commission. The TSI is set out in the Annex to this Decision. The TSI is fully applicable to the infrastructure and rolling stock of the trans-European high-speed rail system as defined in Annex I of Directive 96/48/EC, taking into account Article 2 hereunder.
1. For the purposes of this Article:
– “upgrading” means major work to modify a subsystem or part of a subsystem which changes the performance of the subsystem,
– “renewal” means major work to replace a subsystem or part of a subsystem which does not change the performance of the subsystem,
– “maintenance-related replacement” means replacement of components by parts of identical function and performances in the context of predictive or corrective maintenance.
2. In the case of upgrading, the contracting entity will submit a dossier describing the project to the Member State concerned. The Member State will examine the dossier and, taking into account the implementation strategy in Chapter 7 of the attached TSI, will (where appropriate) decide whether the application of the attached TSI is needed. If so, it will inform the Committee set up pursuant to Directive 96/48/EC.
3. In the case of renewal and maintenance-related replacement, application of the attached TSI is voluntary.
The attached TSI shall enter into force six months after notification of this Decision.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Brussels, 30 May 2002.
For the Commission
Loyola De Palacio
Vice-President
(1) OJ L 235, 17.9.1996, p. 6.
(2) OJ L 110, 20.4.2001, p. 1.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR INTEROPERABILITY RELATING TO THE MAINTENANCE SUBSYSTEM
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. TECHNICAL SCOPE
This TSI concerns the maintenance subsystem, which is one of the subsystems listed in Annex II.1 to Directive 96/48/EC.
This TSI is part of a set of six TSIs, which cover all the eight subsystems defined in the Directive. The specifications concerning the “users” and “environment” subsystems, which are necessary to ensure interoperability of the trans-European high-speed rail system in compliance with the essential requirements, are set out in the TSIs concerned.
More information about the maintenance subsystem is given in Chapter 2.
1.2. GEOGRAPHICAL SCOPE
The geographical scope of this TSI is the trans-European high-speed rail system as described in Annex I to Directive 96/48/EC.
Reference shall be made in particular to the lines of the trans-European rail network described in European Parliament and Council Decision No 1692/96/EC of 23 July 1996 on Community guidelines for the development of the trans-European transport network or in any update to the same Decision as a result of the revision provided for in Article 21 of that Decision.
1.3. CONTENT OF THIS TSI
In accordance with Article 5(3) and with Annex I, point 1(b) to Directive 96/48/EC, this TSI:
(a) specifies the essential requirements for the subsystems and their interfaces (Chapter 3);
(b) establishes the basic parameters described in Annex II, point 3 to that Directive, which are necessary to meet the essential requirements (Chapter 4);
(c) establishes the conditions to be complied with to achieve the specified performances for each of the following categories of line (Chapter 4):
– category I: specially built high-speed lines equipped for speeds generally equal to or greater than 250 km/h,
– category II: specially upgraded high-speed lines equipped for speeds of the order of 200 km/h,
– category III: specially upgraded high-speed lines which have special features as a result of topographical, relief or town-planning constraints, on which the speed must be adapted to each case.
(d) establishes implementing provisions in certain specific cases (Chapter 7);
(e) determines the interoperability constituents and interfaces which must be covered by European specifications, including European standards, which are needed in order to achieve interoperability within the trans-European high-speed rail system while meeting the essential requirements (Chapter 5):
(f) states, in each case under consideration, which of the modules defined in Decision 93/465/EEC or, where appropriate, which specific procedures are to be used in order to assess either the conformity or the suitability for use of the interoperability constituents, as well as “EC” verification of the subsystems (Chapter 6).
2. SUBSYSTEM DEFINITION AND SCOPE
The aim of this technical specification is to define the technical and regulatory prescriptions together with the necessary and appropriate procedures for the constituents in the “maintenance” subsystem and for the interfaces required to guarantee interoperability of the European high-speed network in compliance with the essential requirements of the “maintenance” subsystem.
The definition of the domain concerned by the maintenance subsystem together with the field of application of the associated technical specification are derived from the maintenance or monitoring operations which should be applied as general practice in order to meet the requirements of interoperability.
In view of the geographical structure of the European high-speed network and the commercial speeds at which trains are operated, it will be possible to schedule rosters so that each train can return at staggered intervals to a designated base in its country of origin where the complex maintenance operations will be carried out at frequencies compatible with the design and reliability of high-speed trains. Indeed, the design of high-speed trains integrates highly reliable technical solutions and functional architecture incorporating redundancy with a very high level of availability which is far superior to a conventional rake of coaches with one or two locomotives. In addition, monitoring or testing devices which use automatic isolation equipment make it easier to identify the current functional status of the trainset so that it can be formed in such a way as to continue in commercial service until its return to the maintenance centre.
The conditions under which some repair work can be undertaken to allow the safe return of the rolling stock to the agreed maintenance depot and the special operating conditions for the rolling stock when it is in a degraded state, shall be agreed, case by case, between the infrastructure managers and the railway undertakings, according to particular characteristics of the rolling stock and to the circulation rules or regulations of the countries concerned.
In no event must any major corrective maintenance operation (except those required by specific situations, see Annex I to this TSI) or inspection be performed outside the dedicated trainset maintenance facilities. As a result, trainset maintenance logistics facilities covered by the present TSI shall be expressly restricted to operations ensuring interoperability. Such operations concern the restocking of consumable materials (water and sand), cleaning (the inside and outside of trainsets) and toilet emptying.
Generally speaking, maintenance arrangements specific to each subsystem covered by a TSI shall, if necessary at all, be set out in the corresponding TSI.
As regards the reliability and functional architecture of trainsets as well as the maintenance organisation used, maintenance is organised so as to be compatible with economically acceptable and profitable trainset operation.
From this standpoint, facilities falling within the field of application of the “maintenance” technical specification for interoperability (TSI) are those required to:
– clean the inside and outside of the trainsets,
– deal with retention toilets,
– restock the water and sand supplies.
3. ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1. In accordance with Article 4(1) of Directive 96/48/EC, the trans-European high-speed rail system, its subsystems and their interoperability constituents must meet the relevant essential requirements as specified in Annex III to the Directive.
3.2. The essential requirements are related to:
– reliability and availability,
– environmental protection,
– technical compatibility.
According to Directive 96/48/EC, the essential requirements may be general in scope and are applicable across the board to the entire trans-European high-speed rail system and may contain specific features for each subsystem and its constituents.
3.3. Requirements specific to the “maintenance” subsystem (facilities and procedures used in maintenance centres handling interoperable high-speed trainsets) responding to and in addition to the considerations laid down in Annex III to the Directive are specified as follows:
Essential requirement 1.1.1:
“The design, construction or assembly, maintenance and monitoring of safety-critical components, and more particularly of the components involved in train movements must be such as to guarantee safety at the level corresponding to the aims laid down for the network, including those for specific degraded situations.”
The fulfilment of this essential requirement may be considered as achieved when conformity to the prescriptions of point 4.2.2.2.5 (sand restocking equipment) of the present TSI is certified.
Essential requirement 1.1.2:
“The parameters involved in the wheel/rail contact must meet the stability requirements needed in order to guarantee safe movement at the maximum authorised speed.”
This essential requirement is not relevant to the maintenance subsystem.
Essential requirement 1.1.3:
“The components used must withstand any normal or exceptional stresses that have been specified during their period in service. The safety repercussions of any accidental failures must be limited by appropriate means.”
This essential requirement is not relevant to the maintenance subsystem.
Essential requirement 1.1.4:
SPECIFIC SITUATIONS
As specified in the TSI, the redundancies incorporated into high-speed trainsets at the design stage should enable preventive and corrective maintenance work to be carried out mostly at the designated rolling stock maintenance depot.
However, certain types of damage, examples of which are listed below, can lead:
– either to degraded operating modes for the rolling stock and operating restrictions (speed restriction, coach shutdowns, etc.),
– or to the need for corrective maintenance at the train terminus.
As it is important for financial reasons not to equip every terminus with special facilities, nor to tie up supplies of little used spare parts, and in view of the difficulty of keeping staff trained for several types of rolling stock, corrective maintenance operations should be dealt with according to one of the following four arrangements:
– basic repairs that can be carried out by train staff without any specific knowledge of the type of rolling stock,
– repairs carried out with specialist support from the home depot via a phone link,
– repairs carried out by a team from the home depot sent immediately to the spot,
– isolation of the failed component and trainset returned to base in non-commercial service.
The specific operating conditions in degraded mode or following partial or temporary repairs must be approved on a case-by-case basis according to the specifics of the rolling stock and the rules or regulations governing the working of trains in the countries crossed (bilateral agreements required).
Examples of possible damage:
– evidence of wheel flats
– hot axle box
– seized axle
– entrance doors jammed
– air conditioning failure
– broken windows
– pantograph disabled
– toilets out of order
– faulty train control equipment (TVM, LZB, RS 4 codes…)
– horn or headlights failure
– damage to suspension spring
– damage to bogie
– damage to dampers
– damage to coupling
– trainset power supply failure
– lighting failure
ASSESSMENT OF CONFORMITY
ASSESSMENT OF INTEROPERABILITY CONSTITUENTS
II.1. Scope
This Annex indicates the assessment of conformity of interoperability constituents: toilet discharge system connections, trainset-interior cleaning equipment (electrical sockets) and water filling adapters of the maintenance subsystem.
II.2. Characteristics
The characteristics of the interoperability constituents to be assessed in the different phases of design and production are marked by X in Table II.1, Table II.2 and Table II.3.
Table II.1.
Assessment of the interoperability constituent: toilet discharge system connections
n.a.: not applicable.
Table II.2.
Assessment of the interoperability constituent: trainset-interior cleaning equipment (electrical sockets)
n.a.: not applicable.
Table II.3.
Assessment of the interoperability constituent: water filling adapters
n.a.: not applicable.
ASSESSMENT OF THE MAINTENANCE SUBSYSTEM
II.3. Scope
This Annex indicates the assessment of conformity of the maintenance subsystem.
II.4. Characteristics
The characteristics of the subsystem to be assessed in the different phases of design, installation and operation are marked by X in Tables II.4 (for fixed installations) and II.5 (for on-board installations).
Table II.4.
Assessment of the maintenance subsystem (fixed installations)
n.a.: not applicable.
Table II.5.
Assessment of the maintenance subsystem (on-board installations)
n.a.: not applicable
ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES (MODULES)
III.1. Module A (Internal production control)
Conformity assessment of interoperability constituents
1. This module describes the procedure whereby the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community, who carries out the obligations laid down in point 2, ensures and declares that the interoperability constituent concerned satisfies the requirements of the TSI that apply to it.
2. The manufacturer must establish the technical documentation described in point 3.
3. The technical documentation must enable the conformity of the interoperability constituent with the requirements of this TSI to be assessed. It must, as far as relevant for such assessment, cover the design, manufacture and operation of the interoperability constituent. So far as relevant for the assessment, the documentation must contain:
– a general description of the interoperability constituent,
– conceptual design and manufacturing drawings and schemes of components, subassemblies, circuits, etc.,
– descriptions and explanations necessary for the understanding of said drawings and schemes and the operation of the interoperability constituent,
– a list of the technical specifications (relevant TSI and/or European specifications with relevant clauses, referred to in the TSI), applied in full or in part,
– descriptions of the solutions adopted to meet the requirements of this TSI, where the European specifications referred to in the TSI have not been applied in full,
– results of design calculations made, examinations carried out, etc.,
– test reports.
4. The manufacturer must take all the measures necessary in order that the manufacturing process ensures compliance of the manufactured interoperability constituent with the technical documentation referred to in point 2 and with the requirements of the TSI that apply to it.
5. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community must draw up a written declaration of conformity. The content of this declaration has to include at least the information, indicated in Annex IV(3) to Directive 96/48/EC and in Article 13(3) thereof. The EC declaration of conformity and the accompanying documents must be dated and signed.
The declaration must be written in the same language of the technical file and must contain the following:
– the Directive reference (Directive 96/48/EC and other Directives to which the interoperability constituent may be subject),
– the name and address of the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community (give trade name and full address and in the case of authorised representative also give the trade name of the manufacturer or constructor),
– description of interoperability constituent (make, type etc.),
– description of the procedure (module) followed in order to declare conformity,
– all the relevant descriptions met by the interoperability constituent and in particular its conditions of use,
– reference to this TSI and to any other applicable TSI, and where appropriate reference to European specifications,
– identification of signatory having received power to engage the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.
6. The manufacturer or his authorised representative must keep a copy of the EC declaration of conformity with the technical documentation for a period of 10 years after the last interoperability constituent has been manufactured.
Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative is established within the Community, the obligation to keep the technical documentation available is the responsibility of the person who places the interoperability constituent in the Community market.
7. If additional to the EC declaration of conformity, an EC declaration for suitability for use for the interoperability constituent is required by the TSI, this declaration has to be added after being issued by the manufacturer under the conditions of module V.
III.2. MODULE SB (EC Type-examination)
EC verification of maintenance subsystem
1. This module describes the part of EC verification procedure whereby a notified body checks and certifies at the request of an adjudicating entity or its authorised representative established within the Community, that a type of a maintenance subsystem, representative for the production envisaged,
– complies with this TSI and any other applicable TSI, which demonstrate that the essential requirements of Directive 96/48/EC have been met,
– complies with the other regulations deriving from the Treaty.
2. The adjudicating entity or its authorised representative established within the Community must lodge an application for EC verification (through type-examination) of the subsystem with a notified body of his choice.
The application includes:
– name and address of the adjudicating entity or its authorised representative,
– the technical documentation, as described in point 3.
3. The applicant must place at the disposal of the notified body a specimen of the subsystem, representative of the production envisaged and hereinafter called “type”.
A type may cover several versions of the subsystem provided that the differences between the versions do not affect the provisions of the TSI.
The notified body may request further specimens if needed for carrying out the test programme.
If so required for specific test or examination methods and specified in the TSI or in the European specifications referred to in Article 10 of Directive 96/48/EC, also a specimen or specimens of a subassembly or assembly or a specimen of the subsystem in a pre-assembled condition has to be delivered.
The technical documentation must enable the design, manufacture, installation and operation of the subsystem to be understood, and shall enable conformity with the provisions of Directive 96/48/EC and of the TSI to be assessed. It must, as far as relevant for such assessment, cover the design, manufacture and operation of the subsystem.
It must include:
– a general description of the subsystem, overall design and structure,
– conceptual design and manufacturing drawings and schemes of components, subassemblies, assemblies, circuits, etc.,
– descriptions and explanations necessary for the understanding of said drawings and schemes and the operation of the product,
– the technical design specifications, including European specifications, that have been applied,
– the necessary supporting evidence for their adequacy, in particular where European specifications referred to in Article 10 of Directive 96/48/EC and the relevant clauses have not been applied in full,
– a list of the interoperability constituents, to be incorporated into the subsystem,
– technical documentation as regards the manufacturing and the assembling of the subsystem,
– a list of manufacturers, involved in the subsystem’s design, manufacturing, assembling and installation,
– conditions for use and maintenance of the subsystem (restrictions of running time or distance, wear limits etc),
CONNECTIONS FOR THE TOILET DISCHARGE SYSTEM
>PIC FILE= “L_2002245EN.003502.TIF”>
>PIC FILE= “L_2002245EN.003503.TIF”>
INLET CONNECTIONS FOR WATER TANKS
>PIC FILE= “L_2002245EN.003602.TIF”>

Pending: 32002D0682

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 207(3), first subparagraph thereof,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community, and in particular Article 121(3) thereof,Whereas the Council’s Rules of Procedure are applicable to the Council in the fields of Titles V and VI of the Treaty on European Union, in accordance with Articles 28(1) and 41(1) thereof,HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Sole ArticleThe Rules of Procedure of the Council of 5 June 2000 (2000/396/EC, ECSC, Euratom)(1) shall be replaced by the following, which shall enter into force on 23 July 2002:”RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE COUNCILArticle 1Notice and venue of meetings1. The Council shall meet when convened by its President on his own initiative or at the request of one of its members or of the Commission(1).2. Seven months before the beginning of its term of office, after consulting the Presidencies preceding and following its term of office where appropriate, the Presidency shall make known the dates which it envisages for meetings that the Council will have to hold in order to complete its legislative work or take operational decisions.3. The Council shall have its seat in Brussels. During the months of April, June and October the Council shall hold its meetings in Luxembourg(2).In exceptional circumstances and for duly substantiated reasons, the Council or the Permanent Representatives Committee (Coreper), acting unanimously, may decide that a Council meeting will be held elsewhere.Article 2Configurations of the Council, role of the General Affairs and External Relations Council and programming1. The Council may meet in different configurations according to the subject-matter dealt with. The Council in its General Affairs and External Relations configuration (hereinafter “General Affairs and External Relations Council”), convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph 2(a), shall fix the list of these configurations, which is set out in Annex I.2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council shall cover the following two main areas of activity, for which it shall hold separate meetings, with separate agendas and possibly on different dates, dealing respectively with:(a) preparation for and follow-up to the European Council meetings, including the necessary coordination of all preparatory work, overall coordination of policies, institutional and administrative questions, horizontal dossiers which affect several of the Union’s policies and any dossier entrusted to it by the European Council, having regard to operating rules for the Economic and Monetary Union;(b) the whole of the Union’s external action, namely common foreign and security policy, European security and defence policy, foreign trade, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.3. For the purpose of preparing the meetings of the European Council, the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a) shall:(a) draw up an annotated draft agenda on a proposal by the Presidency at least four weeks before the meeting of the European Council;(b) hold a final preparatory meeting on the eve of the European Council meeting and approve the agenda.Contributions to the proceedings of the European Council by other Council configurations shall be forwarded to the General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), at the latest two weeks before the meeting of the European Council.Except for urgent and unforeseeable reasons linked, for example, to current international events, no other configuration of the Council or Council preparatory committee may meet between the final preparatory meeting referred to in subparagraph (b) and the European Council meeting.4. The General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), shall recommend to the European Council for adoption a multiannual strategic programme for the three years to come, which shall be based on a joint proposal drawn up by the Presidencies concerned, in consultation with the Commission.5. In the light of that multiannual strategic programme, and following appropriate consultations, the two Presidencies due to hold office in the following year shall jointly submit a draft annual operational programme of Council activities during that year. This draft programme shall be submitted every year in December to the General Affairs and External Relations Council. This draft programme shall also have regard, inter alia, to relevant points arising from the dialogue on the political priorities for the year, conducted at the Commission’s initiative. The two Presidencies concerned shall finalise this programme on the basis of the discussion of the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a).6. The incoming Presidency shall establish indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the next six-month period, showing the legislative work and operational decisions envisaged. These indicative provisional agendas shall be established at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office, on the basis of the annual operational programme and after consulting the Commission. Where necessary, extra Council meetings may be provided for, in addition to those previously planned.Similar indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the six-month period following that referred to in the first subparagraph shall be established by the Presidency concerned, after consulting the Commission and the next Presidency, at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office.If during a six-month period any of the meetings planned during that period proves to be no longer warranted, the Presidency shall not convene it.Article 3 (3)Agenda1. Taking into account the Council annual programme, the President shall draw up the provisional agenda for each meeting. The agenda shall be sent to the other members of the Council and to the Commission at least 14 days before the beginning of the meeting.2. The provisional agenda shall contain the items in respect of which a request for inclusion on the agenda, together with any documents relating thereto, has been received by the General Secretariat from a member of the Council or from the Commission at least 16 days before the beginning of that meeting. The provisional agenda shall also indicate by way of an asterisk the items on which the Presidency, a member of the Council or the Commission may request a vote. Such an indication shall be made once all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.3. Items relating to the adoption of an act or a common position on a legislative proposal or a proposal for a measure to be adopted under Title VI of the Treaty on European Union shall not be placed on the provisional agenda for a decision until the six-week period provided for in point 3 of the Protocol on the role of national parliaments in the European Union has elapsed.The Council may unanimously derogate from the six-week period where the entry of an item is subject to the exception on grounds of urgency provided for in point 3 of that Protocol.4. Only items in respect of which the documents have been sent to the members of the Council and to the Commission at the latest by the date on which the provisional agenda is sent may be placed on that agenda.5. The General Secretariat shall transmit to the members of the Council and to the Commission requests for the inclusion of items in the agenda and documents in respect of which the time limits specified above were not respected.If, by the end of the week preceding the week prior to a Council meeting, Coreper has not completed its examination of legislative items within the meaning of Article 7, the Presidency shall, unless considerations of urgency require otherwise and without prejudice to paragraph 2, remove them from the provisional agenda.6. The provisional agenda shall be divided into Part A and Part B. Items for which approval by the Council is possible without discussion shall be included in Part A, but this does not exclude the possibility of any member of the Council or of the Commission expressing an opinion at the time of the approval of these items and having statements included in the minutes.7. The agenda shall be adopted by the Council at the beginning of each meeting. The inclusion in the agenda of an item other than those appearing on the provisional agenda shall require unanimity in the Council. Items entered in this way may be put to the vote if all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.8. However, an “A” item shall be withdrawn from the agenda, unless the Council decides otherwise, if a position on an “A” item might lead to further discussion thereof or if a member of the Council or the Commission so requests.9. Any request for the inclusion of an “other business” item shall be accompanied by an explanatory document.Article 4Representation of a Council member unable to attendSubject to the provisions of Article 11 on the delegation of voting rights, a member of the Council who is prevented from attending a meeting may arrange to be represented.Article 5Meetings1. Meetings of the Council shall not be public except in the cases referred to in Article 8.2. The Commission shall be invited to take part in meetings of the Council. The same applies to the European Central Bank in cases where it exercises its right of initiative. The Council may, however, decide to deliberate without the presence of the Commission or of the European Central Bank.3. The members of the Council and of the Commission may be accompanied by officials who assist them. The names and functions of those officials shall be notified in advance to the General Secretariat. The maximum number of persons per delegation in the Council meeting room at the same time, including members of the Council, may be laid down by the Council.4. Admission to meetings of the Council shall be subject to the production of a pass delivered by the General Secretariat.Article 6Professional secrecy and production of documents in legal proceedings1. Without prejudice to Articles 8 and 9 and to provisions on public access to documents, the deliberations of the Council shall be covered by the obligation of professional secrecy, except insofar as the Council decides otherwise.2. The Council or Coreper may authorise the production for use in legal proceedings of a copy of or an extract from Council documents which have not already been released to the public in accordance with the provisions on public access to documents.Article 7Cases where the Council acts in its legislative capacityThe Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of the second subparagraph of Article 207(3) of the EC Treaty when it adopts rules which are legally binding in or for the Member States, by means of regulations, directives, framework decisions or decisions, on the basis of the relevant provisions of the Treaties, with the exception of discussions leading to the adoption of internal measures, administrative or budgetary acts, acts concerning inter-institutional or international relations or non-binding acts (such as conclusions, recommendations or resolutions).Where legislative proposals or initiatives are submitted to it the Council shall refrain from adopting acts which are not provided for by the Treaties, such as resolutions or declarations other than those referred to in Article 9.Article 8Council deliberations open to the public and public debates1. Council deliberations on acts to be adopted in accordance with the co-decision procedure under Article 251 of the EC Treaty shall be open to the public as follows:(a) the presentation by the Commission of its most important legislative proposals and the ensuing debate in the Council shall be open to the public. The list of such proposals shall be adopted at the beginning of each six-month period by the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a), on a recommendation from the Presidency, after consulting the Commission;(b) the vote on legislative acts shall be open to the public, as well as the final Council deliberations leading to that vote and the explanations of voting accompanying it(4).In such cases, Council deliberations shall be open to the public through transmission of the Council meeting by audiovisual means, notably in an overflow room. The outcome of voting shall be indicated by visual means.The General Secretariat shall as far as possible inform the public in advance of the dates and approximate time on which such audiovisual transmissions will take place and shall take all practical measures to ensure proper implementation of this paragraph.2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a) shall hold a public policy debate every year on the Council’s annual operational programme and, if appropriate, on the Commission’s annual work programme. This annual policy debate shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.3. On a decision taken by the Council or by Coreper, acting by a qualified majority, the Council shall hold at least one public debate on important new legislative proposals other than those referred to in paragraph 1.The Council or Coreper may decide by a qualified majority on a case-by-case basis that other public debates are to be held on important issues affecting the interests of the Union.It shall be for the Presidency, any member of the Council, or the Commission to propose issues or specific subjects for such debates.Such debates shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.Article 9Making public votes, explanations of votes and minutes1. In addition to cases where Council deliberations are open to the public under Article 8(1), where the Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of Article 7, the results of votes and explanations of votes by Council members, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of legislative acts, shall be made public.The same rule shall apply for:(a) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of a common position pursuant to Article 251 or 252 of the EC Treaty;(b) results of votes and explanations of votes by members of the Council or their representatives on the Conciliation Committee set up by Article 251 of the EC Treaty, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the Conciliation Committee meeting;(c) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the establishment by the Council of a convention on the basis of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union.2. Moreover, the results of votes shall be made public:(a) when the Council acts pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;(b) when the Council adopts a common position within the meaning of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;(c) in other cases, by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.When the result of a vote in the Council is made public in accordance with subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), the explanations of votes made when the vote was taken shall also be made public at the request of the Council members concerned, with due regard for these Rules of Procedure, legal certainty and the interests of the Council.Statements entered in the Council minutes and items in those minutes relating to the adoption of the acts referred to in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) shall be made public by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.3. Votes shall not be made public in the case of discussions leading to indicative votes or the adoption of preparatory acts.Article 10Public access to Council documentsThe specific provisions regarding public access to Council documents are set out in Annex II.Article 11Voting arrangements and quorum1. The Council shall vote on the initiative of its President.The President shall, furthermore, be required to open a voting procedure on the initiative of a member of the Council or of the Commission, provided that a majority of the Council’s members so decides.2. The members of the Council shall vote in the order of the Member States laid down in Article 203 of the EC Treaty, beginning with the member who, according to that order, follows the member holding the office of President.3. Where a vote is taken, any member of the Council may also act on behalf of not more than one other member(5).4. The presence of a majority of the members of the Council who are, under the Treaties, entitled to vote is required to enable the Council to vote. When the vote is taken, the President, assisted by the General Secretariat, shall check that there is a quorum.Article 12 (6)Written procedure1. Acts of the Council on an urgent matter may be adopted by a written vote where the Council or Coreper unanimously decides to use that procedure. In special circumstances, the President may also propose the use of that procedure; in such a case, written votes may be used where all members of the Council agree to that procedure.2. Agreement by the Commission to the use of the written procedure shall be required where the written vote is on a matter which the Commission has brought before the Council.3. A summary of acts adopted by the written procedure shall be drawn up every month by the General Secretariat.4. On the initiative of the Presidency, the Council may also act for the purpose of implementing the common foreign and security policy by means of the simplified written procedure (COREU). In that case the proposal shall be deemed to be adopted at the end of the period laid down by the Presidency depending on the urgency of the matter, except where a member of the Council objects(7).5. The General Secretariat shall establish that the written procedures have been completed.Article 13Minutes1. Minutes of each meeting shall be drawn up and, when approved, shall be signed by the Secretary-General/High Representative for the Common Foreign and Security Policy (hereinafter referred to as “the Secretary-General”) or the Deputy Secretary-General. They may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.The minutes shall as a general rule indicate in respect of each item on the agenda:- the documents submitted to the Council,- the decisions taken or the conclusions reached by the Council,- the statements made by the Council and those whose entry has been requested by a member of the Council or the Commission.2. The draft minutes shall be drawn up by the General Secretariat within 15 days and submitted to the Council or to Coreper for approval.3. Prior to such approval any member of the Council, or the Commission, may request that more details be inserted in the minutes regarding any item on the agenda. These requests may be made in Coreper.Article 14Deliberations and decisions on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages provided for by the language rules in force1. Except as otherwise decided unanimously by the Council on grounds of urgency, the Council shall deliberate and take decisions only on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages specified in the rules in force governing languages.2. Any member of the Council may oppose discussion if the texts of any proposed amendments are not drawn up in such of the languages referred to in paragraph 1 as he or she may specify.Article 15Signing of actsThe text of the acts adopted by the Council and that of the acts adopted jointly by the European Parliament and the Council shall be signed by the President-in-Office at the time of their adoption and by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General. The Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.Article 16 (8)Absence of the possibility to participate in the voteFor the purposes of application of these Rules of Procedure, due account will be taken, in accordance with Annex III, of cases in which, under the Treaties, one or more members of the Council may not participate in the vote.Article 17Publication of acts in the Official Journal1. The following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:(a) the acts referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty;(b) the acts referred to in the first paragraph of Article 163 of the Euratom Treaty;(c) the common positions adopted by the Council in accordance with the procedures referred to in Articles 251 and 252 of the EC Treaty, and the reasons underlying those common positions;(d) the framework decisions and decisions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(e) the conventions established by the Council in accordance with Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union.Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such conventions;(f) the conventions signed between Member States on the basis of Article 293 of the EC Treaty.Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such conventions;(g) international agreements concluded by the Community.Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements;(h) international agreements concluded in accordance with Article 24 of the Treaty on European Union, unless the Council decides otherwise on the grounds of Articles 4 and 9 of Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2001 regarding public access to European Parliament, Council and Commission documents(9).Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements.2. Unless the Council or Coreper decides otherwise, the following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:(a) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 67(1) of the EC Treaty;(b) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(d) directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty, decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty, recommendations and opinions.3. The Council or Coreper shall decide unanimously, on a case-by-case basis, whether there should be publication in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General of the common strategies, the joint actions and the common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;4. The Council or Coreper shall decide, on a case-by-case basis and taking account of possible publication of the basic act, whether the following should be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:(a) the measures implementing the joint actions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;(b) the joint actions, the common positions or any other decision adopted on the basis of a common strategy, as provided for in the first indent of Article 23(2) of the Treaty on European Union.(c) any measures implementing the decisions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union and any measures implementing conventions drawn up by the Council in accordance with Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union.(d) other Council acts, such as sui generis decisions or resolutions.5. Where an agreement concluded between the Communities and one or more States or international organisations sets up a body vested with powers of decision, the Council shall decide, when such an agreement is concluded, whether decisions to be taken by that body should be published in the Official Journal.Article 18Notification of acts1. Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf.2. When they are not published in the Official Journal, the following acts shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf:(a) recommendations;(b) the common strategies, joint actions and common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(d) measures implementing the acts adopted on the basis of Articles 12 and 34 of the Treaty on European Union.3. The Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf shall send to the Governments of the Member States and to the Commission authentic copies of Council Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Council Decisions and recommendations.Article 19 (10)Coreper, committees and working parties1. Coreper shall be responsible for preparing the work of the Council and for carrying out the tasks assigned to it by the Council. It shall in any case(11) ensure consistency of the Union’s policies and actions and see to it that the following principles and rules are observed:(a) the principles of legality, subsidiarity, proportionality and providing reasons for acts;(b) rules establishing the powers of Union institutions and bodies;(c) budgetary provisions;(d) rules on procedure, transparency and the quality of drafting.2. All items on the agenda for a Council meeting shall be examined in advance by Coreper unless the latter decides otherwise. Coreper shall endeavour to reach agreement at its level to be submitted to the Council for adoption. It shall ensure adequate presentation of the dossiers to the Council and, where appropriate, shall present guidelines, options or suggested solutions. In the event of an emergency, the Council, acting unanimously, may decide to settle the matter without prior examination.3. Committees or working parties may be set up by, or with the approval of, Coreper with a view to carrying out certain preparatory work or studies defined in advance.The General Secretariat shall update and publish the list of preparatory bodies. Only the committees and working parties on this list may meet as Council preparatory bodies.4. Coreper shall be chaired, depending on the items on the agenda, by the Permanent Representative or the Deputy Permanent Representative of the Member State which holds the Presidency of the Council. Unless the Council decides otherwise, the various committees provided for in the Treaties shall also be chaired by a delegate of that Member State. The same shall apply to the committees and working parties referred to in paragraph 3, unless Coreper decides otherwise.5. For the preparation of meetings of Council configurations meeting once every six months, where held during the first half of this period, the meetings of committees other than Coreper and those of working parties held during the preceding six months shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State whose turn it is to chair the said Council meetings.6. When a dossier will essentially be dealt with during a six-month period, a delegate of the Member State holding the Presidency during that six-month period may, during the preceding six-month period, chair meetings of committees, other than Coreper, and working parties when they discuss that dossier. The practical implementation of this subparagraph shall be the subject of an agreement between the two Presidencies concerned.In the specific case of the examination of the Community budget for a given financial year, meetings of Council preparatory bodies, other than Coreper, dealing with the preparation of Council agenda items on the examination of the budget shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State which will hold the Council Presidency during the second six-month period of the year prior to the financial year in question. The same shall apply, with the agreement of the other Presidency, to the chairing of Council meetings at the time when the said budget items are discussed. The Presidencies concerned will consult on the practical arrangements.7. In accordance with the relevant provisions referred to below, Coreper may adopt the following procedural decisions, provided that the items relating thereto have been included on its provisional agenda at least three working days before the meeting. Unanimity on the part of Coreper shall be required for any derogation from that period(12):(a) decision to hold a Council meeting in a place other than Brussels or Luxembourg (

Article 1
Notice and venue of meetings
1. The Council shall meet when convened by its President on his own initiative or at the request of one of its members or of the Commission(1).
2. Seven months before the beginning of its term of office, after consulting the Presidencies preceding and following its term of office where appropriate, the Presidency shall make known the dates which it envisages for meetings that the Council will have to hold in order to complete its legislative work or take operational decisions.
3. The Council shall have its seat in Brussels. During the months of April, June and October the Council shall hold its meetings in Luxembourg(2).
In exceptional circumstances and for duly substantiated reasons, the Council or the Permanent Representatives Committee (Coreper), acting unanimously, may decide that a Council meeting will be held elsewhere.

Article 2
Configurations of the Council, role of the General Affairs and External Relations Council and programming
1. The Council may meet in different configurations according to the subject-matter dealt with. The Council in its General Affairs and External Relations configuration (hereinafter “General Affairs and External Relations Council”), convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph 2(a), shall fix the list of these configurations, which is set out in Annex I.
2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council shall cover the following two main areas of activity, for which it shall hold separate meetings, with separate agendas and possibly on different dates, dealing respectively with:
(a) preparation for and follow-up to the European Council meetings, including the necessary coordination of all preparatory work, overall coordination of policies, institutional and administrative questions, horizontal dossiers which affect several of the Union’s policies and any dossier entrusted to it by the European Council, having regard to operating rules for the Economic and Monetary Union;
(b) the whole of the Union’s external action, namely common foreign and security policy, European security and defence policy, foreign trade, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
3. For the purpose of preparing the meetings of the European Council, the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a) shall:
(a) draw up an annotated draft agenda on a proposal by the Presidency at least four weeks before the meeting of the European Council;
(b) hold a final preparatory meeting on the eve of the European Council meeting and approve the agenda.
Contributions to the proceedings of the European Council by other Council configurations shall be forwarded to the General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), at the latest two weeks before the meeting of the European Council.
Except for urgent and unforeseeable reasons linked, for example, to current international events, no other configuration of the Council or Council preparatory committee may meet between the final preparatory meeting referred to in subparagraph (b) and the European Council meeting.
4. The General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), shall recommend to the European Council for adoption a multiannual strategic programme for the three years to come, which shall be based on a joint proposal drawn up by the Presidencies concerned, in consultation with the Commission.
5. In the light of that multiannual strategic programme, and following appropriate consultations, the two Presidencies due to hold office in the following year shall jointly submit a draft annual operational programme of Council activities during that year. This draft programme shall be submitted every year in December to the General Affairs and External Relations Council. This draft programme shall also have regard, inter alia, to relevant points arising from the dialogue on the political priorities for the year, conducted at the Commission’s initiative. The two Presidencies concerned shall finalise this programme on the basis of the discussion of the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a).
6. The incoming Presidency shall establish indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the next six-month period, showing the legislative work and operational decisions envisaged. These indicative provisional agendas shall be established at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office, on the basis of the annual operational programme and after consulting the Commission. Where necessary, extra Council meetings may be provided for, in addition to those previously planned.
Similar indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the six-month period following that referred to in the first subparagraph shall be established by the Presidency concerned, after consulting the Commission and the next Presidency, at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office.
If during a six-month period any of the meetings planned during that period proves to be no longer warranted, the Presidency shall not convene it.

Article 3
1. Taking into account the Council annual programme, the President shall draw up the provisional agenda for each meeting. The agenda shall be sent to the other members of the Council and to the Commission at least 14 days before the beginning of the meeting.
2. The provisional agenda shall contain the items in respect of which a request for inclusion on the agenda, together with any documents relating thereto, has been received by the General Secretariat from a member of the Council or from the Commission at least 16 days before the beginning of that meeting. The provisional agenda shall also indicate by way of an asterisk the items on which the Presidency, a member of the Council or the Commission may request a vote. Such an indication shall be made once all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.
3. Items relating to the adoption of an act or a common position on a legislative proposal or a proposal for a measure to be adopted under Title VI of the Treaty on European Union shall not be placed on the provisional agenda for a decision until the six-week period provided for in point 3 of the Protocol on the role of national parliaments in the European Union has elapsed.
The Council may unanimously derogate from the six-week period where the entry of an item is subject to the exception on grounds of urgency provided for in point 3 of that Protocol.
4. Only items in respect of which the documents have been sent to the members of the Council and to the Commission at the latest by the date on which the provisional agenda is sent may be placed on that agenda.
5. The General Secretariat shall transmit to the members of the Council and to the Commission requests for the inclusion of items in the agenda and documents in respect of which the time limits specified above were not respected.
If, by the end of the week preceding the week prior to a Council meeting, Coreper has not completed its examination of legislative items within the meaning of Article 7, the Presidency shall, unless considerations of urgency require otherwise and without prejudice to paragraph 2, remove them from the provisional agenda.
6. The provisional agenda shall be divided into Part A and Part B. Items for which approval by the Council is possible without discussion shall be included in Part A, but this does not exclude the possibility of any member of the Council or of the Commission expressing an opinion at the time of the approval of these items and having statements included in the minutes.
7. The agenda shall be adopted by the Council at the beginning of each meeting. The inclusion in the agenda of an item other than those appearing on the provisional agenda shall require unanimity in the Council. Items entered in this way may be put to the vote if all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.
8. However, an “A” item shall be withdrawn from the agenda, unless the Council decides otherwise, if a position on an “A” item might lead to further discussion thereof or if a member of the Council or the Commission so requests.
9. Any request for the inclusion of an “other business” item shall be accompanied by an explanatory document.

Article 4
Representation of a Council member unable to attend
Subject to the provisions of Article 11 on the delegation of voting rights, a member of the Council who is prevented from attending a meeting may arrange to be represented.

Article 5
1. Meetings of the Council shall not be public except in the cases referred to in Article 8.
2. The Commission shall be invited to take part in meetings of the Council. The same applies to the European Central Bank in cases where it exercises its right of initiative. The Council may, however, decide to deliberate without the presence of the Commission or of the European Central Bank.
3. The members of the Council and of the Commission may be accompanied by officials who assist them. The names and functions of those officials shall be notified in advance to the General Secretariat. The maximum number of persons per delegation in the Council meeting room at the same time, including members of the Council, may be laid down by the Council.
4. Admission to meetings of the Council shall be subject to the production of a pass delivered by the General Secretariat.

Article 6
Professional secrecy and production of documents in legal proceedings
1. Without prejudice to Articles 8 and 9 and to provisions on public access to documents, the deliberations of the Council shall be covered by the obligation of professional secrecy, except insofar as the Council decides otherwise.
2. The Council or Coreper may authorise the production for use in legal proceedings of a copy of or an extract from Council documents which have not already been released to the public in accordance with the provisions on public access to documents.

Article 7
Cases where the Council acts in its legislative capacity
The Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of the second subparagraph of Article 207(3) of the EC Treaty when it adopts rules which are legally binding in or for the Member States, by means of regulations, directives, framework decisions or decisions, on the basis of the relevant provisions of the Treaties, with the exception of discussions leading to the adoption of internal measures, administrative or budgetary acts, acts concerning inter-institutional or international relations or non-binding acts (such as conclusions, recommendations or resolutions).
Where legislative proposals or initiatives are submitted to it the Council shall refrain from adopting acts which are not provided for by the Treaties, such as resolutions or declarations other than those referred to in Article 9.

Article 8
Council deliberations open to the public and public debates
1. Council deliberations on acts to be adopted in accordance with the co-decision procedure under Article 251 of the EC Treaty shall be open to the public as follows:
(a) the presentation by the Commission of its most important legislative proposals and the ensuing debate in the Council shall be open to the public. The list of such proposals shall be adopted at the beginning of each six-month period by the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a), on a recommendation from the Presidency, after consulting the Commission;
(b) the vote on legislative acts shall be open to the public, as well as the final Council deliberations leading to that vote and the explanations of voting accompanying it(4).
In such cases, Council deliberations shall be open to the public through transmission of the Council meeting by audiovisual means, notably in an overflow room. The outcome of voting shall be indicated by visual means.
The General Secretariat shall as far as possible inform the public in advance of the dates and approximate time on which such audiovisual transmissions will take place and shall take all practical measures to ensure proper implementation of this paragraph.
2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a) shall hold a public policy debate every year on the Council’s annual operational programme and, if appropriate, on the Commission’s annual work programme. This annual policy debate shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.
3. On a decision taken by the Council or by Coreper, acting by a qualified majority, the Council shall hold at least one public debate on important new legislative proposals other than those referred to in paragraph 1.
The Council or Coreper may decide by a qualified majority on a case-by-case basis that other public debates are to be held on important issues affecting the interests of the Union.
It shall be for the Presidency, any member of the Council, or the Commission to propose issues or specific subjects for such debates.
Such debates shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.

Article 9
Making public votes, explanations of votes and minutes
1. In addition to cases where Council deliberations are open to the public under Article 8(1), where the Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of Article 7, the results of votes and explanations of votes by Council members, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of legislative acts, shall be made public.
The same rule shall apply for:
(a) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of a common position pursuant to Article 251 or 252 of the EC Treaty;
(b) results of votes and explanations of votes by members of the Council or their representatives on the Conciliation Committee set up by Article 251 of the EC Treaty, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the Conciliation Committee meeting;
(c) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the establishment by the Council of a convention on the basis of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union.
2. Moreover, the results of votes shall be made public:
(a) when the Council acts pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;
(b) when the Council adopts a common position within the meaning of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;
(c) in other cases, by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.
When the result of a vote in the Council is made public in accordance with subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), the explanations of votes made when the vote was taken shall also be made public at the request of the Council members concerned, with due regard for these Rules of Procedure, legal certainty and the interests of the Council.
Statements entered in the Council minutes and items in those minutes relating to the adoption of the acts referred to in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) shall be made public by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.
3. Votes shall not be made public in the case of discussions leading to indicative votes or the adoption of preparatory acts.

Article 10
Public access to Council documents
The specific provisions regarding public access to Council documents are set out in Annex II.

Article 11
Voting arrangements and quorum
1. The Council shall vote on the initiative of its President.
The President shall, furthermore, be required to open a voting procedure on the initiative of a member of the Council or of the Commission, provided that a majority of the Council’s members so decides.
2. The members of the Council shall vote in the order of the Member States laid down in Article 203 of the EC Treaty, beginning with the member who, according to that order, follows the member holding the office of President.
3. Where a vote is taken, any member of the Council may also act on behalf of not more than one other member(5).
4. The presence of a majority of the members of the Council who are, under the Treaties, entitled to vote is required to enable the Council to vote. When the vote is taken, the President, assisted by the General Secretariat, shall check that there is a quorum.

Article 12
Written procedure
1. Acts of the Council on an urgent matter may be adopted by a written vote where the Council or Coreper unanimously decides to use that procedure. In special circumstances, the President may also propose the use of that procedure; in such a case, written votes may be used where all members of the Council agree to that procedure.
2. Agreement by the Commission to the use of the written procedure shall be required where the written vote is on a matter which the Commission has brought before the Council.
3. A summary of acts adopted by the written procedure shall be drawn up every month by the General Secretariat.
4. On the initiative of the Presidency, the Council may also act for the purpose of implementing the common foreign and security policy by means of the simplified written procedure (COREU). In that case the proposal shall be deemed to be adopted at the end of the period laid down by the Presidency depending on the urgency of the matter, except where a member of the Council objects(7).
5. The General Secretariat shall establish that the written procedures have been completed.

Article 13
1. Minutes of each meeting shall be drawn up and, when approved, shall be signed by the Secretary-General/High Representative for the Common Foreign and Security Policy (hereinafter referred to as “the Secretary-General”) or the Deputy Secretary-General. They may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.
The minutes shall as a general rule indicate in respect of each item on the agenda:
– the documents submitted to the Council,
– the decisions taken or the conclusions reached by the Council,
– the statements made by the Council and those whose entry has been requested by a member of the Council or the Commission.
2. The draft minutes shall be drawn up by the General Secretariat within 15 days and submitted to the Council or to Coreper for approval.
3. Prior to such approval any member of the Council, or the Commission, may request that more details be inserted in the minutes regarding any item on the agenda. These requests may be made in Coreper.

Article 14
Deliberations and decisions on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages provided for by the language rules in force
1. Except as otherwise decided unanimously by the Council on grounds of urgency, the Council shall deliberate and take decisions only on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages specified in the rules in force governing languages.
2. Any member of the Council may oppose discussion if the texts of any proposed amendments are not drawn up in such of the languages referred to in paragraph 1 as he or she may specify.

Article 15
Signing of acts
The text of the acts adopted by the Council and that of the acts adopted jointly by the European Parliament and the Council shall be signed by the President-in-Office at the time of their adoption and by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General. The Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.

Article 16
Absence of the possibility to participate in the vote
For the purposes of application of these Rules of Procedure, due account will be taken, in accordance with Annex III, of cases in which, under the Treaties, one or more members of the Council may not participate in the vote.

Article 17
Publication of acts in the Official Journal
1. The following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:
(a) the acts referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty;
(b) the acts referred to in the first paragraph of Article 163 of the Euratom Treaty;
(c) the common positions adopted by the Council in accordance with the procedures referred to in Articles 251 and 252 of the EC Treaty, and the reasons underlying those common positions;
(d) the framework decisions and decisions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(e) the conventions established by the Council in accordance with Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union.
Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such conventions;
(f) the conventions signed between Member States on the basis of Article 293 of the EC Treaty.
(g) international agreements concluded by the Community.
Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements;
(h) international agreements concluded in accordance with Article 24 of the Treaty on European Union, unless the Council decides otherwise on the grounds of Articles 4 and 9 of Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2001 regarding public access to European Parliament, Council and Commission documents(9).
Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements.
2. Unless the Council or Coreper decides otherwise, the following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:
(a) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 67(1) of the EC Treaty;
(b) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(d) directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty, decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty, recommendations and opinions.
3. The Council or Coreper shall decide unanimously, on a case-by-case basis, whether there should be publication in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General of the common strategies, the joint actions and the common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;

Article 18
Notification of acts
1. Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf.
2. When they are not published in the Official Journal, the following acts shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf:
(a) recommendations;
(b) the common strategies, joint actions and common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;
(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(d) measures implementing the acts adopted on the basis of Articles 12 and 34 of the Treaty on European Union.
3. The Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf shall send to the Governments of the Member States and to the Commission authentic copies of Council Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Council Decisions and recommendations.

Article 19
Coreper, committees and working parties
1. Coreper shall be responsible for preparing the work of the Council and for carrying out the tasks assigned to it by the Council. It shall in any case(11) ensure consistency of the Union’s policies and actions and see to it that the following principles and rules are observed:
(a) the principles of legality, subsidiarity, proportionality and providing reasons for acts;
(b) rules establishing the powers of Union institutions and bodies;
(c) budgetary provisions;
(d) rules on procedure, transparency and the quality of drafting.
2. All items on the agenda for a Council meeting shall be examined in advance by Coreper unless the latter decides otherwise. Coreper shall endeavour to reach agreement at its level to be submitted to the Council for adoption. It shall ensure adequate presentation of the dossiers to the Council and, where appropriate, shall present guidelines, options or suggested solutions. In the event of an emergency, the Council, acting unanimously, may decide to settle the matter without prior examination.
3. Committees or working parties may be set up by, or with the approval of, Coreper with a view to carrying out certain preparatory work or studies defined in advance.
The General Secretariat shall update and publish the list of preparatory bodies. Only the committees and working parties on this list may meet as Council preparatory bodies.
4. Coreper shall be chaired, depending on the items on the agenda, by the Permanent Representative or the Deputy Permanent Representative of the Member State which holds the Presidency of the Council. Unless the Council decides otherwise, the various committees provided for in the Treaties shall also be chaired by a delegate of that Member State. The same shall apply to the committees and working parties referred to in paragraph 3, unless Coreper decides otherwise.
5. For the preparation of meetings of Council configurations meeting once every six months, where held during the first half of this period, the meetings of committees other than Coreper and those of working parties held during the preceding six months shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State whose turn it is to chair the said Council meetings.
6. When a dossier will essentially be dealt with during a six-month period, a delegate of the Member State holding the Presidency during that six-month period may, during the preceding six-month period, chair meetings of committees, other than Coreper, and working parties when they discuss that dossier. The practical implementation of this subparagraph shall be the subject of an agreement between the two Presidencies concerned.
In the specific case of the examination of the Community budget for a given financial year, meetings of Council preparatory bodies, other than Coreper, dealing with the preparation of Council agenda items on the examination of the budget shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State which will hold the Council Presidency during the second six-month period of the year prior to the financial year in question. The same shall apply, with the agreement of the other Presidency, to the chairing of Council meetings at the time when the said budget items are discussed. The Presidencies concerned will consult on the practical arrangements.
7. In accordance with the relevant provisions referred to below, Coreper may adopt the following procedural decisions, provided that the items relating thereto have been included on its provisional agenda at least three working days before the meeting. Unanimity on the part of Coreper shall be required for any derogation from that period(12):
(a) decision to hold a Council meeting in a place other than Brussels or Luxembourg (Article 1(3));
(b) authorisation to produce a copy of or an extract from a Council document for use in legal proceedings (Article 6(2));
(c) decision to hold a public debate in the Council (Article 8(3));
(d) decision to make the results of votes public in the cases laid down in Article 9(2) and (3);
(e) decision to use the written procedure (Article 12(1));

Article 20
The Presidency and the businesslike conduct of discussions
1. The Presidency shall be responsible for the application of these Rules of Procedure and for ensuring that discussions are conducted in a businesslike manner. It may, unless the Council decides otherwise, take any appropriate measure necessary to achieve the best possible use of the time available during meetings and in particular:
(a) restrict the numbers per delegation present in the meeting room for discussion of a particular item, and decide whether to authorise the opening of an overflow room;
(b) set the order in which items are to be taken and determine the duration of discussions on them;
(c) organise the time allotted for discussion of a particular item, in particular through limiting the time during which participants may speak and determining the order in which they may take the floor;
(d) ask delegations to present in writing their proposals for amendment of a text under discussion before a given date, together with a brief explanation if appropriate;
(e) ask delegations which have identical or similar positions on a particular item, text or part thereof to choose one of them to express their shared position at the meeting or in writing before the meeting.
2. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 19(4) to (6) and to its powers and its overall political responsibility, the Presidency shall be assisted by the representative of the Member State next holding the Presidency. At the Presidency’s request and acting on its instructions, the latter shall replace it as and when required, shall relieve it, where necessary, of certain tasks and shall ensure the continuity of the Council’s proceedings.

Article 21
Reports from committees and working parties
Notwithstanding the other provisions of these Rules of Procedure, the Presidency shall organise the meetings of the various committees and working parties so that their reports are available before the Coreper meetings at which they are to be examined.
Unless considerations of urgency require otherwise, the Presidency shall postpone to a subsequent Coreper meeting any legislative items within the meaning of Article 7 on which the committee or working party has not completed its discussions at least five working days prior to Coreper’s meeting.

Article 22
Quality of drafting(15)
In order to assist the Council in its task of ensuring the drafting quality of the legislative acts which it adopts, the Legal Service shall be responsible for checking the drafting quality of proposals and draft acts at the appropriate stage, as well as for bringing drafting suggestions to the attention of the Council and its bodies, pursuant to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 22 December 1998.
Throughout the legislative process, those who submit texts in connection with the Council’s proceedings shall pay special attention to the quality of the drafting.

Article 23
The Secretary-General and the General Secretariat
1. The Council shall be assisted by a General Secretariat, under the responsibility of a Secretary-General, who shall be assisted by a Deputy Secretary-General responsible for the running of the General Secretariat. The Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General shall be appointed by the Council acting unanimously.
2. The Council shall decide on the organisation of the General Secretariat(16).
Under its authority the Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General shall take all the measures necessary to ensure the smooth running of the General Secretariat.
3. The General Secretariat shall be closely and continually involved in organising, coordinating and ensuring the coherence of the Council’s work and implementation of its annual programme. Under the responsibility and guidance of the Presidency, it shall assist the latter in seeking solutions.
In accordance with the provisions of the Treaty on European Union, the Secretary-General shall assist the Council and the Presidency in matters concerning the common foreign and security policy, including coordination of the work of the Special Representatives.
If appropriate, the Secretary-General may ask the Presidency to convene a committee or working party, in particular in relation to matters concerning the common foreign and security policy, or to place an item on the agenda for a committee or working party.
4. The Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General shall submit to the Council the draft estimate of the expenditure of the Council in sufficient time to ensure that the time limits laid down by the financial provisions are met.
5. The Secretary-General, assisted by the Deputy Secretary-General, shall have full responsibility for administering the appropriations entered in Section II, Council, of the budget and shall take all measures necessary to ensure that they are properly managed. He shall implement the appropriations in question in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities.

Article 24
The rules on security shall be adopted by the Council acting by a qualified majority.

Article 25
Duties as depositary of agreements and conventions
In the event of the Secretary-General of the Council being designated as depositary of an agreement concluded in accordance with Article 24 of the Treaty on European Union or concluded by the Community and one or more States or international organisations, of a convention concluded between Member States or of a convention established pursuant to Article 34 of the Treaty on European Union, the acts of ratification, acceptance or approval of those agreements or conventions shall be deposited at the address of the Council.
In such instances the Secretary-General shall perform the duties of a depositary and shall also ensure that the dates of entry into force of such agreements or conventions are published in the Official Journal.

Article 26
Representation before the European Parliament
The Council may be represented before the European Parliament or its committees by the Presidency or, with the latter’s agreement, by the following Presidency or by the Secretary-General. The Council may also be represented before those committees by its Deputy Secretary-General or senior officials of the General Secretariat, acting on instructions from the Presidency.
The Council may also present its views to the European Parliament by means of a written statement.

Article 27
Provisions concerning the form of acts
The provisions concerning the form of acts are set out in Annex IV.

Article 28
Correspondence addressed to the Council
Correspondence to the Council shall be sent to the President at the following address of the Council: Council of the European Union Rue de la Loi 175 B – 1048 Brussels
(1) This paragraph reproduces Article 204 of the EC Treaty.
(2) This paragraph reproduces paragraph (b) of the sole article of the Protocol on the location of the seats of the institutions and of certain bodies and departments of the European Communities and of Europol annexed to the Treaties.
(3) See statements (a) and (b) set out below:
(a) Re Article 3(1) and (2)
“The President will endeavour to ensure that, in principle, the provisional agenda for each meeting of the Council dealing with implementation of Title IV of Part Three of the EC Treaty and Title VI of the Treaty on European Union and any documents relating to the items involved reach members of the Council at least 21 days before the beginning of the meeting.”
(b) Re Articles 1 and 3
“Without prejudice to Article 22(2) of the Treaty on European Union, which specifies that an extraordinary Council meeting may be convened at very short notice in cases requiring a rapid decision, the Council is aware of the need for matters relating to the common foreign and security policy to be dealt with swiftly and efficiently. The arrangements in Article 3 shall not prevent this need from being met.”
(4) See statement (c) set out below:
(c) Re Article 8(1)(b)
“Article 8(1)(b) will be implemented in the following way: the Presidency will indicate in the provisional agenda, using the words ‘Public deliberation’, those items on which the Council will take a vote at the end of the deliberations.
This practical arrangement shall have no effect on the rule under Article 11(1) of the Council’s Rules of Procedure.”
(5) This paragraph reproduces Article 206 of the EC Treaty.
(6) See statement (d) set out below:
(d) Re Article 12
“The Council agrees to consider the advisability of including in the Rules of Procedure the option of using a simplified written procedure when the Council is acting pursuant to Title VI of the Treaty on European Union.”
(7) See statement (e) set out below:
(e) Re Article 12(4)
“The Council would point out that the COREU network must be used in accordance with the Council conclusions of 12 June 1995 concerning the Council’s working methods.”

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particular Article 207(3), first subparagraph thereof,Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community, and in particular Article 121(3) thereof,Whereas the Council’s Rules of Procedure are applicable to the Council in the fields of Titles V and VI of the Treaty on European Union, in accordance with Articles 28(1) and 41(1) thereof,HAS DECIDED AS FOLLOWS:Sole ArticleThe Rules of Procedure of the Council of 5 June 2000 (2000/396/EC, ECSC, Euratom)(1) shall be replaced by the following, which shall enter into force on 23 July 2002:”RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE COUNCILArticle 1Notice and venue of meetings1. The Council shall meet when convened by its President on his own initiative or at the request of one of its members or of the Commission(1).2. Seven months before the beginning of its term of office, after consulting the Presidencies preceding and following its term of office where appropriate, the Presidency shall make known the dates which it envisages for meetings that the Council will have to hold in order to complete its legislative work or take operational decisions.3. The Council shall have its seat in Brussels. During the months of April, June and October the Council shall hold its meetings in Luxembourg(2).In exceptional circumstances and for duly substantiated reasons, the Council or the Permanent Representatives Committee (Coreper), acting unanimously, may decide that a Council meeting will be held elsewhere.Article 2Configurations of the Council, role of the General Affairs and External Relations Council and programming1. The Council may meet in different configurations according to the subject-matter dealt with. The Council in its General Affairs and External Relations configuration (hereinafter “General Affairs and External Relations Council”), convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph 2(a), shall fix the list of these configurations, which is set out in Annex I.2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council shall cover the following two main areas of activity, for which it shall hold separate meetings, with separate agendas and possibly on different dates, dealing respectively with:(a) preparation for and follow-up to the European Council meetings, including the necessary coordination of all preparatory work, overall coordination of policies, institutional and administrative questions, horizontal dossiers which affect several of the Union’s policies and any dossier entrusted to it by the European Council, having regard to operating rules for the Economic and Monetary Union;(b) the whole of the Union’s external action, namely common foreign and security policy, European security and defence policy, foreign trade, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.3. For the purpose of preparing the meetings of the European Council, the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a) shall:(a) draw up an annotated draft agenda on a proposal by the Presidency at least four weeks before the meeting of the European Council;(b) hold a final preparatory meeting on the eve of the European Council meeting and approve the agenda.Contributions to the proceedings of the European Council by other Council configurations shall be forwarded to the General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), at the latest two weeks before the meeting of the European Council.Except for urgent and unforeseeable reasons linked, for example, to current international events, no other configuration of the Council or Council preparatory committee may meet between the final preparatory meeting referred to in subparagraph (b) and the European Council meeting.4. The General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), shall recommend to the European Council for adoption a multiannual strategic programme for the three years to come, which shall be based on a joint proposal drawn up by the Presidencies concerned, in consultation with the Commission.5. In the light of that multiannual strategic programme, and following appropriate consultations, the two Presidencies due to hold office in the following year shall jointly submit a draft annual operational programme of Council activities during that year. This draft programme shall be submitted every year in December to the General Affairs and External Relations Council. This draft programme shall also have regard, inter alia, to relevant points arising from the dialogue on the political priorities for the year, conducted at the Commission’s initiative. The two Presidencies concerned shall finalise this programme on the basis of the discussion of the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a).6. The incoming Presidency shall establish indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the next six-month period, showing the legislative work and operational decisions envisaged. These indicative provisional agendas shall be established at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office, on the basis of the annual operational programme and after consulting the Commission. Where necessary, extra Council meetings may be provided for, in addition to those previously planned.Similar indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the six-month period following that referred to in the first subparagraph shall be established by the Presidency concerned, after consulting the Commission and the next Presidency, at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office.If during a six-month period any of the meetings planned during that period proves to be no longer warranted, the Presidency shall not convene it.Article 3 (3)Agenda1. Taking into account the Council annual programme, the President shall draw up the provisional agenda for each meeting. The agenda shall be sent to the other members of the Council and to the Commission at least 14 days before the beginning of the meeting.2. The provisional agenda shall contain the items in respect of which a request for inclusion on the agenda, together with any documents relating thereto, has been received by the General Secretariat from a member of the Council or from the Commission at least 16 days before the beginning of that meeting. The provisional agenda shall also indicate by way of an asterisk the items on which the Presidency, a member of the Council or the Commission may request a vote. Such an indication shall be made once all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.3. Items relating to the adoption of an act or a common position on a legislative proposal or a proposal for a measure to be adopted under Title VI of the Treaty on European Union shall not be placed on the provisional agenda for a decision until the six-week period provided for in point 3 of the Protocol on the role of national parliaments in the European Union has elapsed.The Council may unanimously derogate from the six-week period where the entry of an item is subject to the exception on grounds of urgency provided for in point 3 of that Protocol.4. Only items in respect of which the documents have been sent to the members of the Council and to the Commission at the latest by the date on which the provisional agenda is sent may be placed on that agenda.5. The General Secretariat shall transmit to the members of the Council and to the Commission requests for the inclusion of items in the agenda and documents in respect of which the time limits specified above were not respected.If, by the end of the week preceding the week prior to a Council meeting, Coreper has not completed its examination of legislative items within the meaning of Article 7, the Presidency shall, unless considerations of urgency require otherwise and without prejudice to paragraph 2, remove them from the provisional agenda.6. The provisional agenda shall be divided into Part A and Part B. Items for which approval by the Council is possible without discussion shall be included in Part A, but this does not exclude the possibility of any member of the Council or of the Commission expressing an opinion at the time of the approval of these items and having statements included in the minutes.7. The agenda shall be adopted by the Council at the beginning of each meeting. The inclusion in the agenda of an item other than those appearing on the provisional agenda shall require unanimity in the Council. Items entered in this way may be put to the vote if all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.8. However, an “A” item shall be withdrawn from the agenda, unless the Council decides otherwise, if a position on an “A” item might lead to further discussion thereof or if a member of the Council or the Commission so requests.9. Any request for the inclusion of an “other business” item shall be accompanied by an explanatory document.Article 4Representation of a Council member unable to attendSubject to the provisions of Article 11 on the delegation of voting rights, a member of the Council who is prevented from attending a meeting may arrange to be represented.Article 5Meetings1. Meetings of the Council shall not be public except in the cases referred to in Article 8.2. The Commission shall be invited to take part in meetings of the Council. The same applies to the European Central Bank in cases where it exercises its right of initiative. The Council may, however, decide to deliberate without the presence of the Commission or of the European Central Bank.3. The members of the Council and of the Commission may be accompanied by officials who assist them. The names and functions of those officials shall be notified in advance to the General Secretariat. The maximum number of persons per delegation in the Council meeting room at the same time, including members of the Council, may be laid down by the Council.4. Admission to meetings of the Council shall be subject to the production of a pass delivered by the General Secretariat.Article 6Professional secrecy and production of documents in legal proceedings1. Without prejudice to Articles 8 and 9 and to provisions on public access to documents, the deliberations of the Council shall be covered by the obligation of professional secrecy, except insofar as the Council decides otherwise.2. The Council or Coreper may authorise the production for use in legal proceedings of a copy of or an extract from Council documents which have not already been released to the public in accordance with the provisions on public access to documents.Article 7Cases where the Council acts in its legislative capacityThe Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of the second subparagraph of Article 207(3) of the EC Treaty when it adopts rules which are legally binding in or for the Member States, by means of regulations, directives, framework decisions or decisions, on the basis of the relevant provisions of the Treaties, with the exception of discussions leading to the adoption of internal measures, administrative or budgetary acts, acts concerning inter-institutional or international relations or non-binding acts (such as conclusions, recommendations or resolutions).Where legislative proposals or initiatives are submitted to it the Council shall refrain from adopting acts which are not provided for by the Treaties, such as resolutions or declarations other than those referred to in Article 9.Article 8Council deliberations open to the public and public debates1. Council deliberations on acts to be adopted in accordance with the co-decision procedure under Article 251 of the EC Treaty shall be open to the public as follows:(a) the presentation by the Commission of its most important legislative proposals and the ensuing debate in the Council shall be open to the public. The list of such proposals shall be adopted at the beginning of each six-month period by the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a), on a recommendation from the Presidency, after consulting the Commission;(b) the vote on legislative acts shall be open to the public, as well as the final Council deliberations leading to that vote and the explanations of voting accompanying it(4).In such cases, Council deliberations shall be open to the public through transmission of the Council meeting by audiovisual means, notably in an overflow room. The outcome of voting shall be indicated by visual means.The General Secretariat shall as far as possible inform the public in advance of the dates and approximate time on which such audiovisual transmissions will take place and shall take all practical measures to ensure proper implementation of this paragraph.2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a) shall hold a public policy debate every year on the Council’s annual operational programme and, if appropriate, on the Commission’s annual work programme. This annual policy debate shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.3. On a decision taken by the Council or by Coreper, acting by a qualified majority, the Council shall hold at least one public debate on important new legislative proposals other than those referred to in paragraph 1.The Council or Coreper may decide by a qualified majority on a case-by-case basis that other public debates are to be held on important issues affecting the interests of the Union.It shall be for the Presidency, any member of the Council, or the Commission to propose issues or specific subjects for such debates.Such debates shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.Article 9Making public votes, explanations of votes and minutes1. In addition to cases where Council deliberations are open to the public under Article 8(1), where the Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of Article 7, the results of votes and explanations of votes by Council members, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of legislative acts, shall be made public.The same rule shall apply for:(a) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of a common position pursuant to Article 251 or 252 of the EC Treaty;(b) results of votes and explanations of votes by members of the Council or their representatives on the Conciliation Committee set up by Article 251 of the EC Treaty, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the Conciliation Committee meeting;(c) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the establishment by the Council of a convention on the basis of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union.2. Moreover, the results of votes shall be made public:(a) when the Council acts pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;(b) when the Council adopts a common position within the meaning of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;(c) in other cases, by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.When the result of a vote in the Council is made public in accordance with subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), the explanations of votes made when the vote was taken shall also be made public at the request of the Council members concerned, with due regard for these Rules of Procedure, legal certainty and the interests of the Council.Statements entered in the Council minutes and items in those minutes relating to the adoption of the acts referred to in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) shall be made public by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.3. Votes shall not be made public in the case of discussions leading to indicative votes or the adoption of preparatory acts.Article 10Public access to Council documentsThe specific provisions regarding public access to Council documents are set out in Annex II.Article 11Voting arrangements and quorum1. The Council shall vote on the initiative of its President.The President shall, furthermore, be required to open a voting procedure on the initiative of a member of the Council or of the Commission, provided that a majority of the Council’s members so decides.2. The members of the Council shall vote in the order of the Member States laid down in Article 203 of the EC Treaty, beginning with the member who, according to that order, follows the member holding the office of President.3. Where a vote is taken, any member of the Council may also act on behalf of not more than one other member(5).4. The presence of a majority of the members of the Council who are, under the Treaties, entitled to vote is required to enable the Council to vote. When the vote is taken, the President, assisted by the General Secretariat, shall check that there is a quorum.Article 12 (6)Written procedure1. Acts of the Council on an urgent matter may be adopted by a written vote where the Council or Coreper unanimously decides to use that procedure. In special circumstances, the President may also propose the use of that procedure; in such a case, written votes may be used where all members of the Council agree to that procedure.2. Agreement by the Commission to the use of the written procedure shall be required where the written vote is on a matter which the Commission has brought before the Council.3. A summary of acts adopted by the written procedure shall be drawn up every month by the General Secretariat.4. On the initiative of the Presidency, the Council may also act for the purpose of implementing the common foreign and security policy by means of the simplified written procedure (COREU). In that case the proposal shall be deemed to be adopted at the end of the period laid down by the Presidency depending on the urgency of the matter, except where a member of the Council objects(7).5. The General Secretariat shall establish that the written procedures have been completed.Article 13Minutes1. Minutes of each meeting shall be drawn up and, when approved, shall be signed by the Secretary-General/High Representative for the Common Foreign and Security Policy (hereinafter referred to as “the Secretary-General”) or the Deputy Secretary-General. They may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.The minutes shall as a general rule indicate in respect of each item on the agenda:- the documents submitted to the Council,- the decisions taken or the conclusions reached by the Council,- the statements made by the Council and those whose entry has been requested by a member of the Council or the Commission.2. The draft minutes shall be drawn up by the General Secretariat within 15 days and submitted to the Council or to Coreper for approval.3. Prior to such approval any member of the Council, or the Commission, may request that more details be inserted in the minutes regarding any item on the agenda. These requests may be made in Coreper.Article 14Deliberations and decisions on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages provided for by the language rules in force1. Except as otherwise decided unanimously by the Council on grounds of urgency, the Council shall deliberate and take decisions only on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages specified in the rules in force governing languages.2. Any member of the Council may oppose discussion if the texts of any proposed amendments are not drawn up in such of the languages referred to in paragraph 1 as he or she may specify.Article 15Signing of actsThe text of the acts adopted by the Council and that of the acts adopted jointly by the European Parliament and the Council shall be signed by the President-in-Office at the time of their adoption and by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General. The Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.Article 16 (8)Absence of the possibility to participate in the voteFor the purposes of application of these Rules of Procedure, due account will be taken, in accordance with Annex III, of cases in which, under the Treaties, one or more members of the Council may not participate in the vote.Article 17Publication of acts in the Official Journal1. The following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:(a) the acts referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty;(b) the acts referred to in the first paragraph of Article 163 of the Euratom Treaty;(c) the common positions adopted by the Council in accordance with the procedures referred to in Articles 251 and 252 of the EC Treaty, and the reasons underlying those common positions;(d) the framework decisions and decisions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(e) the conventions established by the Council in accordance with Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union.Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such conventions;(f) the conventions signed between Member States on the basis of Article 293 of the EC Treaty.Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such conventions;(g) international agreements concluded by the Community.Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements;(h) international agreements concluded in accordance with Article 24 of the Treaty on European Union, unless the Council decides otherwise on the grounds of Articles 4 and 9 of Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2001 regarding public access to European Parliament, Council and Commission documents(9).Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements.2. Unless the Council or Coreper decides otherwise, the following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:(a) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 67(1) of the EC Treaty;(b) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(d) directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty, decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty, recommendations and opinions.3. The Council or Coreper shall decide unanimously, on a case-by-case basis, whether there should be publication in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General of the common strategies, the joint actions and the common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;4. The Council or Coreper shall decide, on a case-by-case basis and taking account of possible publication of the basic act, whether the following should be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:(a) the measures implementing the joint actions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;(b) the joint actions, the common positions or any other decision adopted on the basis of a common strategy, as provided for in the first indent of Article 23(2) of the Treaty on European Union.(c) any measures implementing the decisions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union and any measures implementing conventions drawn up by the Council in accordance with Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union.(d) other Council acts, such as sui generis decisions or resolutions.5. Where an agreement concluded between the Communities and one or more States or international organisations sets up a body vested with powers of decision, the Council shall decide, when such an agreement is concluded, whether decisions to be taken by that body should be published in the Official Journal.Article 18Notification of acts1. Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf.2. When they are not published in the Official Journal, the following acts shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf:(a) recommendations;(b) the common strategies, joint actions and common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;(d) measures implementing the acts adopted on the basis of Articles 12 and 34 of the Treaty on European Union.3. The Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf shall send to the Governments of the Member States and to the Commission authentic copies of Council Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Council Decisions and recommendations.Article 19 (10)Coreper, committees and working parties1. Coreper shall be responsible for preparing the work of the Council and for carrying out the tasks assigned to it by the Council. It shall in any case(11) ensure consistency of the Union’s policies and actions and see to it that the following principles and rules are observed:(a) the principles of legality, subsidiarity, proportionality and providing reasons for acts;(b) rules establishing the powers of Union institutions and bodies;(c) budgetary provisions;(d) rules on procedure, transparency and the quality of drafting.2. All items on the agenda for a Council meeting shall be examined in advance by Coreper unless the latter decides otherwise. Coreper shall endeavour to reach agreement at its level to be submitted to the Council for adoption. It shall ensure adequate presentation of the dossiers to the Council and, where appropriate, shall present guidelines, options or suggested solutions. In the event of an emergency, the Council, acting unanimously, may decide to settle the matter without prior examination.3. Committees or working parties may be set up by, or with the approval of, Coreper with a view to carrying out certain preparatory work or studies defined in advance.The General Secretariat shall update and publish the list of preparatory bodies. Only the committees and working parties on this list may meet as Council preparatory bodies.4. Coreper shall be chaired, depending on the items on the agenda, by the Permanent Representative or the Deputy Permanent Representative of the Member State which holds the Presidency of the Council. Unless the Council decides otherwise, the various committees provided for in the Treaties shall also be chaired by a delegate of that Member State. The same shall apply to the committees and working parties referred to in paragraph 3, unless Coreper decides otherwise.5. For the preparation of meetings of Council configurations meeting once every six months, where held during the first half of this period, the meetings of committees other than Coreper and those of working parties held during the preceding six months shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State whose turn it is to chair the said Council meetings.6. When a dossier will essentially be dealt with during a six-month period, a delegate of the Member State holding the Presidency during that six-month period may, during the preceding six-month period, chair meetings of committees, other than Coreper, and working parties when they discuss that dossier. The practical implementation of this subparagraph shall be the subject of an agreement between the two Presidencies concerned.In the specific case of the examination of the Community budget for a given financial year, meetings of Council preparatory bodies, other than Coreper, dealing with the preparation of Council agenda items on the examination of the budget shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State which will hold the Council Presidency during the second six-month period of the year prior to the financial year in question. The same shall apply, with the agreement of the other Presidency, to the chairing of Council meetings at the time when the said budget items are discussed. The Presidencies concerned will consult on the practical arrangements.7. In accordance with the relevant provisions referred to below, Coreper may adopt the following procedural decisions, provided that the items relating thereto have been included on its provisional agenda at least three working days before the meeting. Unanimity on the part of Coreper shall be required for any derogation from that period(12):(a) decision to hold a Council meeting in a place other than Brussels or Luxembourg (
Notice and venue of meetings
1. The Council shall meet when convened by its President on his own initiative or at the request of one of its members or of the Commission(1).
2. Seven months before the beginning of its term of office, after consulting the Presidencies preceding and following its term of office where appropriate, the Presidency shall make known the dates which it envisages for meetings that the Council will have to hold in order to complete its legislative work or take operational decisions.
3. The Council shall have its seat in Brussels. During the months of April, June and October the Council shall hold its meetings in Luxembourg(2).
In exceptional circumstances and for duly substantiated reasons, the Council or the Permanent Representatives Committee (Coreper), acting unanimously, may decide that a Council meeting will be held elsewhere.
Configurations of the Council, role of the General Affairs and External Relations Council and programming
1. The Council may meet in different configurations according to the subject-matter dealt with. The Council in its General Affairs and External Relations configuration (hereinafter “General Affairs and External Relations Council”), convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph 2(a), shall fix the list of these configurations, which is set out in Annex I.
2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council shall cover the following two main areas of activity, for which it shall hold separate meetings, with separate agendas and possibly on different dates, dealing respectively with:
(a) preparation for and follow-up to the European Council meetings, including the necessary coordination of all preparatory work, overall coordination of policies, institutional and administrative questions, horizontal dossiers which affect several of the Union’s policies and any dossier entrusted to it by the European Council, having regard to operating rules for the Economic and Monetary Union;
(b) the whole of the Union’s external action, namely common foreign and security policy, European security and defence policy, foreign trade, development cooperation and humanitarian aid.
3. For the purpose of preparing the meetings of the European Council, the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a) shall:
(a) draw up an annotated draft agenda on a proposal by the Presidency at least four weeks before the meeting of the European Council;
(b) hold a final preparatory meeting on the eve of the European Council meeting and approve the agenda.
Contributions to the proceedings of the European Council by other Council configurations shall be forwarded to the General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), at the latest two weeks before the meeting of the European Council.
Except for urgent and unforeseeable reasons linked, for example, to current international events, no other configuration of the Council or Council preparatory committee may meet between the final preparatory meeting referred to in subparagraph (b) and the European Council meeting.
4. The General Affairs and External Relations Council, convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a), shall recommend to the European Council for adoption a multiannual strategic programme for the three years to come, which shall be based on a joint proposal drawn up by the Presidencies concerned, in consultation with the Commission.
5. In the light of that multiannual strategic programme, and following appropriate consultations, the two Presidencies due to hold office in the following year shall jointly submit a draft annual operational programme of Council activities during that year. This draft programme shall be submitted every year in December to the General Affairs and External Relations Council. This draft programme shall also have regard, inter alia, to relevant points arising from the dialogue on the political priorities for the year, conducted at the Commission’s initiative. The two Presidencies concerned shall finalise this programme on the basis of the discussion of the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in paragraph (2)(a).
6. The incoming Presidency shall establish indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the next six-month period, showing the legislative work and operational decisions envisaged. These indicative provisional agendas shall be established at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office, on the basis of the annual operational programme and after consulting the Commission. Where necessary, extra Council meetings may be provided for, in addition to those previously planned.
Similar indicative provisional agendas for Council meetings scheduled for the six-month period following that referred to in the first subparagraph shall be established by the Presidency concerned, after consulting the Commission and the next Presidency, at the latest one week before the beginning of its term of office.
If during a six-month period any of the meetings planned during that period proves to be no longer warranted, the Presidency shall not convene it.
1. Taking into account the Council annual programme, the President shall draw up the provisional agenda for each meeting. The agenda shall be sent to the other members of the Council and to the Commission at least 14 days before the beginning of the meeting.
2. The provisional agenda shall contain the items in respect of which a request for inclusion on the agenda, together with any documents relating thereto, has been received by the General Secretariat from a member of the Council or from the Commission at least 16 days before the beginning of that meeting. The provisional agenda shall also indicate by way of an asterisk the items on which the Presidency, a member of the Council or the Commission may request a vote. Such an indication shall be made once all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.
3. Items relating to the adoption of an act or a common position on a legislative proposal or a proposal for a measure to be adopted under Title VI of the Treaty on European Union shall not be placed on the provisional agenda for a decision until the six-week period provided for in point 3 of the Protocol on the role of national parliaments in the European Union has elapsed.
The Council may unanimously derogate from the six-week period where the entry of an item is subject to the exception on grounds of urgency provided for in point 3 of that Protocol.
4. Only items in respect of which the documents have been sent to the members of the Council and to the Commission at the latest by the date on which the provisional agenda is sent may be placed on that agenda.
5. The General Secretariat shall transmit to the members of the Council and to the Commission requests for the inclusion of items in the agenda and documents in respect of which the time limits specified above were not respected.
If, by the end of the week preceding the week prior to a Council meeting, Coreper has not completed its examination of legislative items within the meaning of Article 7, the Presidency shall, unless considerations of urgency require otherwise and without prejudice to paragraph 2, remove them from the provisional agenda.
6. The provisional agenda shall be divided into Part A and Part B. Items for which approval by the Council is possible without discussion shall be included in Part A, but this does not exclude the possibility of any member of the Council or of the Commission expressing an opinion at the time of the approval of these items and having statements included in the minutes.
7. The agenda shall be adopted by the Council at the beginning of each meeting. The inclusion in the agenda of an item other than those appearing on the provisional agenda shall require unanimity in the Council. Items entered in this way may be put to the vote if all the procedural requirements provided for by the Treaties have been complied with.
8. However, an “A” item shall be withdrawn from the agenda, unless the Council decides otherwise, if a position on an “A” item might lead to further discussion thereof or if a member of the Council or the Commission so requests.
9. Any request for the inclusion of an “other business” item shall be accompanied by an explanatory document.
Representation of a Council member unable to attend
Subject to the provisions of Article 11 on the delegation of voting rights, a member of the Council who is prevented from attending a meeting may arrange to be represented.
1. Meetings of the Council shall not be public except in the cases referred to in Article 8.
2. The Commission shall be invited to take part in meetings of the Council. The same applies to the European Central Bank in cases where it exercises its right of initiative. The Council may, however, decide to deliberate without the presence of the Commission or of the European Central Bank.
3. The members of the Council and of the Commission may be accompanied by officials who assist them. The names and functions of those officials shall be notified in advance to the General Secretariat. The maximum number of persons per delegation in the Council meeting room at the same time, including members of the Council, may be laid down by the Council.
4. Admission to meetings of the Council shall be subject to the production of a pass delivered by the General Secretariat.
Professional secrecy and production of documents in legal proceedings
1. Without prejudice to Articles 8 and 9 and to provisions on public access to documents, the deliberations of the Council shall be covered by the obligation of professional secrecy, except insofar as the Council decides otherwise.
2. The Council or Coreper may authorise the production for use in legal proceedings of a copy of or an extract from Council documents which have not already been released to the public in accordance with the provisions on public access to documents.
Cases where the Council acts in its legislative capacity
The Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of the second subparagraph of Article 207(3) of the EC Treaty when it adopts rules which are legally binding in or for the Member States, by means of regulations, directives, framework decisions or decisions, on the basis of the relevant provisions of the Treaties, with the exception of discussions leading to the adoption of internal measures, administrative or budgetary acts, acts concerning inter-institutional or international relations or non-binding acts (such as conclusions, recommendations or resolutions).
Where legislative proposals or initiatives are submitted to it the Council shall refrain from adopting acts which are not provided for by the Treaties, such as resolutions or declarations other than those referred to in Article 9.
Council deliberations open to the public and public debates
1. Council deliberations on acts to be adopted in accordance with the co-decision procedure under Article 251 of the EC Treaty shall be open to the public as follows:
(a) the presentation by the Commission of its most important legislative proposals and the ensuing debate in the Council shall be open to the public. The list of such proposals shall be adopted at the beginning of each six-month period by the General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a), on a recommendation from the Presidency, after consulting the Commission;
(b) the vote on legislative acts shall be open to the public, as well as the final Council deliberations leading to that vote and the explanations of voting accompanying it(4).
In such cases, Council deliberations shall be open to the public through transmission of the Council meeting by audiovisual means, notably in an overflow room. The outcome of voting shall be indicated by visual means.
The General Secretariat shall as far as possible inform the public in advance of the dates and approximate time on which such audiovisual transmissions will take place and shall take all practical measures to ensure proper implementation of this paragraph.
2. The General Affairs and External Relations Council convened in a meeting as referred to in Article 2(2)(a) shall hold a public policy debate every year on the Council’s annual operational programme and, if appropriate, on the Commission’s annual work programme. This annual policy debate shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.
3. On a decision taken by the Council or by Coreper, acting by a qualified majority, the Council shall hold at least one public debate on important new legislative proposals other than those referred to in paragraph 1.
The Council or Coreper may decide by a qualified majority on a case-by-case basis that other public debates are to be held on important issues affecting the interests of the Union.
It shall be for the Presidency, any member of the Council, or the Commission to propose issues or specific subjects for such debates.
Such debates shall be the subject of public transmission by audiovisual means.
Making public votes, explanations of votes and minutes
1. In addition to cases where Council deliberations are open to the public under Article 8(1), where the Council acts in its legislative capacity within the meaning of Article 7, the results of votes and explanations of votes by Council members, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of legislative acts, shall be made public.
The same rule shall apply for:
(a) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the adoption of a common position pursuant to Article 251 or 252 of the EC Treaty;
(b) results of votes and explanations of votes by members of the Council or their representatives on the Conciliation Committee set up by Article 251 of the EC Treaty, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the Conciliation Committee meeting;
(c) results of votes and explanations of votes, as well as the statements in the Council minutes and the items in those minutes relating to the establishment by the Council of a convention on the basis of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union.
2. Moreover, the results of votes shall be made public:
(a) when the Council acts pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;
(b) when the Council adopts a common position within the meaning of Title VI of the Treaty on European Union, by a unanimous Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members;
(c) in other cases, by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.
When the result of a vote in the Council is made public in accordance with subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), the explanations of votes made when the vote was taken shall also be made public at the request of the Council members concerned, with due regard for these Rules of Procedure, legal certainty and the interests of the Council.
Statements entered in the Council minutes and items in those minutes relating to the adoption of the acts referred to in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) shall be made public by Council or Coreper decision taken at the request of one of their members.
3. Votes shall not be made public in the case of discussions leading to indicative votes or the adoption of preparatory acts.
Public access to Council documents
The specific provisions regarding public access to Council documents are set out in Annex II.
Voting arrangements and quorum
1. The Council shall vote on the initiative of its President.
The President shall, furthermore, be required to open a voting procedure on the initiative of a member of the Council or of the Commission, provided that a majority of the Council’s members so decides.
2. The members of the Council shall vote in the order of the Member States laid down in Article 203 of the EC Treaty, beginning with the member who, according to that order, follows the member holding the office of President.
3. Where a vote is taken, any member of the Council may also act on behalf of not more than one other member(5).
4. The presence of a majority of the members of the Council who are, under the Treaties, entitled to vote is required to enable the Council to vote. When the vote is taken, the President, assisted by the General Secretariat, shall check that there is a quorum.
Written procedure
1. Acts of the Council on an urgent matter may be adopted by a written vote where the Council or Coreper unanimously decides to use that procedure. In special circumstances, the President may also propose the use of that procedure; in such a case, written votes may be used where all members of the Council agree to that procedure.
2. Agreement by the Commission to the use of the written procedure shall be required where the written vote is on a matter which the Commission has brought before the Council.
3. A summary of acts adopted by the written procedure shall be drawn up every month by the General Secretariat.
4. On the initiative of the Presidency, the Council may also act for the purpose of implementing the common foreign and security policy by means of the simplified written procedure (COREU). In that case the proposal shall be deemed to be adopted at the end of the period laid down by the Presidency depending on the urgency of the matter, except where a member of the Council objects(7).
5. The General Secretariat shall establish that the written procedures have been completed.
1. Minutes of each meeting shall be drawn up and, when approved, shall be signed by the Secretary-General/High Representative for the Common Foreign and Security Policy (hereinafter referred to as “the Secretary-General”) or the Deputy Secretary-General. They may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.
The minutes shall as a general rule indicate in respect of each item on the agenda:
– the documents submitted to the Council,
– the decisions taken or the conclusions reached by the Council,
– the statements made by the Council and those whose entry has been requested by a member of the Council or the Commission.
2. The draft minutes shall be drawn up by the General Secretariat within 15 days and submitted to the Council or to Coreper for approval.
3. Prior to such approval any member of the Council, or the Commission, may request that more details be inserted in the minutes regarding any item on the agenda. These requests may be made in Coreper.
Deliberations and decisions on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages provided for by the language rules in force
1. Except as otherwise decided unanimously by the Council on grounds of urgency, the Council shall deliberate and take decisions only on the basis of documents and drafts drawn up in the languages specified in the rules in force governing languages.
2. Any member of the Council may oppose discussion if the texts of any proposed amendments are not drawn up in such of the languages referred to in paragraph 1 as he or she may specify.
Signing of acts
The text of the acts adopted by the Council and that of the acts adopted jointly by the European Parliament and the Council shall be signed by the President-in-Office at the time of their adoption and by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General. The Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General may delegate their power to sign to Directors-General of the General Secretariat.
Absence of the possibility to participate in the vote
For the purposes of application of these Rules of Procedure, due account will be taken, in accordance with Annex III, of cases in which, under the Treaties, one or more members of the Council may not participate in the vote.
Publication of acts in the Official Journal
1. The following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:
(a) the acts referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty;
(b) the acts referred to in the first paragraph of Article 163 of the Euratom Treaty;
(c) the common positions adopted by the Council in accordance with the procedures referred to in Articles 251 and 252 of the EC Treaty, and the reasons underlying those common positions;
(d) the framework decisions and decisions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(e) the conventions established by the Council in accordance with Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union.
Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such conventions;
(f) the conventions signed between Member States on the basis of Article 293 of the EC Treaty.
(g) international agreements concluded by the Community.
Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements;
(h) international agreements concluded in accordance with Article 24 of the Treaty on European Union, unless the Council decides otherwise on the grounds of Articles 4 and 9 of Regulation (EC) No 1049/2001 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2001 regarding public access to European Parliament, Council and Commission documents(9).
Reference shall be made in the Official Journal to the entry into force of such agreements.
2. Unless the Council or Coreper decides otherwise, the following shall be published in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General:
(a) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 67(1) of the EC Treaty;
(b) initiatives presented to the Council by a Member State pursuant to Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(d) directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty, decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty, recommendations and opinions.
3. The Council or Coreper shall decide unanimously, on a case-by-case basis, whether there should be publication in the Official Journal by the Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General of the common strategies, the joint actions and the common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;
Notification of acts
1. Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Decisions other than those referred to in Article 254(1) of the EC Treaty shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf.
2. When they are not published in the Official Journal, the following acts shall be notified to their addressees by the Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf:
(a) recommendations;
(b) the common strategies, joint actions and common positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union;
(c) the common positions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union;
(d) measures implementing the acts adopted on the basis of Articles 12 and 34 of the Treaty on European Union.
3. The Secretary-General, the Deputy Secretary-General or a Director-General acting on their behalf shall send to the Governments of the Member States and to the Commission authentic copies of Council Directives other than those referred to in Article 254(1) and (2) of the EC Treaty and Council Decisions and recommendations.
Coreper, committees and working parties
1. Coreper shall be responsible for preparing the work of the Council and for carrying out the tasks assigned to it by the Council. It shall in any case(11) ensure consistency of the Union’s policies and actions and see to it that the following principles and rules are observed:
(a) the principles of legality, subsidiarity, proportionality and providing reasons for acts;
(b) rules establishing the powers of Union institutions and bodies;
(c) budgetary provisions;
(d) rules on procedure, transparency and the quality of drafting.
2. All items on the agenda for a Council meeting shall be examined in advance by Coreper unless the latter decides otherwise. Coreper shall endeavour to reach agreement at its level to be submitted to the Council for adoption. It shall ensure adequate presentation of the dossiers to the Council and, where appropriate, shall present guidelines, options or suggested solutions. In the event of an emergency, the Council, acting unanimously, may decide to settle the matter without prior examination.
3. Committees or working parties may be set up by, or with the approval of, Coreper with a view to carrying out certain preparatory work or studies defined in advance.
The General Secretariat shall update and publish the list of preparatory bodies. Only the committees and working parties on this list may meet as Council preparatory bodies.
4. Coreper shall be chaired, depending on the items on the agenda, by the Permanent Representative or the Deputy Permanent Representative of the Member State which holds the Presidency of the Council. Unless the Council decides otherwise, the various committees provided for in the Treaties shall also be chaired by a delegate of that Member State. The same shall apply to the committees and working parties referred to in paragraph 3, unless Coreper decides otherwise.
5. For the preparation of meetings of Council configurations meeting once every six months, where held during the first half of this period, the meetings of committees other than Coreper and those of working parties held during the preceding six months shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State whose turn it is to chair the said Council meetings.
6. When a dossier will essentially be dealt with during a six-month period, a delegate of the Member State holding the Presidency during that six-month period may, during the preceding six-month period, chair meetings of committees, other than Coreper, and working parties when they discuss that dossier. The practical implementation of this subparagraph shall be the subject of an agreement between the two Presidencies concerned.
In the specific case of the examination of the Community budget for a given financial year, meetings of Council preparatory bodies, other than Coreper, dealing with the preparation of Council agenda items on the examination of the budget shall be chaired by a delegate of the Member State which will hold the Council Presidency during the second six-month period of the year prior to the financial year in question. The same shall apply, with the agreement of the other Presidency, to the chairing of Council meetings at the time when the said budget items are discussed. The Presidencies concerned will consult on the practical arrangements.
7. In accordance with the relevant provisions referred to below, Coreper may adopt the following procedural decisions, provided that the items relating thereto have been included on its provisional agenda at least three working days before the meeting. Unanimity on the part of Coreper shall be required for any derogation from that period(12):
(a) decision to hold a Council meeting in a place other than Brussels or Luxembourg (Article 1(3));
(b) authorisation to produce a copy of or an extract from a Council document for use in legal proceedings (Article 6(2));
(c) decision to hold a public debate in the Council (Article 8(3));
(d) decision to make the results of votes public in the cases laid down in Article 9(2) and (3);
(e) decision to use the written procedure (Article 12(1));
The Presidency and the businesslike conduct of discussions
1. The Presidency shall be responsible for the application of these Rules of Procedure and for ensuring that discussions are conducted in a businesslike manner. It may, unless the Council decides otherwise, take any appropriate measure necessary to achieve the best possible use of the time available during meetings and in particular:
(a) restrict the numbers per delegation present in the meeting room for discussion of a particular item, and decide whether to authorise the opening of an overflow room;
(b) set the order in which items are to be taken and determine the duration of discussions on them;
(c) organise the time allotted for discussion of a particular item, in particular through limiting the time during which participants may speak and determining the order in which they may take the floor;
(d) ask delegations to present in writing their proposals for amendment of a text under discussion before a given date, together with a brief explanation if appropriate;
(e) ask delegations which have identical or similar positions on a particular item, text or part thereof to choose one of them to express their shared position at the meeting or in writing before the meeting.
2. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 19(4) to (6) and to its powers and its overall political responsibility, the Presidency shall be assisted by the representative of the Member State next holding the Presidency. At the Presidency’s request and acting on its instructions, the latter shall replace it as and when required, shall relieve it, where necessary, of certain tasks and shall ensure the continuity of the Council’s proceedings.
Reports from committees and working parties
Notwithstanding the other provisions of these Rules of Procedure, the Presidency shall organise the meetings of the various committees and working parties so that their reports are available before the Coreper meetings at which they are to be examined.
Unless considerations of urgency require otherwise, the Presidency shall postpone to a subsequent Coreper meeting any legislative items within the meaning of Article 7 on which the committee or working party has not completed its discussions at least five working days prior to Coreper’s meeting.
Quality of drafting(15)
In order to assist the Council in its task of ensuring the drafting quality of the legislative acts which it adopts, the Legal Service shall be responsible for checking the drafting quality of proposals and draft acts at the appropriate stage, as well as for bringing drafting suggestions to the attention of the Council and its bodies, pursuant to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 22 December 1998.
Throughout the legislative process, those who submit texts in connection with the Council’s proceedings shall pay special attention to the quality of the drafting.
The Secretary-General and the General Secretariat
1. The Council shall be assisted by a General Secretariat, under the responsibility of a Secretary-General, who shall be assisted by a Deputy Secretary-General responsible for the running of the General Secretariat. The Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General shall be appointed by the Council acting unanimously.
2. The Council shall decide on the organisation of the General Secretariat(16).
Under its authority the Secretary-General and the Deputy Secretary-General shall take all the measures necessary to ensure the smooth running of the General Secretariat.
3. The General Secretariat shall be closely and continually involved in organising, coordinating and ensuring the coherence of the Council’s work and implementation of its annual programme. Under the responsibility and guidance of the Presidency, it shall assist the latter in seeking solutions.
In accordance with the provisions of the Treaty on European Union, the Secretary-General shall assist the Council and the Presidency in matters concerning the common foreign and security policy, including coordination of the work of the Special Representatives.
If appropriate, the Secretary-General may ask the Presidency to convene a committee or working party, in particular in relation to matters concerning the common foreign and security policy, or to place an item on the agenda for a committee or working party.
4. The Secretary-General or the Deputy Secretary-General shall submit to the Council the draft estimate of the expenditure of the Council in sufficient time to ensure that the time limits laid down by the financial provisions are met.
5. The Secretary-General, assisted by the Deputy Secretary-General, shall have full responsibility for administering the appropriations entered in Section II, Council, of the budget and shall take all measures necessary to ensure that they are properly managed. He shall implement the appropriations in question in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Regulation applicable to the general budget of the European Communities.
The rules on security shall be adopted by the Council acting by a qualified majority.
Duties as depositary of agreements and conventions
In the event of the Secretary-General of the Council being designated as depositary of an agreement concluded in accordance with Article 24 of the Treaty on European Union or concluded by the Community and one or more States or international organisations, of a convention concluded between Member States or of a convention established pursuant to Article 34 of the Treaty on European Union, the acts of ratification, acceptance or approval of those agreements or conventions shall be deposited at the address of the Council.
In such instances the Secretary-General shall perform the duties of a depositary and shall also ensure that the dates of entry into force of such agreements or conventions are published in the Official Journal.
Representation before the European Parliament
The Council may be represented before the European Parliament or its committees by the Presidency or, with the latter’s agreement, by the following Presidency or by the Secretary-General. The Council may also be represented before those committees by its Deputy Secretary-General or senior officials of the General Secretariat, acting on instructions from the Presidency.
The Council may also present its views to the European Parliament by means of a written statement.
Provisions concerning the form of acts
The provisions concerning the form of acts are set out in Annex IV.
Correspondence addressed to the Council
Correspondence to the Council shall be sent to the President at the following address of the Council: Council of the European Union Rue de la Loi 175 B – 1048 Brussels
(1) This paragraph reproduces Article 204 of the EC Treaty.
(2) This paragraph reproduces paragraph (b) of the sole article of the Protocol on the location of the seats of the institutions and of certain bodies and departments of the European Communities and of Europol annexed to the Treaties.
(3) See statements (a) and (b) set out below:
(a) Re Article 3(1) and (2)
“The President will endeavour to ensure that, in principle, the provisional agenda for each meeting of the Council dealing with implementation of Title IV of Part Three of the EC Treaty and Title VI of the Treaty on European Union and any documents relating to the items involved reach members of the Council at least 21 days before the beginning of the meeting.”
(b) Re Articles 1 and 3
“Without prejudice to Article 22(2) of the Treaty on European Union, which specifies that an extraordinary Council meeting may be convened at very short notice in cases requiring a rapid decision, the Council is aware of the need for matters relating to the common foreign and security policy to be dealt with swiftly and efficiently. The arrangements in Article 3 shall not prevent this need from being met.”
(4) See statement (c) set out below:
(c) Re Article 8(1)(b)
“Article 8(1)(b) will be implemented in the following way: the Presidency will indicate in the provisional agenda, using the words ‘Public deliberation’, those items on which the Council will take a vote at the end of the deliberations.
This practical arrangement shall have no effect on the rule under Article 11(1) of the Council’s Rules of Procedure.”
(5) This paragraph reproduces Article 206 of the EC Treaty.
(6) See statement (d) set out below:
(d) Re Article 12
“The Council agrees to consider the advisability of including in the Rules of Procedure the option of using a simplified written procedure when the Council is acting pursuant to Title VI of the Treaty on European Union.”
(7) See statement (e) set out below:
(e) Re Article 12(4)
“The Council would point out that the COREU network must be used in accordance with the Council conclusions of 12 June 1995 concerning the Council’s working methods.”
LIST OF COUNCIL CONFIGURATIONS
1. General Affairs and External Relations(1).
2. Economic and Financial Affairs(2).
3. Justice and Home Affairs(3).
4. Employment, Social Policy, Health and Consumer Affairs.
5. Competitiveness (Internal Market, Industry and Research)(4).
6. Transport, Telecommunications and Energy.
7. Agriculture and Fisheries.
8. Environment.
9. Education, Youth and Culture(5).
It is up to each Member State to determine the way in which it is represented in the Council, in conformity with Article 203 of the EC Treaty.
Several Ministers may participate as full members of the same Council configuration, with the agenda and the organisation of proceedings being adjusted accordingly(6).
In the case of the General Affairs and External Relations Council, each government shall be represented at the different meetings of this configuration by the Minister or State Secretary of its choice.
(1) Including European security and defence policy and development cooperation.
(2) Including budget.
(3) Including civil protection.
(4) Including tourism.
(5) Including audiovisual affairs.
(6) See statement (l) set out below:
(l) Re Annex I, second subparagraph
“The Presidency will organise Council agendas by grouping together related agenda items, in order to facilitate attendance by the relevant national representatives, particularly where a given Council configuration has to deal with clearly distinguishable sets of topics.”
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS REGARDING PUBLIC ACCESS TO COUNCIL DOCUMENTS
1. In application of the following provisions of these Rules of Procedure and for decisions in respect of which, under the Treaties, members of the Council or of Coreper may not participate in the vote, account is not to be taken of votes by such members:
(a) Article 1(3), second subparagraph (holding of a meeting in a place other than Brussels or Luxembourg);
(b) Article 3(7) (inclusion on the agenda of an item other than those appearing on the provisional agenda);
(c) Article 3(8) (maintaining as a “B” item on the agenda an “A” item which would otherwise have had to be withdrawn from the agenda);
(d) Article 5(2), as regards the presence of the European Central Bank only (deliberation without the presence of the European Central Bank);
(e) Article 9(2), first subparagraph, points (b) and (c), second and third subparagraphs (making public the results of votes, explanations of votes, statements in the Council minutes and items in those minutes relating to the adoption of a common position under Title VI of the Treaty on European Union; making public the results of votes, explanations of votes, statements in the Council minutes and items in those minutes relating to cases other than those referred to in paragraph 2);
(f) Article 11(1), second subparagraph (opening of a voting procedure);
(g) Article 12(1) (use of the written procedure);
(h) Article 14(1) (decision to deliberate and take decisions exceptionally on the basis of documents and drafts not drawn up in all the languages)(1);
(i) Article 17(2)(a) and (b) (non-publication in the Official Journal of an initiative presented by a Member State pursuant to Article 67(1) of the EC Treaty or Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union);
(j) Article 17(2)(c) and (d) (non-publication in the Official Journal of a common position adopted on the basis of Article 34 of the Treaty on European Union or certain directives, decisions, recommendations and opinions);
(k) Article 17(4)(c) (publication in the Official Journal of any measures implementing decisions or conventions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union);
(l) Article 17(5) (whether to publish in the Official Journal decisions taken by a body set up under an international agreement).
2. A member of the Council or of Coreper may not make use of the following provisions of these Rules of Procedure in connection with decisions on which, under the Treaties, that member may not participate in the vote:
(a) Article 3(8) (possibility of a member of the Council requesting withdrawal of an “A” item from the agenda);
(b) Article 11(1), second subparagraph (possibility of a member of the Council requesting the opening of a voting procedure);
(c) Article 11(3) (possibility of a member of the Council acting on behalf of another in a vote);
(d) Article 14(2) (possibility for any member of the Council to oppose discussion if the texts of any proposed amendments are not drawn up in the language he or she has specified).
(1) See statement (m) set out below:
(m) Re Annex III, paragraph 1(h)
“The Council confirms that present practice whereby the texts serving as a basis for its deliberations are drawn up in all the languages will continue to apply.”
PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE FORM OF ACTS
A. Form of Regulations:
1. Regulations adopted jointly by the European Parliament and the Council and Council regulations shall include:
(a) in their title the word “Regulation”, followed by a serial number, the date of their adoption and an indication of their subject matter;
(b) the words “The European Parliament and the Council of the European Union” or “The Council of the European Union”, as appropriate;
(c) a reference to the provisions under which the regulation is adopted, preceded by the words “Having regard to”;
(d) a citation containing a reference to proposals submitted and to opinions obtained and consultations held;
(e) a statement of the reasons on which the Regulation is based, preceded by the word “Whereas:”, the recitals being numbered;
(f) the words “have adopted this Regulation” or “has adopted this Regulation”, as appropriate, followed by the enacting terms of the regulation.
2. Regulations shall be divided into articles, if appropriate grouped into chapters and sections.
3. The final Article of a Regulation shall fix the date of entry into force, where that date is before or after the twentieth day following publication.
4. The final Article of a Regulation shall be followed by:
(a) (i) the words “This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.”
(ii) the words “This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in the Member States in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community”, in any cases in which an act is not applicable to, and in, all Member States(1);
(b) the words “Done at …”, followed by the date on which the Regulation was adopted, and
(c) in the case of:
(i) a Regulation adopted jointly by the European Parliament and the Council, the formula:
“For the European Parliament
The President
For the Council
The President”
followed by the name of the President of the European Parliament and of the President-in-Office of the Council at the time when the Regulation is adopted;
(ii) a Council Regulation, the formula:
“For the Council
The President”
followed by the name of the President-in-Office of the Council at the time when the Regulation is adopted.
B. Form of Directives, Decisions, Recommendations and Opinions (EC Treaty)
1. Directives and decisions adopted jointly by the European Parliament and the Council, and directives and decisions of the Council, shall include in their titles the word “Directive” or “Decision”.
2. Recommendations and opinions issued by the Council shall include in their titles the word “Recommendation” or “Opinion”.
3. The provisions relating to Regulations set out in A above shall apply mutatis mutandis, subject to the relevant provisions of the EC Treaty, to directives and decisions.
C. Form of Common Strategies of the European Council, Joint Actions and Common Positions referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union
Common strategies, joint actions and common positions within the meaning of Article 12 of the Treaty on European Union shall bear one of the following headings, as appropriate:
(a) “European Council Common Strategy”, a serial number (year/number/CFSP), the date of adoption and the subject matter;
(b) “Council Joint Action”, a serial number (year/number/CFSP), the date of adoption and the subject matter;
(c) “Council Common Position”, a serial number (year/number/CFSP), the date of adoption and the subject matter.
D. Form of Common Positions, Framework Decisions, Decisions and Conventions referred to in Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union
Common positions, framework decisions, decisions and conventions within the meaning of Article 34(2) of the Treaty on European Union shall bear one of the following headings, as appropriate:
(a) “Council Common Position”, a serial number (year/number/JHA), the date of adoption and the subject matter;
(b) “Council Framework Decision”, a serial number (year/number/JHA), the date of adoption and the subject matter;
(c) “Council Decision”, a serial number (year/number/JHA), the date of adoption and the subject matter;
(d) “Convention established by the Council in accordance with Article 34 of the Treaty on European Union” and the subject matter.
(1) See statement (n) set out below:
(n) Re Annex IV, paragraph A.4(a)(ii)
“The Council would point out that, in the cases provided for in the Treaties where an act is not applicable to or in all Member States, it is necessary to make clear its territorial application in the reasons given for and content of the act concerned.””
Done at Brussels, 22 July 2002.
For the Council
The President
P. S. Møller
(1) OJ L 149, 23.6.2000, p. 21. Decision as amended by Decision 2001/216/EC (OJ L 81, 21.3.2001, p. 30) and by Decision 2001/840/EC (OJ L 313, 30.11.2001, p. 40).